hong kong day tour itinerary

Hong Kong Itinerary: What to Do in 4 (or More) Days

Hong Kong. Its name inspires visions of a chaotic, jam-packed city with soaring skyscrapers, thick smog, endless noodle stands, big finance, and wild nights out.

It’s one of my favorite cities in the world . The fast pace creates a sense of permanent change, and the crowds, multiculturalism, and food keep me continuously coming back. Oh, the food! I could sit bent over a noodle bowl all day long.

Hong Kong is a busy city of 7.4 million inhabitants with one of the biggest hub airports in the world. It can be overwhelming for many visitors, especially those not used to crowded places.

And, with so much to do in Hong Kong , many travelers scratch their head about where to start in order to get the most out of the trip.

While you can visit the city within one or two days, it’s best to spend at least three days in Hong Kong. If you’re going to visit Macau, I’d add another day, so you’d need 4-5 days to really see the place.

This four-day Hong Kong itinerary will help you organize your trip, steer you off the beaten path, and show you why Hong Kong is one of the most on-the-go cities in the world.

Table of Contents

Hong Kong Itinerary: Day 1

Hong kong itinerary: day 2, hong kong itinerary: day 3, hong kong itinerary: day 4, other things to see and do in hong kong.

The Hong Kong Museum of History In order to understand a place, you must first understand its past. This museum lets you do just that. It provides an excellent overview of Hong Kong’s long and complex past. There are exhibits relating to the archaeology, social history, ethnography, and natural history of the region. It’s big, so allow about 2–4 hours for your visit.

100 Chatham Road South, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, +852 2724 9042, hk.history.museum/en_US/web/mh/index.html. Open Wednesday-Monday 10am-6pm (7pm on weekends). Admission is free but some special exhibitions may require a fee.

Kowloon Park Head to Kowloon Island’s gigantic park that features a swimming pool, a fitness center, little ponds where you can watch ducks and other swimming birds, a Chinese garden, an aviary, and the Hong Kong Heritage Discovery Centre (not to be confused with the Hong Kong Heritage Museum; more on that museum below). There are also plenty of rest areas here where you can relax to escape the oppressive Hong Kong heat. Spanning 13 hectares (33 acres), it’s one of the best places to people-watch in the city.

22 Austin Rd, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, +852 2724 3344, lcsd.gov.hk. Open daily 5am-12am and admission is free.

Street Markets in Mong Kok This area of Hong Kong has the largest and busiest markets in which to soak up the frenetic atmosphere, sights, and sounds of Hong Kong. The crowds and sellers really exemplify Hong Kong’s on-the-move essence. The two best markets for inexpensive souvenirs are the Ladies Market (bargain clothing, accessories, and souvenirs) and the Temple Street Night Market (flea market). The markets of Mong Kok are best reached by the Hong Kong MTR subway system, stations Yau Ma Tei, Mong Kok, and Prince Edward on the Tsuen Wan (red) line.

The markets are open every day, starting around noon and closing in the late evening (times vary).

Tsim Sha Tsui Promenade Stroll along the Tsim Sha Tsui waterfront and take in the breathtaking skyline view of Hong Kong Island. While you’re here, make sure to visit the Avenue of Stars, Hong Kong’s answer to the Hollywood “Walk of Fame,” where you can see the stars of Chinese and Western film alike. There are shops, restaurants, and, at night, a large outdoor market serving traditional Cantonese food alongside knockoffs and souvenirs. Come ready to haggle.

Salisbury Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon (next to the Star Ferry pier). Open 24/7.

The Star Ferry The best way to get across the harbor from Kowloon Island to Hong Kong Island is via the Star Ferry, which showcases a fantastic view of the city skyline for only 5 HKD. Riding the ferry is a fun thing to do even if you aren’t using it for transportation! It’s one of my favorite activities.

Star Ferry Pier, Kowloon Point, Tsim Sha Tsui, +852 2367 7065, starferry.com.hk/en/service. The ferry runs 6:30am-11:30pm every day, though they occur less frequently on weekends and holidays. Tickets start at 4 HKD during the week and 5.6 HKD on the weekends, while a 4-day pass costs 50 HKD.  

Ngong Ping 360 This cable car stretches over 5.7 kilometers (3.5 miles) from Tung Chung across the bay toward the airport and then onward to Lantau Island. The cable car gives you a panoramic view of the airport, harbor, and entire city before it travels through the surrounding mountains. The ride lasts about 25 minutes.

When you get to the top, don’t miss the nearby Po Lin Monastery (a Buddhist monastery founded in 1906) and Tian Tan, a 34-meter (111-foot) bronze Buddha statue that sits on the top of the island’s peak. While Lantau Island is a bit touristy, the ride, views, and monastery make it worth the trip.

11 Tat Tung Road, Tung Chung, Lantau Island, +852 3666 0606, np360.com.hk/en. Open 10am-6pm on weekdays and 9am-6:30pm on weekends on holidays. A round-trip adult ticket for the cable car is 270 HKD for a standard cabin and 350 HKD for a crystal cabin (a cable car with a glass bottom floor). You can reserve tickets online in advance here .

Take a Food Tour After the morning on the cable car and enjoying a killer view of Hong Kong, spend your afternoon taking a food tour. Hong Kong is a food-filled city (there are over 10,000 restaurants here!) and you’ll find a diverse range of cuisines from around the world. But without help, you’ll never find all the hidden local favorites. The following companies offer the best value tours:

• Eating Adventures
• Hong Kong Foodie Tasting Tours
• Bigfoot Tours
• Secret Food Tours

Expect to spend 690-860 HKD per person for a food tour.

Rent a Junk Boat Junk boats — those classic boats with the large sail you see in any movie about Hong Kong — are a fun way to sail around the harbor on full-day and half-day trips. There is only one traditional junk boat left: the Dukling. It sails Saturdays and Sundays only, with tickets starting at 190 HKD.

Another option is sailing on The Aqua Luna, a boat that was built in the traditional style in 2006. It sails much more frequently and offers a variety of cruises, from a dim sum cruise to an afternoon tea cruise. Tickets start at 270 HKD.

In addition to these traditional-style junks or if you’re looking for more of a party boat vibe, you can also rent a boat with a large group of friends (15 or so people) or join a group cruise around the harbor. There are a ton of different options to choose from, from all-you-can-eat-and-drink boats with add-on water sports, massages, and DJ packages, to companies that let you just rent the boat and bring everything else yourself.

Here are some recommended companies that offer affordable boat tours:

• Island Junks – They have a couple of cruise options, costing around 660-690 HKD per person. You can also charter your own if you’ve got the money!
• Saffron Cruises – This is a great option if you can put together a large group of 20-30 people, as a charter costs 9,000-14,000 HKD.
• Hong Kong Junks – This is more of the classic party boat experience, with options for all budgets.

Ping Shan Heritage Trail Located in the New Territories (the city’s less visited northern district), this trail will lead you past some of the most important ancient sights of the Tang clan. There are 14 historic buildings on the trail, including: Hung Shing Temple, The Tang Ancestral Hall, Yeung Hau Temple, Shrine of the Earth God, and the 15th-century Tsui Sing Lau Pagoda (Hong Kong’s only ancient pagoda). Just be aware that not all of the historic buildings on the trail are open to the public.

Another option is the Lung Yeuk Tau Heritage Trail. It begins at the Taoist temple complex of Fung Ying Seen Koon and passes the walled villages of Ma Wat Wai and Lo Wai before ending at the 18th-century Tang Chung Ling Ancestral Hall.

This part of Hong Kong is often skipped by tourists, and the trails, meandering through the city’s more rural region, are quiet and a welcome break from the giant metropolis of the downtown area.

Ping Shan Trail: Sheung Cheung Wai, Yuen Long District, +852 2617 1959, lcsd.gov.hk. Lung Yeuk Tau Trail: 66 Pak Wo Rd, Fanling, Hong Kong, +852 2669 9186.

Hong Kong Heritage Museum This museum showcases the city’s history and love of art. There’s a large exhibit about the New Territories and an opera house for performances. It fills in some of the blanks left from the Hong Kong History Museum and gives you a look at the artistic culture of the city. It’s also located near the beautiful Sha Tin Park and Shing Mun River, making the surrounding area just as interesting as the museum!

1 Man Lam Rd, Sha Tin, New Territories, +852 2180 8188, hk.heritage.museum/en/web/hm/highlights.html. Open every day but Tuesday 10am-6pm (7pm on weekends). Admission is free.

Che Kung Temple Just across the river from the Heritage Museum, this temple is dedicated to Che Kung, a general during the Southern Song Dynasty (1127–1279) in ancient China who was known for stopping both uprisings and epidemics. This temple was built in his name during an epidemic in the 17th-century, and it is said that the epidemic ceased the day after its official dedication.

The temple complex is always filled with people, so be prepared for crowds. The traditional architecture and intricate sculptures, including the large golden sculpture of Che Kung himself, make this worth visiting after you see the Heritage Museum.

Che Kung Miu Road, +852 2691 1733, ctc.org.hk. Open daily 8am-6pm.  

The Peak Tram This tram, which has been in operation since 1888 (with several renovations since then) takes you to the top of the Peak, Hong Kong Island’s largest mountain, at 518 meters (1,700 feet). Upon exiting at the top, you’ll enjoy spectacular 180-degree views of the skyscrapers of Victoria Harbor, Kowloon, and the surrounding hills. It’s the best view of the city.

Also at the top is the huge, wok-shaped Peak Tower with its viewing platform Sky Terrace 428, Madame Tussauds, and a variety of restaurants. Head away from this area and you’ll find many different trails to get into nature and see the city skyline from a bunch of different vantage points. When you’re done at the top, you can either take the tram or walk back down along the trails.

No.1 Lugard Road, +852 2849 7654, thepeak.com.hk. Open daily 7:30am-11pm, with trams running every 15-20 minutes. A return trip is 88 HKD, while the same with entry to the sky terrace viewing platform is 148 HKD per person and 168 HKD on peak days.

Hong Kong Museum of Art This museum on the Tsim Sha Tsui waterfront is a fascinating and intriguing place. Established in 1962, it was the first public art museum in the city. There are both rotating temporary exhibitions as well as a permanent collection where you’ll find everything from Chinese ceramics, terra cotta, rhinoceros horns, traditional calligraphy, and Chinese paintings, to contemporary art produced by Hong Kong artists.

Tsim Sha Tsui, Hong Kong, +852 2721 0116. Open Monday-Wednesday, Friday 10am-6pm; Saturday, Sunday and public holidays 10am-7pm. Admission is 10 HKD.

Lan Kwai Fong Nightlife LKF is the main nightlife and party area in Hong Kong and is filled with tons of bars, clubs, shisha (water pipes), and cheap drinks. Nights out here are wild — the street is always crowded, people get very drunk, and shots get handed out like candy. It’s rowdy, but if you want to see Hong Kong’s wilder side, this is the place to do it.  

Take a cooking class — Hong Kong is full of food. Why not learn how to cook some of it? This Hong Kong expat website has a list of 20 schools offering classes! Prices vary but expect to spend around 550-800 HKD per person.

Go hiking — Hong Kong may be a densely packed city, but there is also scenic hiking in the outer mountains and islands. There are a lot of trails (especially in the undeveloped parts of the New Territories). The Hong Kong tourism board lists all the trails here .

Visit Disneyland — If you’re on a family trip, or if you’re a backpacker in touch with your inner child, head to Disneyland. Hang out with Mickey Mouse and shake hands with sea creatures. ( Tickets start at 639 HKD .)

Day trip to Macau — The gambling mecca of Macau is a short boat ride away. For 175 HKD, the 60-75–minute boat ride from Hong Kong’s ferry terminal will take you to this former Portuguese colony, where you can wander gigantic modern casinos, stroll historic streets lined with Portuguese-inspired houses, and dine on egg tarts, a famous local specialty.

For more, here are my recommendations for the 23 best things to do in Hong Kong.

In a city of almost 8 million people, there are countless things to see and do. One could fill weeks exploring Hong Kong’s many islands, markets, restaurants, sights, and nightlife and still not see it all. Though impossible to condense a city so vast into four-days, this Hong Kong itinerary will help you experience the most Hong Kong has to offer in a short period of time!

Book Your Trip to Hong Kong: Logistical Tips and Tricks

Book Your Flight Use Skyscanner to find a cheap flight. It’s my favorite search engine because it searches websites and airlines around the globe so you always know no stone is left unturned.

Book Your Accommodation You can book your hostel with Hostelworld as they have the biggest inventory and best deals. If you want to stay somewhere other than a hostel, use Booking.com as they consistently return the cheapest rates for guesthouses and cheap hotels. Two of my favorite place to stay is:

• The Mahjong

For places to stay in Hong Kong, check out my post on my favorite hostels in the city . It has an even more detailed list.

Don’t Forget Travel Insurance Travel insurance will protect you against illness, injury, theft, and cancellations. It’s comprehensive protection in case anything goes wrong. I never go on a trip without it as I’ve had to use it many times in the past. My favorite companies that offer the best service and value are:

• Safety Wing (best for everyone)
• Insure My Trip (for those over 70)
• Medjet (for additional evacuation coverage)

Looking for the Best Companies to Save Money With? Check out my resource page for the best companies to use when you travel. I list all the ones I use to save money when I’m on the road. They will save you money when you travel too.

Want More Information on Hong Kong? Be sure to visit our robust destination guide on Hong Kong for even more planning tips!

Got a comment on this article? Join the conversation on Facebook , Instagram , or Twitter and share your thoughts!

Disclosure: Please note that some of the links above may be affiliate links, and at no additional cost to you, I earn a commission if you make a purchase. I recommend only products and companies I use and the income goes to keeping the site community supported and ad free.

Related Posts

GET YOUR  FREE TRAVEL STARTER KIT

Enter your email and get planning cheatsheets including a step by step checklist, packing list, tips cheat sheet, and more so you can plan like a pro!

The Awkward Traveller

The Perfect 4 Day Hong Kong Itinerary for First Timers

I am a participant in affiliate programs, so basically I earn a small commission if you use any of the affiliate links on this post - at no extra cost to you! Dope right?

You know, I didn’t intend on visiting Hong Kong. I knew of it, and in theory it seemed cool and all, but it just wasn’t high on my visitation list. YEAH YEAH I KNOW – how foolish and naive I used to be, haha. However, back when I visited Dubai, the transfer airport was through the Hong Kong airport. So I figured why not turn the layover into a stopover? That’s how I ended up quickly putting together a 4 day Hong Kong itinerary only a few days before I left on my trip.

Needless to say, I GREATLY underestimated Hong Kong as a destination. First of all, it’s a LOT bigger than I expected. Yes, it is essentially a city-state like Singapore, but it is made up of over 250 islands! The food blew me awayyy, the shopping was fun and unique, and as someone who absolutely loves cities, the skyscrapers and energy from the city really sealed the deal. All of this to say that I loved my time in Hong Kong, so I’m putting together my lil 4 day Hong Kong itinerary so you can also have a wonderful experience!

Though, I’m no expert on Hong Kong. I’ve literally only visited…once. For four days. So to help me out with this 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, I’ve had the help of my fellow blogger friend Steve from The Trip Goes On . He lived in China for over a decade, but due to being unable to renew his visa, he had to move on to a new country. He lived in Hong Kong for a few months…then unfortunately due to circumstances out of his control, he was unable to stay. However, he kept all his Hong Kong goodies close to his heart so he could help me out with this 4 day Hong Kong itinerary!

I’ll also be dropping a few links from my good friend Nam from  Laugh Travel Eat , a local Hong Kong resident and blogger. She has some incredible resources on her blog full of hidden gems and insider knowledge that you can’t find anywhere else!

4 Day Hong Kong Itinerary Overview

And with that, let’s get this 4 day Hong Kong itinerary on the road! This post will be divided up into an itinerary summary and general “things to do” section (this part), a FAQ section to answer a few common questions about traveling to Hong Kong, and then finally move on to a day-by-day breakdown.

Feel free to use the Table of Contents to hop around to whatever section you’re interested in, or if you have the time, read the whole post for a good overall picture of what a 4 day Hong Kong itinerary might look like for your trip!

Top Sights in Hong Kong

If you’re more of a self-planner and like to take things as they come, here is a list of the top attractions in Hong Kong that I feel are worth prioritizing. All of these are visited in my suggested 4 day in Hong Kong itinerary.

Of course, there is tons more to do in Hong Kong, but yanno, we’re here in Hong Kong for a fun time not a long time haha. Feel free to visit any of these as they are convenient during your trip. Likewise, pick and choose which ones are most appealing to you, and then you can fill your itinerary with other niche attractions that fit your specific interests.

Hong Kong Park

• Silvermine Bay

Victoria Harbour

Victoria peak, itinerary summary.

That said, I know not everyone will have a full four days in Hong Kong. That’s okay! This 4 day Hong Kong itinerary is arranged with the more iconic sights happening in days 1 and 2. Even if you can only swing an overnight layover, you’ll still have a good experience.

1 Day Hong Kong Itinerary :

If you only have one day out of the 4 day Hong Kong itinerary then these are the must-see sights: Kowloon markets, Victoria Harbour, Star Ferry, Victoria Peak, Soho & Mid Levels.

2 Day Hong Kong Itinerary :

Follow the 1 day itinerary and add Hong Kong Park, the village of Stanley, Repulse Bay and finish with a cocktail overlooking the harbour 30 floors up!

3 Day Hong Kong Itinerary :

Follow the above for days 1 and 2 and add charming Lantau Island with its quiet beaches, hiking trails, big Buddha, and authentic fishing villages.

4 Day Hong Kong Itinerary :

On the last day of this 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, we head to the wild New Territories for some exceptional hiking, picturesque beaches and seafood restaurants with the freshest catch!

Hong Kong FAQ

BUT!!! Before we really dive into this 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, you’ll probably want to know the basics about traveling in and around Hong Kong before you go.

Getting to Hong Kong

Hong Kong International airport is one of the busiest in the world with flights to destinations across the globe. US citizens do not need to apply for a travel visa in advance. The airport is situated on Lantau Island and is connected to the metropolitan area by MTR, bus, and taxi. Ubers exist in Hong Kong, but don’t service everywhere .

If you are coming from China, there is a new fast train service from Shenzhen North Railway Station to Kowloon which reduces the journey time from hours to around 30 minutes.

Octopus Card

Even if you are only in Hong Kong for 1 day, it is useful to pick up an Octopus Card. Like the Suica card in Japan, The Octopus is not only useful for the MTR and buses, but can also be used on ferries, in shops and at attractions. At the end of your stay you can return it for a refund. The card costs 50HKD which is refundable. You can get one at any MTR station and some newsagents.

Best Time to Visit Hong Kong

Hong Kong is located in the tropics and enjoys year-round warm weather. Which is nice for us travelers who want to avoid the cold at all costs! Though, some seasons are more…favorable than others. Autumn, Winter and Spring are the best times to visit Hong Kong as you will avoid the intense heat and monsoons of the summer months.

Basically, the worst time to visit Hong Kong is in the summer.

But you know what they say, there’s no bad weather – only bad preparation. So if you know a packing list for monsoons…let me know hahah.

What’s Hong Kong like for Black Travelers

Traveling in Asia, for Black people, often comes with a caveat. A lot of times, we end up being attractions on our own. It seems as though, without fail, people line up to take pictures of Black travelers . So what’s the vibe in Hong Kong?

Visiting Hong Kong while Black, in my experience, was pretty chill. It may be because many residents in Hong Kong are exposed to and familiar with western and Black culture, so Black travelers aren’t an exciting spectacle to many of them. Also, Hong Kong is a major metropolis with many international companies and businesses. Even if someone is shocked or excited to see a Black traveler, city people are more reserved when approaching strangers.

Howeverrrr, when I was out and about during my 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, I was approached a few times and asked to take a picture with the person – but I want to note that it was only by other travelers to Hong Kong, and not Hong Kong residents.

1 Day Hong Kong Itinerary

On your first day in Hong Kong, discover the bustling Kowloon area with its markets and street food before taking a walk down to Victoria Harbor. Take the iconic Start Ferry across to Central and ascend Victoria Peak for impressive views across the harbor and out to sea. Finish off with a lively evening of food and drink in Soho and the Mid-Levels.

Recommended Time: 1 hour

Nearest MTR: Tsim Sha Tsui

From Kowloon you can walk down to the most famous of all the sights in Hong Kong; the iconic Victoria Harbour. The harbour stretches from Kowloon to Central on Hong Kong Island and affords magnificent views of the city.

Journey Time: 10 minutes

Nearest MTR: Tsim Sha Tsui (Kowloon) and Admiralty (HK Island)

There are a few ways of crossing the harbour to Hong Kong Island but none are as fun as the Star Ferry, which has been plying the waters of Victoria Harbour for well over 100 years. The journey time only takes 10 minutes and costs as little as $3 HKD with an Octopus Card. The ferries run every 6 to 8 minutes from 06:30 to 23:30.

Recommended Time: 2 to 4 hours

Nearest MTR: Admiralty

Victoria Peak (also known as Austin Peak or just “the Peak”) is the highest point on Hong Kong Island at 552 metres (1,811 feet). The views from the Peak are incredible as you can see not only the city and harbour, but also fantasic sea views dotted with islands.

There is tram (funicular railway) that goes from Admiralty where you can either hike the myriad paths that criss-cross the peak, or take a series of elevators to the very top. The tram is very packed, so if you would rather take that than hiking, I’d recommend going early. Thankfully, “early” by Hong Kong standards is maybe 8:30am, though the tram opens at 7am and costs $88 HKD. The viewing platfom at the top $75 HKD.

You can reach the peak by tram, bus 15, taxi or even walking (moderate level of fitness required).

Kowloon Markets & Street Food

Recommended Time: 1 to 2 hours

Start in Kowloon and explore the busy streets and markets where you are sure to find some bargains. This area is also packed with stalls selling some of the best street food in the world! I knowww people hate when bloggers just tell them to “stroll around and find stuff,” I know because I hate it too, but in this instance it’s true.

There are tons of small little booths along the markets with lots of souvenirs, unique products, and… potentially a few fake designer stuff. I’ll admit, I picked up a few bags for my mom. WHAT? It’s not like she knows. Anyways, as you walk along, you will also find a lot of different food and for the most part, it’s all delicious. The area really comes alive at night though, so that’s my favorite time to go.

If you’d like a more structured approach to visiting the 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, you can take a guided Kowloon tour with a local .

If you are coming from the airport take the airport express line (blue) on the MTR 5 stops to Kowloon and walk, or change to Line 1 (red) at Lai King and go 9 stops to Tsim Sha Tsui.

Soho and the Mid Levels

Recommended Time: 2 hours +

Nearest MTR: Admiralty & Hong Kong

To end day one of your 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, head to Soho. Soho is Hong Kong’s hip nightlife area where expats and tourists come to relax after a hard day’s working or sightseeing. You can find bars on every street, especially along the mid-levels escalators that run through the area.

2 Day Hong Kong Itinerary

For day 2, whether that’s all you have or just your halfway point in a 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, we’ll add Hong Kong Park, the village of Stanley, Repulse Bay, and discover the best place to sip cocktails 30 floors above the harbor.

The best part about this attraction? It’s free! Head to Hong Kong Park behind Admiralty MTR station. The park is an oasis beneath the shining skyscrapers which are partially hidden by large palm trees. Walk around the lake and see the hundreds of turtles sunbathing on rocks. There is a café/restaurant within the park and a visual arts center. It’s a nice break from the bustle of city life.

Thankfully, you can get right back into the bustle by visiting Montane Mansion, the iconic apartment complex in Hong Kong. It even appeared in Transformers 4! If you’re photogenically included, definitely check out some other great Instagrammable spots in Hong Kong .

Repulse Bay

Bus: Take bus 6, 6A, 6X, 66 or 260 from Exchange Square Bus Depot in Central

The Lamborghini Garage as you enter Repulse Bay tells you what sort of place this is. But even if you are not rich and famous you can still enjoy this beautiful sandy beach overlooking rocky outcrops and islands. A great place for a swim year-round, especially in the quieter off-season months.

Stanley Village

Recommended Time: 2 to 4 hours +

Bus: Take bus 6, 6A, 6X, 66 or 260 from Exchange Square Bus Depot in Central.

Continue the day’s journey to Stanley, a small village on the south side of Hong Kong Island. Depending on your mode of transportation, it will take you about 30 to 40 minutes to get there. There is a small market, shops, restaurants, and three small beaches all within walking distance. The bus ride from Central is stunning as it follows a coast road above Deepwater and Repulse Bays.

Alternatively, you can bypass taking the journey yourself and take an Aberdeen Fishing Village tour , also on Hong Kong island!

The Eye Bar

Nearest MTR: Tsim Sha Tsui or walk from the Star Ferry pier.

When you’re ready to end the night, you can pair it with getting a beautiful skyline view! The Eye Bar is located on the top (30th) floor of the iSquare Shopping Complex on Nathan Road in Tsim Sha Tsui. It’s not the cheapest place in Hong Kong to eat or drink, but the views across the harbor are worth every penny. You can dine inside on a selection of Eastern and Western dishes and then retire to the roof terrace to sip cocktails above the city.

And, word of warning, it is very pricey. A bottle of Corona costs $80 HKD and cocktails are $120 HKD+ so…just a heads up. If you’re not a fan of going to bars alone, there’s also a rooftop bar tour so you can get local insight on all the myths and misconceptions about Hong Kong over drinks!

3 Day Hong Kong Itinerary

For day 3 of the 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, let’s discover Lantau Island, the second largest in the territory! Lantau Island is located roughly 10 kilometers west of Hong Kong Island. If you’d rather not do planning on your own, there are many Lantau Island tours you can join. However, it’s more than doable on your own as well and easily reachable by MTR, bus, and ferry.

Ferry : There are 4 ferries per hour to Lantau (2 fast and 2 slow). The fast ferry takes just 30 minutes and the slow one closer to an hour. Tickets are $15 and $30 respectively and can be paid by Octopus.

MTR : Take the Tung Chung Line (orange) from Hong Kong or Kowloon stations to Tung Chung. Here you can take a cable car to the Big Buddha and Po Lin Monastery (tickets from $160HKD one way/25 minutes) or a bus to Mei Wo, Tai O, or the start of the hiking trails.

Car : you can get an Uber TO Lantau Island, but there are no Ubers to come back.

Hong Kong Disneyland

Recommended time: 3+ hours

One of the biggest draws toward Lantau Island is an attraction that independently brings both domestic traffic and travelers from all over the world. And that, of course, is Hong Kong Disneyland. Unlike other Disneylands when people start lining up two hours before the park opens…Hong Kong Disney opens at a leisurely 10:30am and I didn’t experience any lines when I went at that time on a week day.

In fact…I don’t think people really started to show up until after lunch.

I loved it!

It’s one of the smallest Disney parks, but that’s part of the charm. But of course, I still recommend downloading the Hong Kong Disney app and making all food reservations in advance. For more insight, be sure to check out my Hong Kong Disneyland Guide !

Lantau boasts some excellent hiking trails including Lantau Peak and Sunset Peak with incredible panoramas of the ocean and islands. Both hikes are pretty tough and require some level of fitness, but are worth the effort for the stunning views.

Hong Kong is home to a variety of venomous snakes from cobras to kraits. Wear sturdy boots when hiking and make noise so snakes can escape. Never put your hands where you can’t see such as under rocks or branches.

Recommended time: 1-2 hours

The pace is much slower on Lantau compared to the city and you can amble around traditional fishing villages like Tai O or trek into the jungle behind Silver Mine Bay . There are quiet beaches perfect for a swim.

Hong Kong is a great place for swimming but leave all marine life well alone. Many of the city’s beaches are patrolled so swim where there is a lifeguard station and shark nets (there haven’t been any shark-related fatalities since 1995 and given overfishing, sharks are unlikely to be a threat again any time soon).

Big Buddha and Po Lin Monastery

I’ve seen a lot of Big Buddhas in my time, and the one on Lantau Island is definitely in my top three! From a cultural attraction standpoint, I do feel like this was one of my favorite visits in my 4 day Hong Kong itinerary. The monastery grounds are beautiful and there is a small shop to buy incense, charms, and other items.

Insider Tip: It is definitely worth spending the whole day on Lantau but to get the most out of a trip to the island consider staying overnight at one of the hotels or guesthouses. There is a hostel called the Sea Ranch on the South side of the island that is only accessible by boat or long trek through the jungle. There is another beach a 15-minute walk away that is even more picturesque, and at night you can even witness bioluminescent plankton if you are lucky!

4 Day Hong Kong Itinerary

If you are lucky enough to fully follow this 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, you’ll be able to break away from the usual tourist trail and see a side of Hong Kong that many do not. Follow the 1, 2 and 3 day itineraries as above and for day 4 we will spend the day in the New Territories and some of the best beaches you could hope to find anywhere!

Sai Kung Country Park

First, to get to Sai Kung, take the MTR to Diamond Hill on the Kwun Tong line (green) and then change to bus 92 to Sai Kung. From there you can take bus 94 to Pak Tam Chung and start hiking the Maclehose Trail or take one of the ferries or speedboats to the gorgeous beaches that line the park.

The New Territories refers to the area north of Kowloon that goes up to the Chinese border. The area includes hundreds of islands, gorgeous deserted beaches , ancient fishing villages, and the best hiking in Hong Kong. The town of Sai Kung has many seafood restaurants where you can pick your fish/seafood before it is brought to your table. You won’t find fresher anywhere else!

For a more thorough guide to Sai Kung, check out Nam’s local guide to Sai Kung Hong Kong ! And that’s the end of our 4 day Hong Kong itinerary! Of course, there’s a tons more you can add-on to your 4 day Hong Kong itinerary, or if you happen to have more time in Hong Kong, but that’ll get you through all the coolest spots!

Hong Kong Budget Tips

Hong Kong is not a cheap city, but if you are sensible it doesn’t have to break the bank. You can get a bed in a dorm at one of the many hostels for around $100 HKD per night and hotel rooms start at double that for a simple room. If you have hotel points, now is definitely the time to use them. A few other budget tips to keep your wallet cozy on your 4 day Hong Kong itinerary:

• Ensure you pick up an Octopus Card!
• Feast on street food or grab a picnic if you are heading to the outlying islands.
• Search out bargains on tours or

And of course, you could always take the extreme budget option of backpacking Hong Kong ! Just be mindful that your money won’t go AS far in Hong Kong as say…Central America or Southeast Asia, but it’ll help make your 4 day Hong Kong itinerary a bit more financially accessible.

Conclusion: 4 Day Hong Kong Itinerary

There you have it folks – a full 4 day Hong Kong itinerary that covers all the bases of this amazing destination. If you can stay longer, I do highly recommend it. I’m ready to book another trip just to go on endless food tours alone. However, if you only have a few days, hopefully this 4 day Hong Kong itinerary will help you plan your vacation.

Have you ever been to Hong Kong? What other food and activities would you suggest on a 4 day Hong Kong itinerary? Let me know in the comments below!

Pin this 4 Day Hong Kong Itinerary

Sharing is caring!

Similar Posts

Cheap eats in tokyo: 10 of the best affordable lunch and late-night spots.

I am a participant in affiliate programs, so basically I…

Are Flower Baths in Bali Worth it? 3 Secret Things You Need to Know

Authentic Sichuan Mapo Tofu Recipe: 13 Easy Step-by-Step Instructions

The gold museum – jinguashi.

Highland Resort Hotel & Spa: #1 Best Views of Mt Fuji

Panda volunteer program: an honest review and 5 things you must to know before signing up, 10 comments.

I would definitely be at Disneyland Hong Kong. We visited Disneyland Paris and loved it

Right???? That’s lowkey why I decided to stay a few extra days in HK, but then I found a bunch of other stuff!

I want to go to Hong Kong Disneyland soooooo much!!!! I’m a huge Frozen fan!!! Thank you for the great recommendations. I’ll definitely saving these recommendations for my trip.

No joke, HK Disney is my favorite park that I’ve been to so far!

Would definitely want to visit the Big Buddha, Disneyland Hong Kong, Victoria Peak and Montane Mansion.

Yess all amazing spots!

I had a layover in Hong Kong and was amazed at how much we could see in 24 hours. My favorites were Victoria Peak and the markets.

I LOVED the markets!!

This is an amazing blog. I am your big fan and continue readers so i hope you will bring more blogs in the upcoming days thanks and god bless you.

Thank you so much for reading! I really appreciate it!

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Sign me up for the newsletter!

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

• Meet the Team
• Our Manifesto
• Work with Us
• Budget Travel
• Personal Development
• Work & Travel
• United Kingdom
• More of Europe
• Philippines
• More of Southeast Asia
• More of South America
• More of Central America
• South Korea
• More of Asia
• More of North America
• New Zealand
• Pacific Islands
• More of Oceania
• South Africa
• More of Africa
• More of the Middle East
• Travel Essentials
• Travel Gear

Home » Asia » China » Hong Kong » Itinerary

HONG KONG Itinerary • MUST READ! (2024)

Hong Kong is quite unlike anywhere else on earth and is chock full of unique and exciting activities. Whether you are visiting for fun, business or simply to experience a different culture, you’ll be blown away by everything it has to offer. From its ancient temples to futuristic theme parks and everything in between – Hong Kong literally has it all!

You wouldn’t want to arrive in Hong Kong without a plan, as you may end up missing some amazing things to do! While the attractions are relatively easy to access, no matter where you are, there are optimal ways to see and do the best on offer. Which is exactly what we’ve highlighted in this detailed Hong Kong travel guide!

 A Little Bit about this 3-Day Hong Kong Itinerary

Where to stay in hong kong, hong kong itinerary day 1: lantau & hong kong island, hong kong itinerary day 2: kowloon & more, hong kong itinerary: day 3 – hikes and beaches, what to do with more than 3 days in hong kong, best time to visit hong kong, how to get around hong kong, what to prepare before visiting hong kong, faq on hong kong itinerary, final thoughts.

• Buy Us a Coffee!

Hong Kong actually consists of 3 islands and 1 peninsula. The peninsula that connects to mainland China is known as Kowloon and this is where a lot of tourists attractions are situated. Then there is Hong Kong Island, Lantau Island and Lamma Island.

This itinerary spans all of these areas but fortunately, they are well connected by Metro or Ferries.

The first 2 days are very busy and time will be of the essence. Day 3 is more like a buffet option whereby we set out a number of cool options for you to choose from. Anyway, let’s dive in and look at what do for your first time in Hong Kong.

Unlock Our GREATEST Travel Secrets!

Sign up for our newsletter and get the best travel tips delivered right to your inbox.

3 Day Hong Kong Itinerary Overview

Day 1 in Hong Kong: Big Buddha , Tai O Fishing Village , Victoria Peak , The Symphony of Lights , Drinks at the Old Man

Day 2 in Hong Kong: 10, 000 Buddhas Monastery , Sham Shui Po , Hong Kong History Museum , Hong Kong Museum of Art , Cocktails in the Sky at Ozone

Day 3 in Hong Kong : Ocean Park , Lamma Island , Tai Chi Class , Dragons Back

The Broke Backpacker is supported by you . Clicking through our links may earn us a small affiliate commission, and that's what allows us to keep producing free content 🙂 Learn more .

When choosing your accommodation in Hong Kong , it’s good to know that there are several neighborhoods of varying atmospheres to choose from. If you’re wanting shopping malls, nightlife and being in the center of excitement, then staying in Hong Kong central is your best bet. Causeway Bay or Wan Chai are also fantastic choices too!

Lantau Island is not only where you will land, but also home to Hong Kong’s Disneyland, so this is usually a family favorite location. The Western District is a slightly “quieter” neighborhood, perfect for those who need some peace and tranquility at night. Alternatively, you can stay in Kowloon, which is busy, but full of budget accommodation and backpacker lodges.

Best Hostel in Hong Kong – Hop Inn on Mody

The Hop Inn on Mody is a comfy, affordable hostel nestled in the center of TST, Kowloon. There are both female-only and mixed dorms, sleeping 4 – 8 people each. It’s the perfect mix of quiet rooms and colorful artistic decor, with open common areas to chill and meet other travelers, making it one of the best hostels in Hong Kong !

Best Airbnb in Hong Kong – Cozy Studio near Mongkok

Conveniently based in northern Kowloon, this spacious apartment is as cool as the bustling streets outside. With exposed brick walls and quirky egg-shaped chairs, it’s every hipster’s dream – minus the avocado. It also boasts high-speed WiFi, 24-hour security and easy access to the subway.

Best Budget Hotel in Hong Kong – Ovolo Southside

This may be budget accommodation, but it certainly won’t seem like it when you’re there. The hotel has 162 rooms, each as comfy and stylish as the next. The floor-to-ceiling windows show off the beauty of Hong Kong, while you rest comfortably in your soft, relaxing bed! Enjoy in-room comforts, as well as on-site extras such as a restaurant and fitness center.

Want to save money on accommodation?

We got you. For reals.

This is gonna be a busy day and your legs are going to get a workout! Day 1 of this itinerary also covers some pretty extensive ground so be prepared to spend some time in transit. However, it will be worth it as we whisk you around Hong Kong’s Biggest Buddha, Hong Kong’s iconic peak and finish off with a light show.

9:00 AM – Tian Tan Buddha – Big Buddha

The Tian Tan Buddha stands at 34 meters high and is a must-see for any trip to Hong Kong! You can visit this ginormous statue any day of the week. To get to the platform you must first take the cable car or bus (definitely way more fun on a cable car) to Ngong Ping village.

The statue is at the top of the village next to the Po Lin Monastery, you’ll need to walk up the grueling 268 steps – quite a workout, but oh so worth it!

For those with mobility issues, or simply unable to fathom a 268-step climb, opt for the small, winding path that leads up to the Buddha instead!

Once at the top, you’ll have insaaaane views of Lantau Island, as well as a close-up look of this huge landmark.

You can choose to go inside the statue, there are 3 halls inside and they are full of Buddhism relics and interesting items. However, staying on the outside of the statue doesn’t mean you’ll miss out on anything though. You’ll be able to catch some fabulous photos either way!

• Cost:  Free unless you want to go inside (in which case purchase a meal ticket ranging from Us $ 9 – 13)
• How Long Should I Stay here?  The visit should take no more than 2 hours
• Getting There?  Lantau Island is reached by taking the Tsung Chung line from Tung Chung Station. The ride takes 25 minutes. If you are coming from Tsim Sha Tsui, the whole journey will take about 1 hour and 15 minutes

12.00 PM – Tai O Fishing Village

Hong Kong is famous for its skyscraper city line, but it wasn’t always like this. Tai O fishing village takes you back to rural Hong Kong times when it was just a fishing port, and not much else.

When you’re tired of all the rush and crowds, then a trip to the Tai O fishing village is the perfect antidote.

You’ll find it’s a much slower pace of life here, and it’s the best place to pick up some fresh seafood street food to eat while you’re at it too.

If you’re into nature and wildlife, you can take a boat ride around the village with one of the locals, and even look for pink dolphins. Now they are super rare and I’ve never actually seen one, but the boat ride is only $30HKD or so and it’s a nice activity – you get to see all the stilt houses in their pride and glory..

• Cost:  Free to explore – only pay for food and the bus ticket
• How Long Should I Stay here?  2 hours
• Getting There?  There is a bus directly from Ngong Ping to Tai O.

5.00 – Victoria Peak

To get from Tai O to Victoria Peak will take some time. I suggest getting the bus from Tai O to Mui Wo, and then the ferry back to Central. This journey should take around 1.5 hours if you time it right.

Victoria Peak is the highest point on Hong Kong Island and draws a crowd of tourists each day. This mountain stands at 552 meters above sea level and was used as a natural signal for cargo ships in the 19th century. Today, it is simply a beautiful place to visit and enjoy.

On top of the peak, you will find The Peak Tower.

Inside this fantastic building, there are shops and restaurants galore, as well as Sky Terrace 428 – Hong Kong’s highest outdoor observation deck.

At the peak, visitors can also take advantage of the Madness 3D Adventure experience, the  Post Love to the Future  mailbox, and the amazing nature walks available.

• Cost:  The train is $5 one way
• How Long Should I Stay here?  Stay to enjoy the sunset over Hong Kong city before heading down.
• Getting There?  I’m giving you options! If you want a perfectly manageable but sweaty 45 minute hike, do it. But after hiking up to Big Buddha, I reckon your feet are feeling tired. So, you should definitely opt for the peak tram! It’s a funicular railway system that’s iconic for Hong Kong.

8.00 PM – The Symphony of Lights

When you’re ready to leave Victoria Peak, you can take a bus down to central, or the tram. From central, you can get the MTR or ferry over to TStT to catch the Symphony of Lights. This should take you around 1 hour at most.

Each night, at exactly 8 pm, tourists and locals alike will make their way to the harbor to amaze their senses with the Symphony of Lights show! This show is a mix of dazzling lights and glorious orchestra music. The best vantage points include the “Avenue of Stars” on the Tsim Sha Tsui waterfront, on the waterfront promenade outside the Golden Bauhinia Square in Wan Chai and on sightseeing ferries (i.e. Star Ferry) running across the Victoria Harbour. 

It can be seen from both the Hong Kong main island and Kowloon and is one of the top attractions in Hong Kong .

As well as from The Peak, and other rooftop bars and lounges, but from those spots, you won’t be able to hear the music…  So why not just take a boat cruise and enjoy the show from the water??

The best way to see the show is to find a comfy spot, preferably where they serve dinner and drinks and sit back to relax. The show only lasts around 10 minutes, but it’s a definite must-see!

• Cost:  Free
• How Long Should I Stay here?
• Getting There?  Get the Metro to Tsim Sha Tsui and walk along the promenade to take in the spectacle

9.00 PM – Drinks at the Old Man

Whether you are a Hemingway fan, or not, The Old Man is sure to delight and entertain you! This cozy bar has been fashioned in a way that honors Hemingway and his love of literature.

Ready for some classy and seriously elegant cocktails? Bingo! This venue is the ultimate place to end of a busy day. The quiet atmosphere and innovative drinks are sure to be the cherry on top of a perfect first day in Hong Kong!

• Cost:  About $4 per drink
• Getting There?  It’s a 16 minute walk from Central down near the Waterfront.

Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….

These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the  real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.

Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…

Any trip to Hong Kong must swing by the 10,000 Budda’s monastery as well as take a look at the fascinating history of this unique city state. Day 2 of our 3 days in Hong Kong itinerary does just that.

9.00 AM – 10,000 Buddhas Monastery

Day 2 starts in the north of Kowloon, at the 10, 000 Buddhas Monastery – a must see in Hong Kong. Slightly off the beaten path, on a hill in Sha Tin New Territories, sits the 5 temples, 4 pavilions and 1 pagoda that make up the 10, 000 Buddhas Monastery! To get there, from Kowloon, it takes around an hour if you take the bus, a taxi cab could do the trip in around 20 minutes too.

Fill up on a big breakfast before you leave, because this is going to involve a lot of walking!

There is much to explore once you are here, and with a long hill and many steps to climb, those with mobility issues will, unfortunately, find this a hard activity to take part in.

Take a walk through the forest – beware of the wild monkeys though – and take your time to really appreciate the serenity that this place offers. Many people come here to meditate and reflect on their thoughts.

By the way, contrary to the translation of its name, the monastery houses 13,000 Buddha statues in total.

• How Long Should I Stay here?  2 -3 hours
• Getting There?  Head to Sha Tin Metro station

12.00 PM – Sham Shui Po

Sham Shui Po is a district you can’t miss on your Hong Kong trip! Firstly, you absolutely must try out Tim Ho Wan, the district’s only Michelin-star restaurant, offering some of the best Dim Sum you’ll ever eat. Dim Sim is by the way one of THE things to do in Hong Kong in 3 days.

You can visit the many shops, from clothes to electronics, and even toys!

There are many a special and sale to be found along these crowded streets too, so keep your eyes peeled.

The main attraction, though, is the food! We suggest walking around for a little while, just enough to gain an appetite, you know? Then, make your way through your list of faves – bite-by-bite. Try out a 3-course traveling meal – doing each course in a different eatery.

• Cost:  Free to explore – pay for what you buy
• How Long Should I Stay here?  1 -2 hours
• Getting There?  From 10,000 Budda’s you take the Blue East Line metro from Sha Tin Station to Kowloon Tong Station. Then take the Green Kwun Tong line to Prince Edward Street

2.00 PM – Hong Kong History Museum

The Hong Kong Museum of history tells the fascinating and complex history of the region using a series of exhibitions. From ancient times, through the rise and fall of Chinese dynasties and into the days of the British Empire, the full tale of Hong Kong is told here. There are some wonderful mock-up’s of Hong Kong corner shops, banks and shipping terminals that give you a feel of how it must have been back when it was the world’s major trading hub.

• Cost:  $10
• How Long Should I Stay here?  90 – 120 minutes
• Getting There?  It’s a ten minute walk from TST East Metro Station. If you are happy trying the bus, then it’s 3 minute walk from the Empire Centre. From Sham Shui Po it should take about 30 minutes.

4.00 PM – Hong Kong Museum of Art

Located on Salisbury Road, the Hong Kong Museum of Art offers extensive collection of Chinese art.  The collections include a busy mixture of Qing ceramics, ancient calligraphic scrolls, bronze, jade, lacquerware, textiles, and contemporary canvases. It is an essential stop for those wishing to understand Hong Kong’s artistic culture through the ages. If you are wondering what to see in Hong Kong in 3 days then some fine art is a good safe bet.

• Cost:  $2
• How Long Should I Stay here?  60 minutes
• Getting There?  It’s a 13 minute walk from the History Museum

6.00 PM – Cocktails in the Sky at Ozone

Provided you’re not afraid of heights, this is an experience you should have at least once in Hong Kong. The Ozone bar is listed on the list of the 10 highest bars in the world! It’s situated on floor 118 of The Ritz-Carlton hotel. The elegant, rich decor gives the bar a classy feel, and the large windows allow for the perfect night.

The friendly staff, delicious cocktails, and breathtaking views make this an experience on its own! You can get anything from beer to top-quality whiskeys and wines. Their menu includes sushi and scrumptious tapas, so you can easily enjoy a luxury dinner on the terrace, overlooking Hong Kong.

• Cost:  Cocktails are about $25 each
• How Long Should I Stay here?  I think 1 drink is plenty!
• Getting There?  It’s a 10 minute walk from Kowloon Metro

8.00 PM – Temple Street Night Market

If you want to pick up some epic souvenirs, you’ll need to head over to Temple Street Night Market. The market opens around 8pm and goes on until late. Here you will find everything from souvenirs, to random electronics (including sex toys, if you’re into that), tarot card readers and psychics. Yes, it is a varied place.

It’s also a great place to sample some delicious street food (if your belly isn’t full yet). I also recommend getting an egg waffle from Mamma Pancake while you’re there – they are so good!

Alternatively, you could visit Ladies Market in Mong Kok which is basically the same thing, but without the tarot card readers and psychics.

• Cost:  whatever you want to spend on souvenirs
• How Long Should I Stay here?  1 hour should be enough
• Getting There?  It’s a 5 minute walk from Jordan MTR

On your third and final day in Hong Kong, you’re gonna want to rest your weary legs after all that walking the last two days…NOT! Hong Kong is known for its hikes, in fact, it has over 100 hiking trails and more than 60% of Hong Kong is a national park. Sure, the Hong Kong skyline is nice, but the mountains and beaches are out of this world.

Today we will just be doing one hike because they do take a long time, and no Hong Kong trip would be complete without hiking. But don’t worry, because this hike is suitable for beginner hikers and families. It is the world-class Maclehose Trail to Sai Wan beach.

9.00 AM – Breakfast in Sai Kung

The hike I have picked for you for today’s hiking adventure starts at Sai Kung Town Center.

It is completely up to you when you start your hike, but I do suggest getting to Sai Kung early to catch the bus. In that case, you should also have breakfast in Sai Kung.

There are a ton of local breakfast restaurants in Sai Kung, and it’s a very expat-heavy area, so you’ll find a ton of hipster coffee shops. I went to Shiba Taro Cafe when I was there and it was great.

After breakfast, you will need to catch a village bus to Sai Wan Pavilion. The bus has a sporadic schedule, it only comes 4 times a day in the week and 8 times on weekends.

If you miss the bus, you can catch a taxi to Sai Wan instead (make sure to get a green taxi because they are cheaper).

• Cost: depending on where you eat
• How Long I Should Spend There? 1 hour to eat, you can also walk along Sai Kung pier but there is not much else to see.
• Getting there: You can catch a red mini bus from Dundas Street in Mong Kok, or more commonly, from the bus station outside Hang Hau MTR.

10.00 AM – Sai Wan Pavilion – Sai Wan Beach

Once you have made it to Sai Wan Pavilion you can begin hiking. The walk is completely paved and is sometimes shaded, but mostly exposed to the elements.

It should take you no more than an hour to reach Sai Wan beach and it is mostly downhill all the way.

Once you reach Sai Wan, you will find a couple of restaurants and a magnificent beach to bask on.

If you like water sports, you can rent a surfboard or just kick back and relax on the beach.

• Cost: bring around $50 HKD for food, or you can bring your own and pay nothing!
• How Long I Should Spend There? 2-3 hours
• Getting there: Hike from Sai Wan Pavilion. There is only one trail and everyone takes it, so you won’t get lost.

12.00 PM – Sheung Luk Stream

If you’ve had enough of the beach and fancy a nice cool river to swim in, take a short walk to the Sheung Luk Stream, or Sai Kung Rock Pools, which in my opinion is one of the best waterfalls in Hong Kong .

Here you will find a huge natural river pool, and probably some daring teenagers jumping off rocks. Don’t do it though, because accidents are known to happen to those who try!

It is a magnificent place for a cool and refreshing dip in the Hong Kong heat, but once you’ve spent an hour there, there’s not much more to do.

• Cost: free HKD for food, or you can bring your own and pay nothing!
• How Long I Should Spend There? 1 hour
• Getting there: Hike from Sai Wan beach. The trail is only a 20 minute walk from the village.

2.00 PM – Ham Tin and Tai Long Wan Beach

If you’re not tired and want to see what I think is THE BEST beach in Hong Kong, continue hiking towards Ham Tin beach and Tai Wan Beach.

You can stop in Ham Tin if you’re tired, but if you can continue on to Tai Wan you won’t be disappointed.

By now, you would have done a lot of hiking, but this is the last stop, I promise!

Tai Wan beach is a long stretch of pure white sand beach with excellent surf. It’s usually very quiet, because it takes some effort to get to, but it is the cleanest and most picturesque beach in Hong Kong, hands down.

• Getting there: Hike from Sheung Luk Stream. It will take 30 minutes to Ham Tin beach and 45 minutes to Tai Wan.

5.00 PM – Boat to Sai Kung

There are two options to get back to civilization. One, the way you came. That means hiking all the way back to Sai Wan Pavilion and trying your luck with the bus.

Or, and the most popular choice is to take a boat back to Sai Kung pier.

You can catch the boat from either Sai Wan or Ham Tin, so if you’re at Tai Wan beach you should plan to get back accordingly. You can buy your boat ticket from the restaurants at Ham Tin or Sai Wan.

• Cost: around 120HKD for the boat
• Getting there: Hike from Tai Wan back to Ham Tin or Sai Wan Beach and wait for the boat. The boat takes roughly one hour.

7.00 PM – Rooftop dinner @ Wooloomooloo

For your last evening in Hong Kong, you must have a rooftop dinner to get the second-best view (after the views from the hike today) of Hong Kong. The best views are by far from a rooftop restaurant.

Now there are a lot of rooftop restaurants in Hong Kong, but a lot of them are really overpriced and a bit of a gimmick.

That’s why I always recommend people visit Wooloomooloo. Yes, it is pricey, but they serve the best steaks in Hong Kong! And the views are insaneeeeee.

There are two restaurants in Hong Kong, both are stunning. If you’re staying in Kowloon, head to the Tsim Sha Tsui branch, or if you’re staying on the Hong Kong island side, there’s a great one in Wan Chai. Ideally, try to book ahead as they tend to fill up quickly, though you can have luck with walk-ins too.

• Cost: depends on what you order
• How Long I Should Spend There? 2 hours
• Getting there: Take the MTR to either TST or Wan Chai and walk.

Aside from the itinerary, there are loads more stuff to do in Hong Kong. If you’re lucky enough to be spending three or more days in this exciting city, be sure to check out some of these exciting, quirky and memorable activities!

The Ocean Park in Hong Kong is so much fun, you really need an entire day to fully enjoy it! You’ll find adventure rides, bumper cars, a cable car, jumping castle, even wet rides. You would want to miss the chance to visit the many animal encounters, from koalas to pandas and marine animals, too!

To eat, there is a list of amazing restaurants, as well as food kiosks for a quick bite in between the fun!

You can get anything from traditional Hong Kong dishes to seafood. There are also some amazing desserts, cakes and other sweet dishes available from the several restaurants and bakeries.

Shopping is an experience on its own in the park! Check out the Waterfront Gift Shop and take an ocean-themed souvenir home with you, or go to The Panda Kingdom Shop and pick one of the many panda-related gifts on offer there.

The park is big on conservation! The seafood served in the restaurants is all sustainable, they encourage visitors to bring reusable bags, and charge for plastic bags to be taken when shopping or taking home doggy bags. They also offer conservation resources on their website and app.

• Cost:  An adult day ticket is $65USD
• How Long Should I Stay here?  4 hours
• Getting There?  There are 3 main options.  Take South Island Line and  get  off at  Ocean Park Station , Exit B. Take bus 48, 107, 629, or 973 to  Hong Kong   Ocean Park  directly. Take bus 71, 71P, 72A, 75 or N72 to Wong Chuk Hang. Then, you will see the  Park

Ferry over to Lamma Island

If you’re in Hong Kong for an extended period, a trip to Lamma Island is absolutely worth it! This fishing village-turned multicultural hub is home to many different types of people and offers some splendid sights.

You can hike the Lamma Island family trails or take a breathtaking cycle around the island. Fill up on a delicious lunch at the Rainbow Seafood Restaurant.

Then, make your way to the Lamma Fisherfolks Village where you can learn about this community and even take part in some of their fishing activities if you wish to!

You can spend a good 7.5 hours doing the sea kayaking and hiking tour around the island – a wonderful, active way to spend a day! Be sure, though, that you don’t leave the island before grabbing a coffee at the Book Worm Cafe. Sit down with a good book – read one of theirs or bring your own – and relax after a day of walking!

Other sights to see are the power station, the wind power station, and so many gorgeous picnic spots and beaches to relax in. Whether you visit the island for an entire day or just a few hours, it makes for a great break from everyday life! If you need to stay over, there are affordable and comfy spots to rent a room on the island as well.

• Cost:  Exploring is free, the ferry is around $30 HKD.
• How Long Should I Stay here?  4 to 5 hours
• Getting There?   Lamma is easily reachable by ferry from Central Pier 4 on Hong Kong Island and from Aberdeen on the south side of Hong Kong Island.

Take a Tai Chi Class

Tai Chi is an ancient Chinese martial art, known for its health benefits. If you’ve never tried it before, doing a class in Hong Kong is a brilliant idea! Not only will you be learning from masters of the art, but the culture of the activity is well-preserved as well.

You can find many places to catch a Tai Chi class , most are free and open, taking place in public spaces.

Some of these will have numbers or emails where you need to book ahead of time, while others let you simply drop in and find a space! These will usually be in a public park, under the shade of a large tree or next to a calm body of water.

The carefully choreographed moves, along with the peaceful setting allow for a tranquil, yet energized experience! This truly is a rejuvenating activity for both body and mind.

If you prefer to learn in a more private setting, you can book one of the private classes on offer, which are not free but offer you some privacy in a smaller group.

This is actually something you can do on more than just one occasion, if you find the right spots, you can try and catch a Tai Chi class each morning of your stay.

• Cost:  Varies
• How Long Should I Stay here?  Classes are usually 1 hour
• Getting There?  Depends where it is

Hollywood Road

Hollywood road is one of the oldest, and most famous, roads you will find in Hong Kong. It is approximately 1 km (0.6 miles) long and features many cultural and historic landmarks.

Fun Fact, Hollywood Road was built and named in 1844, before the famously known Hollywood, California! Along this road, you will find art galleries, museums, and temples galore.

These show off the history of Hong Kong, and the culture that the state has preserved all these years.

Some attractions to look out for:

• Man Mo Temple
• Hollywood Mural
• Hollywood Road Park
• Liang Li Museum

Although not quite on Hollywood Road itself, you should definitely make a detour to check out the Alex Croft G.O.D  graffiti wall in Graham Street .

• Cost:  Free to explore – only pay for food and gallery/temple entrances where necessary.
• How Long Should I Stay here?  3 hours
• Getting There?   The metro from Lantau’s Big Budda takes around 1 hour 15 minute

Dragon’s Back

Hiking Dragon’s Back is thought to be the best way to start a hiking habit! The peak is easy to access and doesn’t require a very high level of fitness. The scenic views are well worth the climb as well, as from the top of the ridge you get to see a more natural side of Hong Kong.

The name, Dragon’s Back, comes from the shape of the spinal ridge.

The ridge is situated between the Wan Cham Shan and Shek O Peak.

The ridge is a 4-hour bus ride from Central Hong Kong. It is best to do the hike before it gets hot, so you’ll want to leave quite early in the morning or find closer accommodation for the night before. The bus will bring you right to the foot of the ridge, allowing you to start your hike without too long of a pre-walk!

There are different hiking options, ranging from 5 – 8 km, and will take around 2 to 3 hours. Finishing the hike will leave you either at the bus stop, where you can take a bus to Shek O Beach, or it will take you right to Big Wave Bay beach, depending on the route you decide to take.

Once the hike is done, you can enjoy the afternoon soaking up the sun on the soft beach sand. There are also some great lunch spots to fill you up for your trip back to your hotel.

• Cost:  Free!
• How Long Should I Stay here?  The hike may take 2 – 3 hours
• Getting There?   Take the metro to  Shau Kei Wan Station.  Then take the bus to  To Tei Wan, Dragon’s Back

Need a place quick? Here’s the best neighborhood in Hong Kong:

Tsim Sha Tsui

As one of the most central districts in Hong Kong city, it’s little wonder Tsim Sha Tsui receives so many visitors and we believe it’s the best area to stay in Hong Kong on a first-time visit. The nightlife, cafes, and markets might also have something to do with it.

• Kowloon Park – those keen to escape city life can take a wark in sprawling Kowloon Park which is home to greenery, plants and birdlife.
• The Avenue of Stars walkway beside Victoria Harbor is as famed for its static telescopes allowing you to admire the cities skyline and it also focuses on another type of star – those from the movies.
• Don’t miss the K11 art gallery and shopping center which displays exhibitions all throughout the year. Pick up some goods as you explore the installations.

Stash your cash safely with this money belt. It will keep your valuables safely concealed, no matter where you go.

It looks exactly like a normal belt  except for a SECRET interior pocket perfectly designed to hide a wad of cash, a passport photocopy or anything else you may wish to hide. Never get caught with your pants down again! (Unless you want to…)

First things first, when is the best time to head down to this beautiful location? There isn’t necessarily a wrong time to visit Hong Kong, but each season has pros and cons of its own. The table below is pretty helpful.

Wherever you choose to base yourself in Hong Kong, you’ll have easy access to transport and accessing the attractions and sights on this itinerary. Taxis in Hong Kong come by often, and the Star Ferry shuttles crowds across from the main island to Kowloon and back often each day.

The Metro is perhaps the easiest way to get around as you can study the maps and announcements are in English. However, it gets very crowded. Busses can sometimes be faster and signs are written in English – still drivers do not speak much English and knowing where to get off can very confusing. As you only have 3 days in Hong Kong, wasting time getting lost may not be adviseable.

If you are visiting Hong Kong for the weekend then the business and financial districts will be quieter but the shopping areas and temples may be busier.

Planning a trip to Hong Kong is simple enough as many nationalities don’t need a visa to enter. The weather can be very hot and humid all year round. Even when it rains it can remain very stick out. Despite the tropical climate, people in Hong Kong dress very well usually donning a mixture of business/casual/fashionable attire. For this reason, flip flops and cargo shorts are not advisable – you will look ridiculous.

Instead, wear loose but nice clothes of thin material. If you must wear shorts make sure they are nice ones and dress them up at least. Most things a traveller will need can easily be bought in Hong Kong so if you do forget anything, don’t worry too much.

Hong Kong is relatively safe and violent crime is rare. There is a significant criminal underworld in Hong Kong but it is not a concern tourists or backpackers in Hong Kong need worry about. However, always travelers are encouraged to stay vigilant when in crowds and to keep valuables safe.

There is a high police presence all throughout Hong Kong, which creates a safe feeling for both locals and tourists.

The public transport in Hong Kong is relatively safe and reliable, and walking through the streets and parks shouldn’t be an issue! If you a female traveling alone, however, take the necessary precautions and try not to walk down secluded streets on your own, especially at night.

Don’t Forget Your Travel Insurance for Hong Kong

ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing .

They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.

SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!

Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.

Find out what people want to know when planning their ultimate Hong Kong itinerary.

How many days do you need in Hong Kong?

That depends on what you want out of your trip. 3-5 days are enough to cover top attractions, but you could easily spend up to 10 days exploring!

What should you include on a 3 day Hong Kong itinerary?

Make sure to include out these awesome Hong Kong hotspots: – Big Buddha – Victoria Peak – Sham Shui Po – Buddhas Monastery

What is the best month to visit Hong Kong?

February-April are the best months for sightseeing in Hong Kong, as these have the lowest chance of rain and smallest tourist crowds.

Where should you stay in Hong Kong?

Kowloon, Causeway Bay, and the Western Districts are some of the best areas to stay in Hong Kong for sightseeing.

Now, you can easily plan your trip to Hong Kong, knowing where you should go and what you should do when there! All there is to do now is book your trip and decide how long you have to spend there. Be double sure that you make time to try out Hong Kong’s food – as this is usually a large part of the enjoyment for visitors!

We hope you found valuable information in this Hong Kong guide, and that you’re able to travel Hong Kong with the knowledge you need. Also remember that in between the larger, better-known attractions are tiny sights and scenes that are not often found in other parts of the world. Keep your eyes peeled and be sure to arrive in Hong Kong ready to learn and embrace all their culture has to offer you!

Buy Us a Coffee !

A couple of you lovely readers suggested we set up a tip jar for direct support as an alternative to booking through our links. So we created one!

You can now buy The Broke Backpacker a coffee . If you like and use our content to plan your trips, it’s a much appreciated way to show appreciation 🙂

Share or save this post

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

• Search Please fill out this field.
• Newsletters
• Destinations
• Things To Do

4 Days in Hong Kong: The Perfect Itinerary

Courtesy of Hong Kong Tourism Board

What can you see in Hong Kong for four days? Thanks to cheap transportation and a surfeit of options for all budgets, you can pack plenty of sights, food stops, spa breaks, and other activities in a short time.

This Hong Kong itinerary is designed for travelers with an ordinary budget (wants value, can splurge occasionally); the high-end stops (Peking Garden, Ozone, and the Bike Tour) can easily be swapped for less expensive alternatives.

We've also given plenty of room to off-the-beaten-path and super-local experiences, at the expense of popular tourist attractions Ocean Park and Disneyland . (Feel free to put them back in, if that's a step too far.)

If you're a first-time traveler to Hong Kong, try to visit during the autumn season between October and December . To get to the places listed in this itinerary, get an Octopus Card at your nearest MTR Station. You can use this contactless payment card at Hong Kong's MTR rapid transit, trams, buses, minibusses, and the Star Ferry. Use the MTR Mobile app to figure out how to get from points A to B.

Ready to go? The itinerary starts (and ends) with a view of Hong Kong from on high.  

Morning, Day 1: The View from Victoria Peak

Aldrich Infantado/EyeEm/Getty Images

Size up Hong Kong, by looking at the city from its highest point .

Victoria Peak is more a hill than a mountaintop, with a maximum elevation of 1,818 feet (552 meters) above sea level. Formerly an enclave for Hong Kong’s wealthy merchant class, Victoria Peak has grown into a major tourist destination thanks to the Peak Tram and viewpoints like the Peak Tower.

Take in the view from Sky Terrace 428 on the Peak Tower; the number comes from the viewing platform’s elevation in meters (that’s 1,404 feet for you Americans).

Afternoon, Day 1: Streets of Old Town Central

 Mike Aquino

Go back down the way you came, straight into Hong Kong’s oldest yet most active area: Old Town Central, a warren of narrow streets in Central and Sheung Wan districts.

Old Town Central represents Hong Kong both at its most authentic and cutting-edge. Both attributes are immediately apparent at your local lunch stop: Yat Lok, a roast goose shop founded in 1957 and still going strong (with five years of Michelin stars under their belt —their food is that good).

From Yat Lok, walk west and northwest up Hollywood Road —keep an easygoing pace, so you don’t miss the day-to-day spectacle of Old Town Central. In this order, you’ll pass the former Central Police Station compound, now repurposed into the Tai Kwun arts and culture hub ; art walls along Graham Street and Tank Lane, favorite stops for selfie-ing tourists; the PMQ (Police Married Quarters), formerly government housing for police officers, now reserved for artists’ studios and boutique shops; and Man Mo Temple , a 160-year-old temple dedicated to the Gods of Literature (Man) and War (Mo).

Evening, Day 1: A Tram Back in Time

Founded in 1904, the Hong Kong Tramways is one of the SAR’s most beloved transportation lines. Make your way to the Tramways’ Western Market Terminus by 4:30 p.m., to catch the day’s last Hong Kong Tramoramic Tour : an hour-long tour of Hong Kong seen from the tram route from Sheung Wan to Causeway Bay.

Watch the scenery pass you by from a 1920s-style passenger tram, with a large balcony on the upper deck and a mini-museum belowdecks that explains the passing sights through video and authentic relics.

Upon disembarking at the Causeway Bay terminus, explore the district’s posh retail spaces , then finish up at John Anthony, a modern East-meets-West restaurant and bar. Intimate (and surprisingly eco-friendly) interiors create the right mood to explore the bar’s rum infusions and the restaurant’s menu of Cantonese charcoal grill-roasted meats and handmade dim sum.  

Morning, Day 2: Sham Shui Po’s Markets

Mike Aquino 

Take the MTR to Sham Shui Po Station, your entryway to the retro district known as Sham Shui Po.

Sham Shui Po is where Hong Kong locals go shopping on the cheap—or browse through hip boutiques showcasing Hong Kong's bleeding-edge in art and design. Visit the following Sham Shui Po street markets to see both the cheap and the chic side by side:

• Apliu Street: a street market with a focus on gear—from power tools to ancient audio equipment to LED flashlights, you'll find plenty of cheap (and not always genuine) gearhead fodder for sale here;
• "Toy Street," where the shops along Fuk Wa and Kweilin streets specialize in school supplies, children's toys, and party supplies; and
• "Leather Street," a Tai Nan Street that was ground zero for Hong Kong's leather production during the late manufacturing boom in the 80s.

Shop around the stores for ready-made wallets, handbags, and totes—or sign up for a leathermaking class at Brothers Leathercraft to learn to make your own!  

Afternoon, Day 2: Hong Kong Museum Tour

 Michael Zegers/LOOK-foto/Getty Images

Don’t leave Sham Shui Po without a good, authentic (and Michelin-star-rated ) dim sum lunch at the original Tim Ho Wan ; their baked barbecued-pork buns burst with char siu goodness in your mouth, and are well worth the wait!

Afterward, board the MTR again and disembark at Tsim Sha Tsui Station.

Spend the rest of the afternoon exploring two of Hong Kong’s best museums close to each other: Hong Kong Space Museum, a kid-friendly stop with hands-on exhibits demonstrating science concepts; and Hong Kong Museum of Art, Hong Kong’s best museum hands-down with one of the world’s best collections of Chinese Art , featuring a rotating selection of nearly 15,000 items.

Evening, Day 2: Symphony of Lights

 courtesy of Hong Kong Tourism Board

For dinner, we suggest a posh Imperial-style meal at the Tsim Sha Tsui Peking Garden , famous for its five-star food with a healthy helping of theater. Enjoy Peking Duck served by a white-gloved waiter while watching a live noodle-making demonstration.

Come nightfall, make your way to the Avenue of Stars, a 457-meter long promenade that combines eye-popping views of Hong Kong’s skyline on the one hand, and remembrances from Hong Kong cinematic stars on the other. More than 100 handprints of famous Hong Kong celebrities grace the rails, but it’s the statues of Bruce Lee and Cantopop diva Anita Mui that will command your attention.

Stay till 8 p.m. to see the Symphony of Lights play out: a 14-minute light and sound show illuminating the skyscrapers fronting Victoria Harbour.  

Morning, Day 3: Ngong Ping & the Big Buddha

Get up early to take the MTR to Tung Chung Station, the base station for the Ngong Ping Cable Car . The scenic 25-minute aerial tour aboard the gondola reveals Lantau Island’s greenery below you and the Hong Kong International Airport in the distance.

You’ll touch down at Ngong Ping, where the Po Lin Monastery sits in the shadow of the 250-ton, 112-foot tall bronze statue of Buddha perched at the top of a hill. Explore the theme park-like Ngong Ping Village and its souvenir stands, restaurants, and exhibits – then walk in the direction of the monastery to see the area’s overtly religious displays.

There’s the Wisdom Path, a footpath featuring the Buddhist Heart Sutra inscribed on massive wooden columns; and there’s the Tian Tan Buddha himself accessible after a 268-step climb up the hill. After your climb, descend to the Po Lin Monastery for a filling vegetarian lunch.

Afternoon, Day 3: Tai-O Throwback

From Ngong Ping, you can take Bus 21 to down to Tai-O, one of Hong Kong’s last authentic fishing villages.

Tai-O was founded by Tanka fisherfolk over 300 years ago, and the village has barely budged even with the arrival of the Portuguese and the British. The Tanka built their homes on stilts over the water; while concrete and steel have primarily replaced wood and bamboo, Tai-O’s residents still live as their ancestors did, fishing and selling their catch to visitors.

An 80-year-old, manually-operated drawbridge still stands over the Tai-O creek that divides the village. The area has gentrified somewhat, with touristy stalls selling candles and boat tours alongside old homes where locals sit and play mah-jong.

After your Tai-O visit, go to the nearest bus station and ride Bus 11 back to the Tung Chung MTR Station.

Evening, Day 3: Temple Street Night Market

Travel from Tung Chung MTR Station to Yau Ma Tei Station (switching lines at Lai King Station midway). Leave the station via Exit C to make your way to Hong Kong’s most happening street bazaar, the Temple Street Night Market.

The brightly-lit Night Market feels like a bazaar and circus all wrapped into one. Long lines of stalls hawking jade beads, stuffed toys, and Chinese copies of branded toys and casualwear might keep you occupied for an hour or so. Closer to the namesake temple, you’ll find a row of fortune-tellers divining patrons’ futures for a fee.

The restaurants and street food stalls around Temple Street are legendary among foodies. Hong Kong Foodie Tours conducts a Temple Street food tour that scours the area for local delicacies like egg puffs, “stinky” tofu, and curry fishballs.  

Morning, Day 4: Bike Past Tolo Harbour

Take the MTR to Tai Po Station, in the heart of Hong Kong’s “New Territories.” You’ll take in the area’s expansive natural beauty and laid-back vibe as you cycle down a protected bike path alongside Tolo Harbour.

Wild Hong Kong’s Tolo Harbour Cycle Tour covers a 15-kilometer round trip from Tai Wai Station to the Pak Shek Kok Promenade. Given the flat terrain, dedicated bicycle paths, and gorgeous views of the harbor and the Ma On Shan and Pat Sin Leng Mountains beyond, this bike trip counts as one of Hong Kong’s most family-friendly activities.

If you have more time on your hands, extend the bike trip further by starting at Sha Tin near Shing Mun River, follow the protected bike path along Tolo Harbour north till you reach Tai Mei Tuk near the Plover Cove Reservoir.  

Afternoon, Day 4: Museums or Massage?

It’s time to go back to the busier parts of Hong Kong, with an MTR ride from Tai Po Market Station to Hung Hom Station, at the end of the line.

Two museums can be found just outside your MTR stop: Hong Kong Museum of History, its displays covering 400 million years of Southern China’s past, and the Hong Kong Science Museum, with over 500 exhibits that demonstrate scientific concepts to curious young minds.

If you need something a little more relaxing after that morning bike ride, ditch the museums and go to Hillwood Road in Tsim Sha Tsui, where Hong Wo Lok offers a spa experience using principles of traditional Chinese medicine (TCM).

An in-house TCM specialist will design a regimen based on your specific needs, executed through traditional therapies like ginger moxibustion, meridian conditioning, and tea therapy.  

Evening, Day 4: Ozone Up There

You’ll end your Hong Kong trip the way you began it—from a high vantage point. The Ozone Bar Hong Kong, on the 118th floor of the ICC Tower in Tsim Sha Tsui, is one of the world’s highest rooftop bars—the view from the terrace is often obscured by clouds rolling in from the sea.

On a cloudless night, though, the view from Ozone can’t be beaten. You can enjoy Ritz-Carlton-level tapas and cocktails as the Symphony of Lights unfolds below. Or stay within the bar area, a Masamichi Katayama -designed modern space all aflash with neon and mirrors.

If your hotel is across Victoria Harbour in Central, catch the evening Star Ferry from Kowloon to Central–a cheap ten-minute boat ride popular with both commuting locals and excited tourists. The Star Ferry runs only till 11 p.m., so finish up your drinks before then!  

Related Articles

More related articles.

The Perfect Itinerary for 3 Days in Hong Kong (2024)

• Last Updated: February 5, 2024

Looking for the perfect itinerary for 3 days in Hong Kong? Don’t miss this firsthand guide.

Are you planning to spend 3 days in Hong Kong? Get ready to experience a completely unique city with one of the densest population in the world. This incredible concrete jungle is one of those places which will leave you in a state of awe.

Table of Contents

8am – Choi Hung Estate

10am – nan lian garden, 12pm – chi lin nunnery, 2pm – kawloon walled city park, 4pm – hau wong temple, 6pm – avenue of stars, 7pm – mong kok district, 8pm – temple street night market, 8am – ngong ping 360 cable car, 10am – tian tan big buddha, 1pm – monster building, 4pm – victoria peak tram, 5pm – victoria peak viewpoint, 7pm – lugard road viewpoint, 8pm – take a ride in the star ferry and admire the symphony of lights, option 1 – day trip to macau, option 2 – disneyland, walk as much as you can, use public transport, try the local food, where to stay in hong kong, 3 days in hong kong itinerary.

I’ve included in this Hong Kong 3-day guide the most beautiful and surprising tourist attractions around the city. I’ll tell you one secret: you can find some really cool places if you know where to look.

READ MORE – Check out our guide to the best places to visit in Hong Kong

Day 1 – Morning

We’ll start the day with some colourful buildings which will brighten your day instantly. After breakfast, hop on one of the double-decker buses (yes, you can find red buses in Hong Kong, it used to be a British colony after all) and head to the Choi Hung Estate Instagram sensation.

We’ll start our journey here and then continue and visit some other interesting tourist attractions.

Have you ever seen those photos taken at a colourful basketball court surrounded by tall apartment buildings? It’s all over the internet! You can find that famous basketball court at the Choi Hung Estate .

This residential area, in the heart of Hong Kong is visited by hundreds of tourists every day. Everyone wants to have that Insta-perfect picture. My advice would be to arrive here as early as possible since the place tends to get crowded quickly.

Choi Hung Estate is situated on the top of a car park and is not exactly easy to find. If you’re having trouble finding it, make sure to ask a few locals. They would be more than happy to guide you.

After arriving, make sure to respect a few simple rules:

• Don’t interrupt the basketball games
• Don’t make too much noise, people live there

I’ve visited many beautiful gardens in many Asian countries but none was as fascinating as the Nan Lian Garden in Hong Kong. Once you’ll take the first step inside this garden, you’ll feel peaceful and relaxed.

The garden was built during the Tang Dynasty and every tree, stone or pond were arranged according to the Tang style. Although the Nan Lian Garden is not big, it’s perfect to take a walk and escape the chaos of Hong Kong.

This oasis of tranquility also has a souvenir shop (the prices are a bit higher than in the rest of the city), a vegetarian restaurant and a Chinese tea house. I would definitely recommend you to add this place to your 3-day Hong Kong itinerary. Another good part is that there is no entrance fee!

Right across the street from the Nan Lian Garden is the Chi Lin Nunnery, built in 1934. This beautiful temple complex with incredible wooden details and carvings is situated in the Diamond Hill area. If you’re in the area, it would be a shame not to visit it.

The temple hosts some amazing statues made from gold, clay or wood, dedicated to Sakyamuni Buddha and Guanyin.  The Chi Lin Nunnery also has a traditional Tang Dynasty architecture but the most impressive things is that no nails were used to build this temple.

Chin Lin Nunnery holds the record for the biggest hand-made wooden building and is one of the most beautiful tourist attractions in Hong Kong.

Day 1 – Afternoon

After you grab something to eat, it’s time to head to one of the most intriguing places in Asia. The subject of many documentaries, the Kawloon Walled City Park is one of those places that will give you the chills.

From the Chi Lin Nunnery you can walk for about 1 kilometre or take a direct bus to the park.

Even though there is a mini-museum inside the park, I recommend watching this documentary before visiting. The Kawloon Walled city used to be the densest city in the world. Even though it was situated in the heart of Hong Kong, the Walled City was a place where crime and vice thrived. Even the local police was afraid to get inside this city.

Kawloon had a population of 50,000 residents, all living in an area of 2.6 hectares. In the early 90’s the government decided to entirely demolish the city and a few years later in the exact place where the city was built, a park was opened to the public.

Nowadays, the park is a quiet place, where locals come to relax and where ex-residents of Kawloon Walled City come to remember the old days. There is a small museum in the centre of the park where you can see images and read the history of the Walled City.

Right near the park is the Hau Wong Temple. The temple was built in 1730 and even though it is quite small, this temple is really beautiful. Here you can find important artefacts and beautiful Chinese calligraphy.

Day 1 – Evening

We’re going to spend the evening admiring some of the best views in Hong Kong. After that, it’s time for some shopping in one of the most photogenic markets in the world. Are you ready?

Take the direct bus number 1 from the Hau Wong Temple and head straight to the famous Avenue of Stars. This waterfront promenade offers some of the best views towards Hong Kong’s skyscrapers.

The idea behind the Avenue of Stars is similar to the Hollywood Walk of Fame. This walkway honours the most important celebrities from the Hong Kong’s film industry. If you want some awesome pictures with the Hong Kong skyline, this is the place to be!

It is also a popular spot to watch the daily light show called the Symphony of Lights but for that I have an even better idea (see day 2).

From the Avenue of stars take the double-decker or the subway to Mong Kok, the busiest district in Hong Kong. In Cantonese, “Mong Kong” means “crowded corner” so get ready for a bit of chaos.

With countless shopping malls and convenience stores this place is heaven for shopping addicts. Also, here you can find many street food stalls. If you’re feeling adventurous, I recommend to try the local street food. You will find local dishes such as fish tofu and stinky balls and also international dishes such as pizza.

Don’t forget to keep track where you’re heading! Getting lost is almost inevitable in Mong Kok.

After escaping the crowded Mong Kok, take the bus to the famous Temple Street Night Market. Now it’s time to buy souvenirs for the loved ones back home. Here you will find magnets, clothes, accessories, electronics and pretty much anything you can think of.

The prices are decent but don’t forget to bargain! You can easily save up a few bucks!

As soon as the sun sets, the Temple Street Market opens and welcomes its visitors. Both tourists and locals shop here and it’s a really nice place to feel the vibe of the city.

To get an awesome shot from above the market, head to the parking lot, where the market ends and get your camera ready to catch some colourful photos!

Day 2 – Morning

Our second day in Hong Kong will take us to some of the most popular tourist attractions in the city. Get ready to see some incredible views and experience first-hand how locals live in this crowded concrete jungle.

Make sure to get up early in the morning, we have a lot to explore today!

Take the subway to Lantau Island and head straight to the Ngong Ping 360Cable Car. The 20-minute ride will take you through Hong Kong’s most beautiful scenery.

If the sights are not enough for you, you can take the Crystal Cabin (it costs a bit more) which has a transparent glass floor. How awesome is that? If you’re afraid of heights, maybe you should take the regular cabin.

The Ngong Ping 360 Cable Car is a tourist attraction itself and one of the coolest things to do in Hong Kong. Make sure to be there early as the cable car gets pretty crowded. You can also buy a fast pass if you want.

Our next stop is the Tian Tan Big Buddha, situated right next to the cable car. This bronze statue of Buddha Shakyamuni impresses through its size and beauty.

As you walk towards the statue, you’ll find six smaller bronze statues, known as “The Offering of the Six Devas”. To get to the Big Buddha, you will have to climb no more and no less than 268 steps. I recommend wearing some comfortable shoes.

While you’re in the area, I also recommend visiting the Po Lin Monastery. It’s a really nice way to experience first-hand Hong Kong’s culture.

Day 2 – Afternoon

It’s time to leave the Lantau Island and head to the Hong Kong Island. Here, we’ll visit another Insta-famous location and then see how the sun sets over Hong Kong from some of the best viewpoints around the city.

After being featured in the Transformers – Age of Extinction movie, the Monster Building, as it’s called by locals, has become an internet sensation. To get that perfect picture surrounded by the apartment buildings from the Montane Mansion, you’ll have to queue for a while.

The Monster Building has two courtyards where you can take photos. If the first one is too crowded, try the second one. Apart from photography enthusiasts, here you will also meet many local people who seem to not even notice the tourists searching for the best photo angle. You’ll see them playing Mahjong and drinking tea.

After experiencing first-hand how locals live in Hong Kong, it’s time to head to the Victoria Peak Tram and enjoy one of the most scenic rides in the city.

On your way to the top, you will pass by tall skyscrapers, dense forest and beautiful private villas. It’s a really good way to see the difference between how the rich and medium-class people live in Hong Kong.

Sometimes the Victoria Peak Tram can get pretty crowded. Be prepared to wait about 30 minutes for your turn to get in. The ride will take around 15 minutes so make sure to sit comfortably and relax while admiring the views.

Day 2 – Evening

This evening is all about jaw-dropping views. There is nothing more impressive in Hong Kong than its skyline. Although there are many viewing points around the city, I am going to tell you exactly where to go to experience the best views.

Once you get off the Victoria Peak Tram, head to one of the free viewing platforms. If you want, you can also go to the Sky Terrace 428 although I honestly don’t recommend it.

While the view from the Victoria Peak is beautiful, it’s definitely not the best one. Walk for a few minutes and you will get to a hidden gem, with a wider view and less tourists. I will talk about this place below.

Lugard Road is not actually a road but a path through the forest. From the Victoria Peak follow the path for about 15 minutes and you will get to this incredible viewpoint. Well hidden from tourists and with no entrance fee, this was my favourite place to watch the sunset in Hong Kong.

Take your time to watch how one by one, the skyscrapers light up. Slowly, the sunlight is replaced by neon lights and the night takes over the city. It is a truly wonderful sight. Don’t forget your camera home as you will definitely want to capture these moments.

Head back to the Victoria Peak Tram, get back down and head to the Central Pier No. 7 (Star Ferry Pier) and catch the 8pm ferry (from the Victoria Peak Tram there is a direct bus to the pier).

If you catch this exact ferry you will be one of the few lucky ones who will get to experience the Symphony of Lights from a ferry. Make sure to sit near a window and enjoy the show!

The Symphony of Lights is a daily multimedia show where the buildings in the Victoria Harbour light up on the sound of music. At the end of the show, be prepared to admire the fireworks!

Day 3 – Macau or Disneyland

For your last day in Hong Kong I have prepared two exciting activities. You can either take a day trip to the fascinating Macau or become a child again at Disneyland.  Let’s talk about each of these options in detail.

Take the ferry to Macau and explore another spectacular city. Day trips from Hong Kong to Macau are really popular since the ferries run every 15 minutes.

Make sure to bring your passport with you! Most travellers don’t require a visa to enter Macau but you can check out more about visa requirements here .

To explore the city, I recommend taking the hop on and hop off bus straight from the ferry terminal in Macau. The bus has 16 stops and it covers all the important tourist attractions in the city.

Some of the attractions you can’t miss are: Macau Tower, A-ma Temple and of course, the famous casinos.

READ MORE – Check out our ‘ One Day in Macau ‘ itinerary.

Disneyland Hong Kong is one of the most visited theme parks in Asia and you should definitely visit it if you’re looking for some fun. Make sure to avoid holidays and the weekends since the park gets extremely crowded and you don’t want to spend hours queuing for rides.

To skip the lines, you can use the free fast passes. Near each important ride there is a ticketing machine that will issue a ticket with a “return time”. Make sure to be back at the time indicated on your ticket and enjoy a shorter queue!

Some of the most popular attractions are Big Grizzly Mountain Coaster, Iron Man Experience, Mystic Manor and Tarzan’s Tree House.

Hong Kong 3-Day Itinerary – Tips & Tricks

If you have 3 days in Hong Kong there’s a couple of useful tips I can share to help you make the most of your visit.

Hong Kong is a really beautiful city and there is no better way to experience it than by walking. You will find fascinating hidden alleys and you will have more time to admire the tall, crowded buildings around you.

The public transport in Hong Kong is awesome! The buses and the subway are really reliable, affordable and fast. Yes, taxis might be more comfortable but trust me, you don’t want to be stuck in traffic in Hong Kong.

Tip: When using the double-decker buses, head to the upper floor and sit in the front row. You will have the best view!

Stop at small, local restaurants to grab something to eat or try the street food. The food in Hong Kong might be a bit weird, especially for Westerners but it’s definitely worth a try!

Hong Kong is known to be a crowded city. Therefore, the bigger the hotel room is, the more you’re going to pay. There are accommodation options for each budget. You’ll definitely find something suitable for your needs!

If you feel like splurging, I recommend the Grand Hyatt Hong Kong . This hotel has some dreamy views and an incredible pool. Also, the rooms are incredibly spacious and very comfortable. The Grand Hyatt has all the amenities of a luxury hotel.

If you’re on a budget, I recommend the City Oasis Guesthouse . Situated in a beautiful area on Lantau Island, this place is perfect to relax after a day full of sightseeing.

Aurelia Teslaru

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

38 BEST Places to Visit in Hong Kong (2024 Guide)

Hiking, beaches and free camping in hong kong, related posts, 11 thoughts on “the perfect itinerary for 3 days in hong kong (2024)”.

Amazing article followed by beautiful photos… I really liked reading your post. Thanks for sharing!!

Hi! May I know the name of your hotel? I’m planning to visit HK hopefully in December. And I’m looking for cheap yet clean hotels. Thanks!

Take a Ride in the Star Ferry and Admire the Symphony of Lights – Is this free of charge? If no, how much does it cost? Where can I buy the tickets?

Hi Wilbert, both of these are not free. The price varies between companies. Here is a couple of options you can book a tour through Klook https://www.klook.com/en-US/activity/659-aqualuna-evening-sail-hong-kong/?aid=10694 Get Your Guide https://www.getyourguide.com/hong-kong-l174/victoria-harbour-night-or-symphony-of-lights-cruise-t194297/?partner_id=OA1606Q https://www.getyourguide.com/hong-kong-l174/hong-kong-symphony-of-lights-cruise-tour-t141549/?partner_id=OA1606Q

Have a great trip to Hong Kong

Thanks for the wonderful information

Thanks you very much, was a very useful guide!

Glad it was helpful. Happy travels

Super awesome article.

How much per person for this 3days tour?

This is a suggestion for a 3 day self itinerary not a tour. We are a travel blog not a tour company. There are many companies that do offer tours in Hong Kong. We wish you all the best and hope you have a great trip.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Sample HONG KONG ITINERARIES: 1-6 Days

Hong Kong is a vibrant and bustling destination famous for its eclectic mix of east and west, and old and new. You’ll see remnants of its past not too far away from its modern districts.

If you’re after incredible views, Victoria Peak is a place to consider. The views are awesome during the day but even more unforgettable at night as the skyline lights up. Another destination worth checking out is Lantau Island in the outskirts of the territory, which is home to the world’s biggest seated Buddha.

If you need help planning your Hong Kong trip, check out our HONG KONG TRAVEL GUIDE here:

✅ HONG KONG TRAVEL GUIDE

Tip: For a smooth trip, rent a pocket wi-fi!

Make your trip hassle-free by being connected online constantly. You can use it to access Google Maps, currency converters, share photos on your Facebook or Instagram, and search for more tips and recommendations. Please note that this pocket wifi must be picked up or dropped off at either Hong Kong Airport or Mongkok. If you’re exiting via Macau, this isn’t for you because you might not be able to return the device. Otherwise, reserve a unit below as early as you can because supply is limited.

Here are some sample Hong Kong itineraries that you may follow or use to pattern your own after. However, please bear in mind the following:

• All these itineraries assume you’re entering and exiting via Hong Kong International Airport. Even the itineraries that involve a visit to Hong Kong assume you’re returning to HK.
• All itineraries (except the layover itinerary) assume you’re staying in Tsim Sha Tsui area on the Kowloon side. This is where most budget accommodations are located.
• Book your tickets and tours with Klook. I have provided links where you can purchase tickets or book tours. These are affiliate links, many of which offer discounts. You’ll also help our blog in the process if you purchase tickets via Klook.
• All times and figures are just estimates. Estimated prices are provided only so you have a ball park figure of how much to prepare. For schedules, always double check with official sources for updated timetables.
• Price estimates are bloated. These are often overestimates and have a bit of allowance, just in case of incidental expenses. We also included the pricier options, so these are not necessarily budget itineraries. But you can easily scale it down. For example, for Ngong Ping, we included a cable car ride. But if budget is tight, you may opt to just take the bus. It’s just better to overestimate than under.

Your flight schedule and preferences may be different from what’s listed so go ahead and make the necessary adjustments to these itineraries.

WHAT'S COVERED IN THIS GUIDE?

Hong Kong Layover Itinerary: 1 Day

Hong Kong is also a popular transit destination for other countries not just in Asia, but the rest of the world. Many airlines pass through for a number of hours before an onward flight. If you’re only in the city for a layover, you’ll still have things to do before leaving.

Here’s a sample itinerary that includes a stop at some of the city’s most iconic attractions like Victoria Peak and Avenue of the Stars.

Budget Estimate: HK$500 (USD64, SGD88, PHP3450, EUR55), excluding airfare.

Hong Kong Overnight Itinerary: 2 Days

Hong Kong has plenty of places to visit and things to experience, but if you only have 2 DAYS 1 NIGHT, here’s our suggested itinerary.

Budget Estimate: HK$600 (USD77, SGD105, PHP4140, EUR66), excluding hotel and airfare.

Hong Kong Itinerary: 3 Days

3 DAYS is a good length to see Hong Kong’s best attractions like Victoria Peak, Tsim Sha Tsui, Mong Kok, Ngong Ping, and Disneyland Hong Kong.

Budget Estimate: HK$1300 (USD165, SGD228, PHP8975, EUR143), excluding hotel and airfare.

Hong Kong Itinerary: 4 Days

If you only have 4 DAYS to spend in Hong Kong, you’ll be glad that you’ll have enough time to see the city’s key tourist spots including Victoria Peak and Disneyland, and even do a day trip to neighboring Macau!

Budget Estimate: HK$1900 (USD242, SGD333, PHP13,100, EUR209), NOT including hotel and airfare.

Hong Kong Itinerary: 5 Days

This itinerary is similar to the 4-day version. The only difference is, Day 2 is broken into two for a more relaxed pace. This gives you time to rest after Disneyland and more shopping hours in Mong Kok.

Day 5: DEPARTURE 10:00 am – Check out 10:30 am – Bus to Airport, HKD15.5 11:00 am – Check in at airport 12:00 am – Lunch, HKD70 01:30 pm – Flight out

Budget Estimate: HK$2250 (USD287, SGD395, PHP15,500, EUR247), excluding airfare, accommodations, and shopping expenses.

Hong Kong Itinerary: 6 Days

Budget Estimate: HK$2700 (USD345, SGD475, PHP18,620, EUR297), excluding hotel, airfare, and shopping expenses.

*Additional words by Joshua Berida 2️⃣0️⃣1️⃣8️⃣ • 1️⃣0️⃣ • 1️⃣5️⃣

More Tips on YouTube ⬇️⬇️⬇️

Is this post helpful to you?

Related Posts:

• Sample HONG KONG-MACAU ITINERARIES: 3, 4, 5, 6 Days
• HONG KONG ITINERARY: 12 Best Things to Do & Places to Visit
• HONG KONG and MACAU: Budget Travel Guide
• BACKPACKING EUROPE: How to Plan Your Dream Euro Tour on a Budget
• SOUTHEAST ASIA: DIY Backpacking Itineraries and Routes (2 Weeks)
• HONG KONG DISNEYLAND: Discounted Tickets & Travel Guide
• Sample HO CHI MINH CITY ITINERARIES: 1-7 Days
• 2024 Resorts World One HONG KONG CRUISE Guide for First Timers

• Recent Posts

• 2024 Cebu Pacific Promos & PISO SALE with Number of Seats Available - 7 September 2024
• U.S. VISA APPLICATION Requirements & Interview Questions in the Philippines - 4 August 2024
• WHERE TO SHOP IN BANGKOK • Top 8 Shopping Centers and Malls - 29 July 2024

Hi. I saw on your blog that there is a station from airport mtr to tung chung? How is it possible. Thank you so much. Will be visiting hk soon this will be a big a help.

Featured On

We heard you!

Your comment is now queued for moderation! We’ll try to get back to you soonest. While waiting, follow us on these channels.

Subscribe on Youtube! Follow us on Instagram!

2024 Hong Kong Itinerary for 2, 3, 4, 5 days + DIY Budget Guide

Hong Kong and Macau are among the best places to visit for travelers who plan to go on their first trip abroad.

Not only are there a lot of exciting things to see and do, getting around is very easy even for first-timers & newbie travelers.

The best part is that you can visit both countries in one short trip as they are only 1-hour apart by ferry!

This guide will help you plan a trip to Hong Kong & Macau with Disneyland, Ocean Park, Macau Tower & other attractions.

Scroll down to see the detailed do-it-yourself (DIY) trip guide, followed by the budget breakdown and lots of extra travel tips.

Hong Kong-Macau Itinerary Blog Contents

Hong kong-macau travel essentials.

3D2N Hong Kong-Macau Itinerary

Hong Kong-Macau Budget

Where to Stay in Hong Kong & Macau

More Hong Kong-Macau Sample Itineraries

Detailed Hong Kong-Macau Itinerary

See More Travel Guides & Blogs

Hong Kong & Macau Sample Itinerary

This sample 3 days and 2 nights (3D2N) itinerary will take you to the top tourist spots in Hong Kong including Disneyland, Ngong Ping 360 Cable Car, Tian Tan Buddha, The Peak, Tsim Sha Tsui & more.

It’s suited for serious sightseers who have limited days on their trip & want to see as many sights as possible. Yes, it’s a lot of attractions to cram in just 3 days BUT it’s doable if you manage your time well & follow the travel tips below.

Feel free to tweak the activities & timings based on your traveling style, schedule, & attractions that interest you the most. Scroll down for the budget/expenses breakdown, sample itineraries for 2, 4, 5 or 6 days in Hong Kong. Plus, a detailed step-by-step guide for the 3 day itinerary below.

3 Days Hong Kong & Macau Itinerary

Day 1 : ngong ping & tsim sha tsui.

0540am : Flight to Hong Kong / Book here / Compare Rates

0800am : Hong Kong Airport arrival

1000am : Ngong Ping cable car / Book here — HKD 290

1030am : Ngong Ping Village , Big Buddha, Po Lin Monastery

1200nn : Hong Kong hotel check-in / Book here / Compare Rates

0100pm : Mongkok — Sneaker Street, Ladies Market

0400pm : Tsim Sha Tsui Waterfront — Avenue of Stars, K11 Musea, HK Cultural Centre

0530pm : Victoria Harbour Cruise / Book here — HKD 270

0800pm : Symphony of Lights

0900pm : Temple Street Night Market

Day 2: Disneyland

0830am : Train to Disneyland

1000am : Disneyland Park / Book here — HKD 590

0900pm : Momentous Nighttime Spectacular

Day 3: Victoria Peak, Central & West Kowloon

0900am : Peak Tram / Book here — HKD 210

1000am : Sky Terrace 428

1130am : Central SoHo — Mid-Level Escalators, Man Mo Temple, Stone Slab Street

0200pm : HK Observation Wheel / Book here — HKD 20

0300pm : Star Ferry to TST

0600pm : Train/bus to Hong Kong Airport / Book here — HKD 90

Before we go on with the actual itinerary, here are things you need to know for a hassle-free trip. There are a lot of discounts posted in the guide below, so make sure to pre-book before you go.

Hong Kong-Macau eSIM — This is a must-have for a smoother travel experience. I suggest that you get an eSIM data internet plan that covers both Hong Kong and Macau. Although less convenient, you can also buy a physical SIM card or rent a mobile WiFi device. Book here See more

Attraction & Transport Tickets — Save time and money by pre-booking your theme park/attractions tickets, transport & other travel essentials online. Often prices are cheaper, plus you avoid queuing at the ticket counters onsite.

Disneyland Hong Kong ( Book here )

Ngong Ping 360 Cable Car ( Book here )

The Peak Tram + Sky Terrace 428 ( Book here )

Ocean Park  Hong Kong ( Book here )

Octopus Card ( Book here )

Hong Kong Airport Express Train ( Book here )

Hong Kong  to  Macau ferry ( Book here )

Macau Tower ( Book here )

Travel tip : Use promo code “ DETOURISTAKLOOK ” to grab up to 5% OFF your next booking on Klook. Click Here to save this promo on the app. To make sure you are getting the best deals always compare with other booking sites. Tap below to check prices on these trusted & legit booking apps.

Agoda KKday Traveloka Booking.com Skyscanner Bookaway Klook

Hong Kong Hotel — You should have your confirmed hotel reservations at hand to show at the immigration checkpoint. The best locations for travelers are Tsim Sha Tsui and Central Hong Kong. The nearby areas of Jordan, Mong Kok, Sheung Wan and Wan Chai are also okay. Just make sure to choose a hotel near an MTR train station. Book here Compare rates See more

Macau Hotel — You can see most of the major attractions of Macau on a day trip from Hong Kong, but in case you want to explore in a more relaxed place, book a hotel in the Cotai area if you want to stay in the resort-casino strip. The Macau Peninsula area is a great choice if you want to see more of the historic spots of Macau like the Ruins of St. Paul & Senado Square. Book here See more

See more : Hong Kong , Macau .

Your travel expenses will largely depend on your traveling style and how much you plan to spend on activities, accommodations & food. To help set your own budget, here are the expenses breakdown for the 3 days and 2 nights (3D2N) itinerary posted above. Make sure to review all discounts & booking links posted.

Where to Stay in Hong Kong

Tsim Sha Tsui (TST) and Central are the best areas to stay in Hong Kong. TST offers a wider variety when it comes to prices. You can find hostels/guesthouses catering to backpackers and low budget travelers as well as 5-star hotels. Meanwhile, hotels in Central caters to a more upscale crowd.

If you’re set on a splurge, choose a hotel near the waterfront for sweeping views of  Hong Kong ‘s skyline and Victoria Harbour. In this case, stay in Tsim Sha Tsui (TST), which offers a view of the more impressive Central  Hong Kong ‘s skyline.

The neighborhoods of Jordan, Mong Kok, Sheung Wan and Wan Chai are also great options as these places are located next to Tsim Sha Tsui and Central. If you plan to stay in these areas, remember to choose a location within easy walking distance to an MTR train station.

Click below to see rates and compare hotels in Hong Kong within your budget.

Four Seasons Hotel (Upscale / Central / Compare Rates )

InterContinental Grand Stanford (Upscale / Tsim Sha Tsui / Compare Rates )

Harbour Bay Hotel (Mid-Range / Tsim Sha Tsui / Compare Rates )

B P International (Mid-Range / Tsim Sha Tsui / Compare Rates )

MK Stay (Budget / Mongkok / Compare Rates )

Yesinn @YMT (Budget Backpacker / Yau Ma Tei / Compare Rates )

Hop Inn Hostel (Budget Backpacker / Tsim Sha Tsui / Compare Rates )

Where to Stay in Macau

The best areas to stay in Macau are ‘Macau City’ and Cotai Strip in Taipa Island.

Cotai Strip offers an unbeatable location in the heart of Macau’s mega-casino district. It’s also close to Macau Airport. Prices tend to be on the high-end on this side of Taipa Island.

If you’re looking for a cheaper hotel, consider staying in ‘Macau City.’ Pick a hotel close to major historical sites like Senado Square and the Ruins of St. Paul Cathedral.

Four Seasons Hotel (Upscale / Cotai / Compare Rates )

The Venetian Macao (Upscale / Cotai / Compare Rates )

Caravel Hotel (Mid-range / Macau Peninsula / Compare Rates )

Macau Masters Hotel (Budget Hotel / Macau Peninsula / Compare Rates )

Hou Kong Hotel (Budget Hotel / Macau Peninsula / Compare Rates )

Hong Kong-Macau Sample Itineraries

2 days hong kong-macau itinerary, 4 days hong kong-macau itinerary.

Consider extending your trip to 4 days and 3 nights (4D3N) or more if you want to enjoy a relaxed pace and go beyond the typical tourist trail.

5 Days Hong Kong-Macau Itinerary

On a 5 days and 4 nights (5D4N) trip, it’s a good idea to add the overnight in  Macau . Spend the first 3 days in  Hong Kong . Then, another 2 days and 1 night (2D1N) exploring more sights in  Macau .

6 Days Hong Kong-Macau Itinerary

Two days should be plenty of time to go sightseeing in Macau. Only consider spending more days if you’re really into casinos or you want to explore more of Macau’s heritage spots. For this reason, you’re going to find it more worthwhile to spend an additional day in Hong Kong if you’re planning 6 days and 5 nights (6D5N).

Macau Day Trip + Return to Hong Kong

If you’re planning to spend a day trip to Macau then & return to Hong Kong on the same day, it’s easy to that as well.

3 Days Hong Kong-Macau Detailed Itinerary

Day 1:  ngong ping & disneyland hong kong.

After touchdown in Hong Kong Airport, start your trip with an exhilarating ride on the Ngong Ping 360 cable car in Lantau Island. See the Tian Tan Big Buddha & explore Ngong Ping Village. Then, spend the rest of the day at Disneyland Hong Kong.

Flight to Hong Kong

Go on the earliest flight to Hong Kong to enjoy 3 full days for sightseeing.

To further maximize your time, I suggest that you book the return flight from Macau instead of round-trip Hong Kong flights. For example, you can book a one-way “Manila to Hong Kong” flight & another “Macau to Manila” flight.

If you already booked round-trip Hong Kong flights or if flying out from Macau is not practical, it’s no biggie. Day trips to Macau are easy to do because the HK-Macau ferry only takes 1 hour. You can still use the itinerary below to guide your trip planning.

Manila to Hong Kong flight itinerary

Step 1 : Arrive at Manila-Ninoy Aquino International Airport (NAIA).

Step 2 : Pay the  Philippine Travel Tax (for outbound Philippine residents only) — Price is PHP 1,620 per person (economy class ticket). This can be paid online before your trip via airline (recommended) or the TIEZA website.

Step 3 : Bag drop at NAIA departure hall if you’re bringing checked-in luggage. If not, proceed immigrations. Always use web/mobile check-in whenever possible.

Step 4 : Clear Philippine immigration checkpoint.

Step 5 : Wait for boarding call at the pre-departure area.

Step 6 : Manila to Hong Kong flight departure.

Hong Kong Airport arrival

Arriving at hong kong international airport.

Step 1 : Clear Hong Kong immigration checkpoint.

Step 2 : Claim luggage and clear customs checkpoint.

Step 3 : Exchange currency to Hong Kong dollars or withdraw money at ATM.

Step 4 : Claim Hong Kong Tourist Octopus Card and other discounts/tickets you’ve booked online at the designated claiming area.

How to get around Hong Kong  — You can choose to go by public transport, taxi/ride-sharing, hop-on-hop-off/tourist bus or chartered car.

Getting around Hong Kong by public transport is easy & affordable. This itinerary makes good use of Hong Kong’s efficient MTR train & bus system.

Google Maps is a must-have when traveling on your own. Use the directions feature to see suggestions on how to get around by public transport including what route/line to take & travel time estimates. Remember, the directions feature only works online, so you will need mobile data access.

Consider taking a taxi to avoid long walks, especially if you’re traveling in a group (sharing costs). Better yet, use Uber for hassle-free rides in Hong Kong & Macau.

Hong Kong Tourist Octopus Card — HKD 97 price online. Includes HKD 50 pre-loaded credit. The Octopus Card is a must-have when traveling in Hong Kong. Get this card to enjoy discount fares and easy payments on Hong Kong’s MTR (metro) trains, buses & trams.

It can also be used for payments at convenient stores & partner shops throughout Hong Kong. Take note of the designated claiming area at Hong Kong International Airport. Buy top-up credit when you claim the card. You can get back/refund any remaining balance (except for the non-refundable deposit) at the MTR stations.

Internet access in Hong Kong & Macau — I suggest that you get an eSIM data internet plan that covers both Hong Kong and Macau. Although less convenient, you can also buy a physical SIM card or rent a mobile WiFi device. Cost is HKD 75 for 3 days unlimited eSIM data.

Book here See more

Ngong Ping 360 cable car & Tian Tan Big Buddha

The Tian Tan Buddha, also known as the “Big Buddha,” is the World’s largest outdoor sitting Buddha that is made of bronze. See the Po Lin Monastery & Ten Thousand Buddhas Monastery famous for its hall with almost 13,000 miniature Buddha statues. The best way to get to Ngong Ping Village is by riding the Ngong Ping 360 cable car ride, which offers panoramic views overlooking Lantau Island, Hong Kong Airport and the South China Sea.

Ngong Ping 360 cable car ticket — HKD 256 per adult discount price online for a round-trip standard cabin ticket.

Proceed to the ‘Pre-Booked Counters’ at the Cable Car Terminal. Present your mobile or printed voucher to claim the entry ticket.

Instead of going directly to downtown Hong Kong for your hotel check-in, you can head straight to the Ngong Ping 360 cable car terminal in Tung Chung (by bus or taxi). Both Ngong Ping and Disneyland Hong Kong are located near the airport.

Starting your day this way will save you time by skipping the train travel to downtown HK and back. Leave your luggage at Citygate Outlets self-service while exploring Lantau Island.

How to get to Ngong Ping village from HK Airport

Step 1 : Ride the S56 or S1 bus from Hong Kong Airport to Tung Chung — The S1 bus stop is located at the Terminal 1 ground level below the arrival concourse, on Cheong Tat Road. Ask the airport information booth to point you in the right direction. The fare is HKD 3.7. Pay with Octopus Card.

Step 2 : Drop off at the Tung Chung bus terminus near Citygate Outlets.

Step 3 : Store luggage at Citygate Outlets self-service lockers — The small locker costs HKD 25 every 2 hours, for the first 6 hours. From the seventh hour onwards, the price bumps up to HKD 30 every 2 hours. For 12 hours storage, the cost will be HKD 165 in total. If you have a large bag or multiple small-medium sized bags, fit them in the large locker instead. See more info here  and here . The rate above is for the lockers located at the Ground Floor of Citygate Outlets. There are locals on Levels B2 & B3 that are cheaper at HKD 105 for 12 hours.

Step 4 : Walk to Tung Chung Station of the Ngong Ping 360 cable car.

Step 5 : Ride Ngong Ping 360 cable car from Tung Chung Station to Ngong Ping Village.

Step 6 : Walk to the Tian Tan Big Buddha, Po Lin Monastery & the Wisdom Path. Explore Ngong Ping Village on your way back.

Disneyland Hong Kong

Experience a magical adventure at Disneyland Hong Kong. It is the second Disney-themed amusement park in Asia after Tokyo Disneyland.

How to get to Hong Kong Disneyland from Ngong Ping Village

Step 1 : Ride Ngong Ping 360 cable car to Tung Chung.

Step 2 : Ride the MTR train from Tung Chung Station to Disneyland Resort Station — HKD 13.4 fare per adult. Pay with Octopus Card. Estimated travel time is 20 minutes. At Tung Chung Station, board the Orange “Tung Chung” Line (towards Hong Kong).

Step 3 : Change trains at Sunny Bay Station, to the Pink “Disneyland Resort” Line (towards Disneyland Resort).

Step 4 : Drop-off at Disneyland Resort Station (end of the line).

Step 5 : Walk to Disneyland Park Hong Kong entrance.):

Disneyland Hong Kong admission/entrance fee — HKD 590 per adult discount price online for the 1-Day Ticket.

You can enter the Disneyland Hong Kong directly by scanning QR code on your phone. There’s no need to redeem the physical ticket unless you want to keep it as a souvenir.

Once inside, enjoy Toy Story Land first because it’s the farthest. Then, prioritize zones that you like the most, visit Grizzly Gulch, Mystic Point, Tomorrowland, Fantasyland & Adventureland. Finally, end at Main Street, U.S.A. Download the  official Disneyland HK mobile app  to see queue times & help you plan your trip.

Also, check the  Disneyland show schedules before arriving. Don’t miss the “Mickey & Friends Street Celebration” & “Momentous” Nighttime Spectacular fireworks show.

Transport to Hong Kong city center

How to get to kowloon or hong kong island from disneyland.

If you left your luggage at Citygate Outlets, here’s how to get back to Tung Chung:

Step 1 : Ride the MTR train from Disneyland Resort station to Tung Chung Station — HKD 13.4 fare per adult. Pay with Octopus Card. Estimated travel time is 20 minutes. At Disneyland Resort Station, board the “Pink” Disneyland Resort Line (towards Sunny Bay Station).

Step 2 : Change trains at Sunny Bay Station (end of the line), to the Orange “Tung Chung” Line (towards Tung Chung).

Step 3 : Drop-off at Tung Chung Station (end of the line).

Step 4 : Claim luggage at Citygate Outlets lockers service.

To Kowloon hotel from Tung Chung

Step 1 : Ride the MTR train to Hong Kong City Center. Alight at the MTR station nearest your hotel. The fare from Tung Chung to Tsim Sha Tsui is HKD 16.1 per adult. Pay with Octopus Card. Estimated travel time is 40 minutes. At Tung Chung Station, board the Orange “Tung Chung” Line (towards Hong Kong).

Step 2 : Board the Red “Tsuen Wan” Line (towards Central).

Step 3 : Drop off at MTR station nearest to your hotel.

Step 4 : Walk or ride taxi/Uber to your hotel.

To Central/Hong Kong Island hotel from Tung Chung

Step 1 : Ride the MTR train to Hong Kong station. At Tung Chung Station, board the Orange “Tung Chung” Line (towards Hong Kong).

Step 2 : Drop off at Hong Kong station (end of the line). Central and Hong Kong MTR stations are interconnected by walking paths.

Step 3 : Walk or ride taxi/Uber to your hotel.

Hong Kong hotel check-in

Hong kong hotel.

Book here Compare rates See more

Day 2: The Peak, Central Hong Kong & Tsim Sha Tsui

Enjoy the steep tram ride up The Peak for breathtaking views of the Hong Kong skyline and Victoria Harbor. Explore Central Hong Kong & go aboard the iconic Star Ferry to Tsim Sha Tsui. Take a stroll along the Avenue of Stars and watch the Symphony of Lights. Cap the night with a shopping spree at Hong Kong ’s night markets & outlet stores.

The Peak / Victoria Peak

The breathtaking panoramic view from Victoria Peak is  Hong Kong ‘s most popular attraction for a good reason. Enjoy the best views overlooking the city’s famous skyline and Victoria Harbor, complete with all of Hong Kong ’s tallest and most famous skyscrapers. Go early morning to avoid the crowd. The scenic and thrilling The Peak Tram is a worthy attraction on its own. After enjoying the view from Sky Terrace 428, you can visit the Madame Tussauds Wax Museum, Trick Eye Museum & other attractions as well.

The Peak Tram round trip ticket + Sky Terrace 428 admission — HKD 149 per adult discount combo ticket price.

Line up at “Pre-purchased Ticket Holder” queue and present your Klook e-voucher QR code at the admission gate of the Peak Tram/Sky Terrace 428.

How to get to The Peak Tram/Victoria Peak from Ocean Park

Step 1 : Ride the MTR train from to Admiralty or Central Station — HKD 8.3 fare per adult from Tsim Sha Tsui. Pay with Octopus Card.

Step 2 : Walk to The Peak Tram lower terminus along Garden Road.

Step 3 : Ride The Peak Tram to Sky Terrace 428 at Victoria Peak

Central Hong Kong

Adorned with iconic skyscrapers, Central Hong Kong is home to renowned financial institutions, corporate headquarters, luxury shopping malls, and fine dining establishments. It’s a great area to get a taste of local food in Hong Kong and there are a couple of interesting tourist spots worth visiting.

Places to visit in Central Hong Kong

Man Mo Temple

Pottinger Stone Slabs Street

The Instagram Wall at Graham Street / 48 Hollywood Road

St. Andrew’s Cathedral

Star Ferry to Tsim Sha Tsui

Enjoy a nostalgic ferry crossing with an amazing view of the amazing skyline on both sides of Victoria Harbor.

How to get to Tsim Sha Tsui via the Star Ferry

Step 1 : Walk to Central Pier (No. 7)

Step 2 : Ride Star Ferry to Tsim Sha Tsui Pier — The fare is HKD 6 per adult. Pay with Octopus Card.

Step 3 : Walk to Avenue of Stars.

Tsim Sha Tsui & Symphony of Lights

A trip to  Hong Kong  is not complete without a visit to Tsim Sha Tsui Waterfront to enjoy the panoramic views of impressive Central  Hong Kong  Skyline and Victoria Harbor. This is a must for photographers! Don’t miss the Symphony of Lights, the World’s Largest Permanent light and sound Show by Guinness World Records. It lights up every night starting at 8 pm and includes more than 40 buildings on both sides of Victoria Harbour.

Symphony of Lights Cruise  — Cruise Victoria Harbour on a ferry to enjoy unbeatable views during the Symphony of Lights show.

Hong Kong at night & shopping

Hong kong night markets & outlet shopping.

Here’s a list of places to shop in Tsim Sha Tsui and elsewhere in Kowloon:

China Hong Kong City In-Town Outlets (Greenland Corner, 5 Canton Rd, Tsim Sha Tsui)

Esprit Factory Outlet Tsim Sha Tsui (Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui)

I.T. Factory Outlet Tsim Sha Tsui (3rd floor, Silvercord Shopping Center, 30 Canton Road, Tsim Sha Tsui)

Temple Street / Men’s Market (Near Jordan & Yau Ma Tei MTR stations)

Sneaker Street Market (Fa Yuen Street near Mong Kok MTR station)

Ladies Market (Tung Choi Street near Yau Ma Tei and Mong Kok MTR stations)

Day 3:  Macau Day Trip

The day starts with a one-hour ferry to  Macau . Don’t miss a visit to the  Macau  Tower, Ruins of Saint Paul Cathedral & Senado Square. Then enjoy the attractions at Taipa including Venetian  Macau  & City of Dreams.

Hong Kong to Macau Ferry

The Hong Hong Kong – Macau ferry operators include TurboJET and Cotaijet. For this itinerary, I suggest that you go with Cotaijet because they arrive at Macau -Taipa Ferry Terminal, which is located beside  Macau Airport. It’s also close to Venetian Macau , City of Dreams & Galaxy  Macau and other casinos in the Cotai strip.

How to get to Hong Kong Macau Ferry Terminal

Step 1 : Ride the MTR train to Sheung Wan Station. The fare from TST is HKD 10.3 per adult (Octopus card).

Step 2 : Change to the Blue “Island” Line at Admiralty or Central. Ride the train towards Kennedy Town.

Step 3 : Drop off at Sheung Wan Station. Proceed to Exit D.

Step 4 : Claim Octopus card refund at Sheung Wan MTR Customer Service Centre if you have balance leftover.

Arrive at least 60 minutes before departure to queue for redemption and border check.

Step 5 : Proceed to ferry departure terminal

Step 6 : Clear  Hong Kong  immigration checkpoint

Step 7 :  Hong Kong  to  Macau  ferry departure

Hong Kong  to  Macau  Cotaijet ferry ticket  — HKD 175 per adult discount price online for a one-way weekday ticket.

Arrival in Macau

Arriving at macau-taipa ferry terminal.

Step 1 : Clear  Macau  immigration checkpoint.

Step 2 : Clear  Macau  customs checkpoint.

Step 3 : No need to exchange currency to  Macau  Pataca (MOP) since  Hong Kong  Dollar (HKD) is accepted almost everywhere in  Macau  including taxis and buses. The value of HKD is almost equal to MOP.

Luggage storage in  Macau

You’ll be needing a place to store your luggage for this Macau  day trip. This is the reason to go straight to  Macau International Airport after arriving at the ferry terminal.

The Luggage Storage at Macau Airport is located at the departure level. The hourly rate is MOP 10 per piece while the daily rate is MOP 80 per piece.

Alternatively, there’s also the option of using the self-service lockers at Macau Ferry Terminal or baggage service counters at the casino/resorts (if any).

How to get to Macau Airport from Taipa Ferry Terminal

Option 1 : 10 minutes walk (700 meters)

Option 2 : Ride the taxi if you have heavy luggage.

How to get around  Macau  — You can choose to go by public bus, free casino shuttles, or taxi/Uber. Of course, there also the option of booking a hassle-free guided tour.

Most casinos in  Macau  offer free shuttle services to the ferry terminals &  Macau  Airport. To get to the other attractions, however, you might need to take a taxi/Uber or go with the cheaper public bus.

Use Google Maps ‘transit’ directions feature to see recommended routes & bus stops. HKD is accepted to pay for public bus fares in Macau . Prepare exact amount (coins) because Macau  bus services do not provide change.

Macau Tower

Walk the 360-degree observation deck for unobstructed views across  Macau  – and see even as far as  Hong Kong !

Macau  Tower admission/entrance fee  — HKD 150 per adult discount price online.

Tickets include admission to the Observation Lounge on Level 58 and the Outdoor Observation Deck on Level 61. Proceed to ticket booth & present your mobile or printed voucher to claim the entry ticket.

How to get to Macau Tower from Macau Airport

Step 1 : Walk to the airport bus stop along Avenida Wai Long.

Step 2 : Ride Bus #26 to  Macau  Tower — Bus fare is MOP 6 per adult. Travel time is around 35 minutes.

Ruins of Saint Paul Cathedral & Senado Square

Enjoy a walking tour around Senado Square, Ruins of Saint Paul Cathedral, Na Tcha Temple & Fortress Hill.

How to get to Senado Square / Saint Paul Cathedral from Macau Tower

Step 1 : Ride Bus 32 to Calcada De Santo Agostinho bus stop. Travel time is around 15 minutes. Fare is MOP 6.

Step 2 : Drop off at Calcada De Santo Agostinho bus stop along Avenida da Praia Grande. This bus stop is located immediately after Nam Van Lake.

Step 3 : Walk to Senado Square — 5 minutes/500m walk

Step 4 : Walk to Saint Paul Cathedral & Fortress Hill. Eat free samples of beef/pork jerky at food shops on the way to the Ruins of Saint Paul Cathedral.

Venetian Macau

Aside from the casino, the main attraction at Venetian  Macau  is the Venice inspired Shoppes Canal/Venetian canals.

Gondola Rides at Venetian  Macau  — HKD 132 per adult discount price online for 20 minutes gondola ride.

Present your mobile or printed voucher at Boutique Di Gondola (Shop 832 Grand Canal Street). OR, Emporio Di Gondola (Shop 891 Grand Canal Street) at The Venetian Macao.

How to get to Venetian Macau from Senado Square

Step 1 : Ride Bus #26A from Almeida Ribeiro (near Senado Square) to Venetian Macau — Bus fare is MOP 6 per adult. Travel time is around 30 minutes.

Step 2 : Drop off at the bus stop in front of Venetian Macau.

Other Things to Do and Places to Visit

Golden Reel Ferris Wheel at Studio City Macau ( Book here )

Macau Eiffel Tower at the Parisian Macao ( Book here )

Macau Hop-On Hop-Off Open Top Bus Tour ( Book here )

Taipa Village

Transport to Macau International Airport

Ride free shuttle from one of the casinos to Macau  International Airport.

Macau International Airport

Departing from macau international airport.

Step 1 : Bag drop/check-in for  Macau  to  Manila  flight. No additional airport/departure taxes or terminal fees for outbound flights from  Macau  International Airport. All fees should be included in the flight ticket price.

Step 2 : Clear  Macau  immigration checkpoint

Step 3 : Wait for boarding call at pre-departure area.

Step 4 :  Macau  flight departure.

Don’t Stop Here

Did you find this travel guide helpful? Share your Hong Kong-Macau experience & tag #detourista. Follow trip updates on: Instagram , Facebook & Pinterest .

See more Hong Kong blog tips & travel guides:

Check out these pages for more travel inspiration beyond Hong Kong:

Don’t leave yet. There’s more!

Discover more blogs and travel tips in:

Find more posts about:

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

November 10, 2016 at 1:40 pm

Any tips for the food in HK Disneyland?

November 10, 2016 at 7:11 pm

I don’t have tips on food to try at the park, but you can pre-book the combo vouchers online if you want cheaper prices.

November 17, 2016 at 1:03 am

This itinerary is helpful. Thanks for sharing :)

January 14, 2017 at 7:34 am

We are scheduled to go to Hong Kong in June. Our time of Arrival is 6pm, Sunday and we will be leaving Wednesday morning around 10am. Do you think it is possible that we explore Hong Kong Sunday night and Monday morning, visit Macau Tuesday Morning then go back to Hong Kong Tuesday evening? Also, we will be travelling with our 1 year old daughter. Do you think we still have to pay fare for her going to and from Macau?

January 14, 2017 at 3:41 pm

Yes, of course, but you might have to skip some places mentioned in the itinerary posted above.

If you arrive early on Sunday, you might be able to see the Symphony of Lights at 8pm. If not, just stroll along the waterfront and see Hong Kong skyline at night. See if you can join a Victoria Harbour evening cruise. Or, go shopping at the malls/street markets nearby.

On Monday (Day 2), I suggest that you don’t miss the The Peak, especially if it’s your first time in Hong Kong. And, choose between Ocean Park or Disneyland HK if you want to go to a theme park.

On Tuesday, you can book a day tour to Macau. You can also make your own d-i-y tour but it’ll take some planning.

Check out Hong Kong tours & packages that you can book online. If you want to take it easy and save yourself the hassle of arranging everything.

Best to stay in Central since it is near the HK-Macau Ferry. But, Tsim Sha Tsui is just a train ride away.

January 25, 2017 at 12:08 pm

Hi, I want to know if the airfare package includes hotel accommodation? Thank you

January 27, 2017 at 11:09 am

Wow….. Thanks a lot for sharing your Hong Kong and Macau trip. I can use this as guide for my upcoming trip.

January 27, 2017 at 5:12 pm

Thanks for dropping by Reymond D.

February 6, 2017 at 3:41 pm

this is very helpful :) I am reading this for almost 20 times… :) thanks for sharing..

February 7, 2017 at 8:33 am

Thanks for the comment Francis. I would love to know how your trip went and appreciate some feedback about the itinerary I posted.

Have fun on your Hong Kong & Macau trip!

March 16, 2017 at 4:38 pm

Any tips on how much Pocket Money we should bring to HK, this is excluding the trip to Macau :) Thank you in advance :)

March 16, 2017 at 6:57 pm

You can check the “Budget & Expenses” part of the article to help you make an estimate on how much money your HK trip will cost.

Also, make sure to check the budget tips posted on this page https://www.detourista.com/place/hong-kong/

March 22, 2017 at 4:12 pm

Hi any recommendations on where we can store our luggages in Macau? We will be flying in HK then fly out from Macau. Our flight leaves Macau at night so we have the whole day to explore it. Thanks

March 22, 2017 at 4:36 pm

There’s luggage storage facilities in Venetian Macau, and Taipa Ferry Terminal (found next to the airport).

April 21, 2017 at 2:10 am

Hi! I find your blog really helpful. However, I need some help in organizing our own DIY Hongkong/Macau for Dec 8-11. We want to maximize our time as much as possible. Est. arrival – Cebu to Hong Kong (8:55AM) on Dec 8 and Departure – Hong Kong to Cebu (9:45AM) Is it possible for us to visit disneyland, ocean park, the peak, ngong ping, Macau and do the shopping with the given period of stay? Can you suggest itinerary for days 1-3? Thank you so much.

April 21, 2017 at 5:09 am

You have 4 whole days during your trip, which is more than the 3 days on the itinerary guide posted above. Yes, it’s possible. You can follow the tips posted above and change the timings so that it fits well with your flights. Macau is only one hour away by ferry from Hong Kong. You can even go there on a day trip :)

April 23, 2017 at 9:54 pm

Thank you :) Another thing, would you suggest getting iVenture card or individual vouchers depending on the preferred attractions and activities?

May 11, 2017 at 2:27 pm

Hong-Kong is a great country!

May 24, 2017 at 9:57 pm

Very helpful. :) Thanks for sharing. Will use this as guide on our upcoming HK trip this June :) Approximately 3k budget for HK-Macau daytrip right?

May 29, 2017 at 11:01 pm

You’re welcome Aloj. Your budget will depend on what type of activities you want to do in HK & Macau :)

June 9, 2017 at 3:44 pm

The ‘short desc’ for Day 2 & 3 are interchanged..

Day 2 — Hong Kong City & Oceanpark The day starts with a 1-hour ferry to Macau. On arrival, enjoy the attractions at Venetian Macau & City of Dreams Macau.

June 9, 2017 at 11:00 pm

Thanks for the correction Owen!

June 10, 2017 at 6:01 am

Hi! Yung HKD270 budget mo po for food mga ilang meals (BF, Lunch, Dinner) po yun? Tsaka super sulit na po ba yung HKD270? We’re visiting HKG on August, and nahihirapan ako mag budget ng foof. Hope you can share your thoughts. Salamat!

June 10, 2017 at 6:08 am

It’s for 3 meals a day, assuming that you spend HKD30 per meal, at budget fast food & local food stalls. If you want to eat well in a casual or fine dining restaurant, expect to spend more.

June 10, 2017 at 5:03 pm

So if I budget HKD50 and spend it sa local food stalls, sulit na po sya? And lesser po ba kpag BF? Salamat ulit!

June 11, 2017 at 5:34 am

Yes, that’s a safe budget for 1 meal :D You can find lots of street food guides online with prices if you really want to do more research before going. Here’s one that I found for you https://findingbeyond.com/2017/02/01/hong-kong-street-food-hong-kong-cheap-eats/

June 22, 2017 at 8:51 am

I so love what you did on this blog! I am planning to go to Hongkong-Macau with my 3 kids this October but we would have to take Manila – Mcau flight first before heading to Hong Kong. Any suggestions? Super thanks!

June 22, 2017 at 10:29 pm

Yes, you can also follow this itinerary in reverse. You can spend your first night in Macau, tour Macau during the day, and leave early morning to Hong Kong.

If you are on a late evening flight, you can tour Macau the next day and go to Hong Kong on a late evening ferry.

June 22, 2017 at 10:57 am

this is very helpful. do you have korea itenery?

June 22, 2017 at 10:26 pm

Thank Ijin. No Korea itinerary yet :)

July 4, 2017 at 1:30 am

Any extra hkd? Willing to buy

July 4, 2017 at 5:42 pm

Can we store large sized luggage at the luggage storage facilities in Venetian Macau? Thanks!

July 5, 2017 at 7:46 pm

Thank you, Marcos! Very informative. Best Hong Kong-Macau blog I’ve read yet! ? We have a slightly similar itinerary and this blog has the answers to some of my questions. We also have the same flight schedule from MNL to HKG and from MFM to MNL. The only difference is that we have 4 days for all those activities and I was a bit worried if we’d be able to do all of ’em in 4 days without getting exhausted. Hehe well, if you did it in 3 days, I have nothing to worry about. Except.. our first day would be Ngong Ping 360, The Peak, and Symphony of Lights. Do you think it’s possible to take the tram to the peak by 4:30PM then stay there until 6:30PM? If we get to Central station by 7PM, where would be the best spot to watch The Symphony of Lights? Or is it possible to do all those on the first day within my time-frame? Thoughts, please! ☺

July 5, 2017 at 10:02 pm

Thank you Elaine. I really appreciate the comment!

I checked The Peak website, both the tram & tower are open until 11pm. Yes, you can definitely go there for sunset and during evening. I’m not sure where’s the best place to watch at Central side… but since you’re already on Victoria Peak, it might be worth to watch the show from up there :) You can watch again from the harbor (TST/Central) on the next nights :)

July 9, 2017 at 1:42 am

Thanks! I’d also like to try Star Ferry the next day. How long does it take to cross from TST to Wanchai/Central?

July 11, 2017 at 5:54 pm

It’s a really short ride. Maybe 10-15 minutes :D

July 6, 2017 at 2:14 pm

Hello, would it be helpful to buy an airport express ticket? Is that different from the Octopus card?

Thank you. Love your blog!

July 11, 2017 at 6:00 pm

Yes, it’s better to buy them separately. If you buy online (link below), you can enjoy discount rates on the airport express. https://klook.com/jump/activity/71-airport-express-hong-kong/

July 9, 2017 at 10:48 pm

Thank you for this wonderful itenerary it’s super helpful .. Since I’m going to hk by aug…

Thanks much???

July 11, 2017 at 5:53 pm

Thanks for the comment Fem :) Enjoy your trip!

July 23, 2017 at 7:47 am

Hi I will go to HK by next week 30-3 I will arrive arround 6pm. I booked hostel in tsim tsa shui the mahjong hostel.

Do you think what will i go on the first day arrive in the evening arround tsim tsa shui.

I will go there alone.

July 26, 2017 at 6:11 pm

Great ideas. I visited Macau and Lamma Island when I was in HK and can definitely recommend it. Did it make it to the other places in the list though, so thanks for the advice.

July 29, 2017 at 10:19 am

Very informative! Good thing I’ve found this blog and bookmarked it!? A question though, do you think it’d be ok as far as Immigrations from both HK and Macau side if we arrive in HK and then go straight to Macau via ferry, spend the night there and then go back to HK the next day for the rest of the trip until we fly back to MNL? We’re planning to take earliest flight to HK, and there isn’t much choice for a later flight schedule from Macau back to Manila on our planned return date. I’d appreciate any other tips. Thank you very much in advance!

August 19, 2017 at 10:22 pm

Yes, it’s OK.

July 29, 2017 at 5:44 pm

Can you please share tips on documents needed to be prepared for entering HK and Macau?

We planned to do entrance in HK and exit in Macau. Do we need to prepare a show money as well?

August 19, 2017 at 10:23 pm

Kindly read the post above with regards to the requirements.

August 12, 2017 at 2:25 am

Wow! This travel blog is soooooo awesome! :) We’ll surely use this as our guide. BTW, we’re planning to go there as a family, our youngest is 12yrs old and for me this trip guide still suits us. :)

Thank you so much!

**reading your other blogs. :)

August 19, 2017 at 10:12 pm

Thanks Jhe. I really appreciate your comment. Have a fun trip!

August 15, 2017 at 9:45 am

Hi Marcos, we are planning to go to Macau on our first day and plans on watching the Symphony of lights once we get back that evening of the same day. Is it possible? Do you have any suggestions about the transportation from Macau Ferry Terminal to the where we can watch the Symphony of lights? Thank you

Yes, if you leave Macau early. The best spot is just in Tsim Sha Tsui, a short train ride away from Sheung Wan station.

August 17, 2017 at 12:46 pm

Hi! can you please share the entry requirements for Hong Kong & Macau? We will be enterin HK & exit Macau just like what you did. So I was wondering if you could give us the requirements when crossing borders? Thank you!

August 19, 2017 at 10:08 pm

Hello, the requirements are already posted. You just need a passport not expiring in 6 months, flight ticket back to the Philippines & be able to show that you can fund your entire trip.

August 17, 2017 at 7:35 pm

Hi. We used your IT as a guide in our Macau-HK trip, baliktad nga lang. Now, nasa HK na kami but when we arrived in Macau, they gave a small white slip. Are they supposed to get it when we left via ferry? If not, do we need to return it? Hoping for your guidance. Sorry, first-timer eh. Thank you ?

August 19, 2017 at 10:07 pm

What does the white slip say? If completo naman entry & exit stamp sa passport niyo, I wound’t be worried.

August 20, 2017 at 7:09 pm

Hmmn. It just says hanggang when stay namin sa Macau and that we should keep it while we’re there. But HK immigration got there’s. Should I be worried?

August 20, 2017 at 9:38 pm

Hi, its there any requirements going to hong kong? Or you should show your plane ticket at the airport? And wait for your flight? Or you need a letter, showing that you are a tourist?

August 20, 2017 at 10:19 pm

Kindly read the guide above. You can learn more about the Hong Kong free visa under “Do Filipinos need a visa to visit Hong Kong or Macau?”

September 26, 2017 at 11:58 am

Is fireworks in disneyland available during weekdays?

September 26, 2017 at 12:32 pm

You can visit this page for information on Disneyland Hong Kong show schedules.

September 28, 2017 at 7:58 pm

WOW. We already booked a flight from Clark to HK then planning to book a flight from Macau back to Clark. But this post surely got rid of my doubts about the immigration. Thanks!

October 3, 2017 at 8:32 pm

Enjoy your Hong Kong-Macau trip!

October 4, 2017 at 12:43 pm

Thanks, this is very helpful

October 7, 2017 at 1:55 pm

Loved that you found the Hong Kong Travel Guide helpful :)

October 5, 2017 at 3:03 am

hello! we plan to go to Ngong Ping cable car on our flight (21:25 departure) date.. is this possible if we go to Tung Chung very early? if yes, do we ride the S1 bus from Tung Chung Bus Terminal to Airport?

October 7, 2017 at 2:05 pm

Yes, you can still take the S1 bus to the airport from Tung Chung. Actually, there a few more buses that go that route. I suggest that you check Google Maps and use the directions feature. Select the ‘transit’ option, which will display all the buses & best options for you.

October 26, 2017 at 7:12 pm

HI!YOUR TRIP TO HONG KONG IS PACKED BUT DEFINITELY IT WAS FUN. MAY I KNOW FOR THE LARGE LUGGAGE STORAGE AT CITYGATE OUTLET, HOW BIG CAN THE BAG BE? THANKS A LOT

October 28, 2017 at 4:11 am

It was a thorough explanation and was very helpful to me. I will be having a DIY trip this early 2018 and I believe that it would help me a lot. Thank you,!

November 17, 2017 at 9:34 pm

Next time you come to Hong Kong send us an email. We would be happy to show you and your readers the food scene.

November 17, 2017 at 9:58 pm

Thanks. That’s what I missed during my trip to Hong Kong. I would love to experience the famous food scene there!

January 9, 2018 at 10:30 am

I have bookmarked this and will follow this when we travel to Hong Kong hopefully this year. Regarding the flight tickets how much do you think will be considered a cheap price for a round trip plane ticket from Manila-HongKong-Macau-Manila? Even a range price would be okay since its hard to estimate. Thank you so much!

February 2, 2018 at 5:38 am

Hi Kim, Manila-HongKong-Macau-Manila flight tickets often sell for P8K-P9K & up. Under P8K is okay, but under P5K (during promo fares) is better deal, of course.

February 2, 2018 at 6:49 am

Nice! That totally helped. But can I ask how do you transact when you book a MACAU-MANILA flight? I checked in cebu pacific and the amount was not in peso but was in their currency and theres no option to change it to peso. How Can I pay for it? Thank you!

February 18, 2018 at 8:00 pm

we will be in Hongkong on June 8 (5;45pm flight to hongkong) to June 12 (7:35pm flight to manila), do you think the suggested itinerary is suited to our planned schedule….we will as well travel Macau in the morning and go back to hongkong in the evening…..thank you.

February 20, 2018 at 5:42 am

Hey Mariss, you can still use this itinerary as a base, but of course you need to modify it since you’ll be coming back to Hong Kong. You might want to check out my Hong Kong travel guide too. https://www.detourista.com/guide/hong-kong-trip/

February 20, 2018 at 11:12 pm

Hello! Your itinerary is really helpful! Anyway, Regarding the luggage service in Citygate mall, I just wanna ask if the large locker could fit a 20-30kg luggage? Thank you!

February 21, 2018 at 6:54 am

Thanks Keith! You can visit this page to check the locker sizes:

March 6, 2018 at 4:31 pm

Hi Thank you for the information you have shared. it’s so helpful. Just an inquiry, me and my family are coming from the middle east and just making a 3 day stop over to Hongkong and Macau. If we are leaving from Hongkong airport on a 10pm flight to Manila, what do you think is the best time to leave Macau?

thanks to let me know.

March 6, 2018 at 11:26 pm

If you’re traveling from Macau to Hong Kong on the same day as your flight from Hong Kong to Manila, I suggest that you leave Macau as early as possible. Or just do the Macau trip on your second day so you have a full day in Hong Kong on your last day.

March 8, 2018 at 9:17 am

Thanks for the info. We are planning to visit next year.

March 9, 2018 at 3:53 pm

This is so helpful. We’re planning to travel in Hong Kong this coming May, but, sadly I won’t be able to include Macau on my itinerary. -.-

March 26, 2018 at 11:21 am

hi marco, this is very helpful for hongkong first timer like me. but it seems that the itinerary is good for back packers, is this also applicable for a group / family (3-teenagers). we are planning to go to hongkong this summer vacation. thanks,

March 26, 2018 at 2:39 pm

Yes, you can still follow the itinerary/sequence of activities. You just have to change the budget for accommodations and meals to suit your travel style. There’s a fair amount of walking involved in this itinerary. If you want to skip the long walks, you can book a car charter , big bus tour , or get around by Uber /taxi

April 6, 2018 at 9:17 pm

Hi. If I will buy the Octopus Card, how much would I reload for 4 days/3 nights stay in HK? I’d really like to ride the bus from airport to hotel for a more local experience. Do you think it would be worth the travel time? We’re going to stay in Tsim Sha Tsui. Thank you very much.

April 7, 2018 at 7:51 pm

You can use the budget breakdown posted above to get the daily estimate. Then, multiply it by the number of days of your trip.

For example, for the first 2 days in Hong Kong, I’ve posted an HKD 90 budget for MTR/bus fares. For 4 days/3 nights, the estimate would be HKD 180. You can reload any amount on the Octopus Card. You can always get the refund for remaining balance at the end of your trip or spend the balance on 7/11 stores.

The buses are very slow compared to the train. If you want a more local experience, why not spend your time exploring more “local” areas instead. For example, Tai-O fishing village or less touristic parts of Kowloon/Hong Kong Island.

April 6, 2018 at 9:45 pm

Hi again. I read somewhere that iVenture card is not eligible for fast/priority lanes in inclusions whereas in Klook there’s a VIP lane to avoid long queue. And wouldn’t it be hard to find all ticket redeeming points? For the inclusions in the iVenture, the card would already be our ticket to all inclusions? Like tapping it in a sensor or we will be issued another ticket. Thank you again. :)

April 7, 2018 at 8:02 pm

Hi AR, yes that’s right. Entry procedures vary depending on the attraction. I suggest that you go to the iVenture Page on Klook . Then, use the “Chat with Klook” to ask for the specifics.

April 8, 2018 at 3:27 am

Hi There, We are 3 adults 1is 64yrs old and 1child 3yrs travelling in MAy 3-May6 in macau. Can you please help my itinerary.im in Macau international airport in may3-6 early morning and i book at caravel hotel. Q1:How can i go to our hotel? And i read your iterinary i like to go exactly where you go. But i get confused cause i go in macau first to hongkong. Can you pls guide me to correct my iterinary pls it is our first time to travel.

May 6 chek out hotel at 6 am going to hongkong by ferry how can i get there. from May 6 at 7:30am ferry macau to hongkong Day1: go to ocean park

April 8, 2018 at 5:53 am

Hi Walter, you can use Google Maps for directions on how to get around Macau by bus. If you are in a group, I suggest you take the taxi or use Uber.

Once you are in Hong Kong, the step-by-step instructions are posted on the guide.

April 10, 2018 at 8:24 pm

Thank you very much. Will take your advice on that. :)

April 10, 2018 at 8:33 pm

Thanks. Also, on our 4th day, our flight back to Manila via HKIA is at 11:00 am. Can we still do something in HK before we travel to the airport from Kowloon? Any suggestion? We can take on the express train I guess to save more time. Thank you.

May 28, 2018 at 8:46 am

Thank you so much for sharing your trip experience in Hongkong and Macau. It is very helpful for us as a first timers to visit Hongkong. Actually I already book our plane ticket on July 16 to 21, 2018 for round trip ticket. Our arrival time in Hongkong is 5:15pm on July 16, 2018 and our departure time going home to manila is 6:15pm on July 21, 2018. What is s the best thing to do because we are planning with my family (6 members) to rent a house or apartment/transient there for 6 days to stay. Is it possible to get a transient/apartment there for affordable price and good services as well? We also planning to visit Macau but I think we will take the day trip tour because we have already the round trip ticket Hongkong to Manila. I am very thankful that I found this blog or website. ?????✈️✈️✈️

June 4, 2018 at 10:13 pm

Hi Bryan. I recommend that you book on the travel sites that I mentioned above. They also have homes listed in addition to hotels, so it’s easy to compare prices/amenities.

June 26, 2018 at 12:29 am

Hi sir. Very informative blog. Planning to use this one as I plan my trip in October. An important question though, I’ll be arriving in HKG in the evening of a Saturday. At around 7pm via Cebu Pacific. After immigration and baggage claim, I would probably be on an Airport express train heading towards the city by 8:30pm. I was planning to leave for Macau the very next day on the first ferry to depart for Macau Outer using Klook’s Turbojet ferry voucher (the 7:30 am ferry if I’m not mistaken).

Since they require that guests first pick-up an ‘exchange ticket’ before claiming the actual ferry ticket, would it be best if from the Airport, I head straight away to the ‘Beng Seng Travel’ redemption counters in Shun Tak Center to get the exchange ticket and immediately convert that for the actual ferry tickets over at the Turbojet counters located within the same building before I head on to my hostel? I figured that since the redemption office would be open until 1am and the Turbojet offices would be open 24 hours, I think I might just make it in time to redeem my voucher/ticket and avail myself of the earliest schedule at the ferry the next day. Though, I’m afraid that I might be cutting it too close.

Also, with what I’ve written and explained, I would like to know if I had the proper understanding of how the redemption process of the Klook ferry vouchers actually worked.

May you and your blog continue to inspire others to see the world through their very own eyes. May the gods of travel continue to be in your favor. ??

Thank you and I look forward to your response.

July 15, 2018 at 6:09 pm

You should redeem the voucher at ‘Beng Sen Travel’ and the physical ticket at the Cotaijet Counter (assuming you’re sailing with Cotaijet) the day before if you want to catch the 7:30 am ferry. Yes from the airport, take the airport express train to Hong Kong Station and transfer to Sheung Wan station. Check-in after getting your tickets.

If you have any question with regards to any purchases on Klook. I suggest that you use the “Ask Klook” chat feature. Very fast and helpful response!

September 4, 2018 at 12:46 am

Hi..i have question regarding on the evidence that i am capable to fund my entire duration of visit. Can i just show them my pocket money and credit card or do i need other documents?

Thank you in advance ?

September 19, 2018 at 1:45 am

Yes. Hotel, tour, transport reservations also help.

December 7, 2018 at 9:50 am

HI! if we take the airport express train can i use the octopus card too?

December 19, 2018 at 11:43 pm

Yes you can use the Octopus card to pay for the airport express train (same as any train in HK). The downside is you don’t get any discount. So, the best option is still to book the airport express train separately (booking links to discounts posted on the guide above).

January 7, 2019 at 11:32 pm

Hi Sir Just want to ask if the octopus card via Klook is worth the price? Compared to normal octopus card ? Bugetarian Here. ?

January 10, 2019 at 4:18 am

Yes it’s worth the price, especially if you’re using a promo code.

January 30, 2019 at 1:38 pm

hi :) how to get from macau airport to 7 Days Inn Zhuhai Chimelong Hengqin Wanzai Branch?

February 12, 2019 at 12:11 pm

Hi Ghia, seems like 7 Days Inn Zhuhai is in mainland China …not in Macau.

February 9, 2019 at 7:50 pm

we will be travelling this coming Aril 4-8,2019.we bought our airline tickets already. this wil be our first time to travel abroad that is why i have so many questions in my mind. i will be travelling with my 2 daughters and my grandson. Our entry and exit is Macau but we plan to go straight to hongkong upon arrival and stay there for 3 days. then on the 7th-8th we will conquer Macau till we go back in pinas on the 8th afternoon. i read your blog and it is so informative. it help me a lot and make me at ease after having some infos from you. it is very useful and easy to understand. thank you very much. wish us luck and hope we will enjoy our coming trip. God BLESS!!!

Glad that my travel blog has helped your Hong Kong & Macau trip planning :) Sounds like a good plan. Good luck and enjoy your trip!

March 6, 2019 at 7:40 pm

Wow! Lav ur superb and organized itineraries… I’ll be surprising my son with an hk-macau trip ds April….I have visited so many sites and so far urs s d best…d details r great and so reader friendly …

March 7, 2019 at 2:33 pm

Any suggestion po sa first timer na katulad ko sa immigration para hindi maoffload. May roundtrip ticket ako, nag book nadin ako ng hotel (hongkong and macau) and activities sa hongkong. Meron din akong debit and credit card. Need ko pa ba mag show money?

March 27, 2019 at 4:42 pm

hello just wanna ask where to claim iventure card if we travel in macau, mostly i red was claim in hongkong? thanks a lot

March 28, 2019 at 5:04 am

Not sure but, as far as I know, claiming is available only in Hong Kong.

April 21, 2019 at 2:35 pm

I really loved how detailed the blog! As I’m lazy to read, this helps a lot. Thank you so much! Will going to visit in May 2019 only for 3 days. :) God bless.

May 6, 2019 at 2:59 pm

Hi! I just want to double check. I would like to watch the show in the City of Dreams Macau that will end by 8 pm. Of course the commute time and check-in time at the ferry. Is still have available ferry going back to Hong Kong? Highly appreciate your help.

April 28, 2019 at 10:28 pm

hi. where can I buy iventure card aside online because I really want to avail? i dont have credit card thank you so much for the help

April 30, 2019 at 7:22 pm

Hi Christine, you can ask about others forms of payment accepted by sending a message to Klook or iVenture.

May 6, 2019 at 3:00 pm

Hi Marcos! I just want to double check. I would like to watch the show in the City of Dreams Macau that will end by 8 pm. Of course the commute time and check-in time at the ferry. Is still have available ferry going back to Hong Kong? Highly appreciate your help.

May 20, 2019 at 8:42 am

Hi Marcos. Thank you for doing this. It is a big help like us who will bring my family to HK for the first time. Nevertheless, can I ask assistance feedback as to how I can further maximize our stay in HK? The day 1 is a good itinerary but I wanted to further enjoy disneyland as we consider that this is the reason why we will go to HK. So I’m looking at Disneyland to be the entire day of Day 2. In exchange, instead of Disneyland in day1 – we will go to ocean park. Do you think it is a good idea? If yes, will there be an easy transport from Ngong Ping VIllage to Oceanpark? Will there be a luggage locker in Oceanpark as well as in Ngong PIng since most likely our hotel check in will be at night already.

• Work with Me
• Start a Blog
• Yearly Roundups
• 101 in 1001 Goals
• how to start a travel blog
• tips for new bloggers
• write me a guest post!
• Work With Me

A Passion and A Passport

Proving Travel is Possible with a Full-Time 9-5

3 Days in Hong Kong: The Hong Kong Itinerary You’ll Want to Copy

last Updated: May 17, 2024 china hong kong

FYI: Affiliate links may be sprinkled throughout the awesome, free content you see below. I’ll receive a small commission when you purchase from my links (at no extra cost to you), which I’ll totally blow on adult things like boba tea and avocado toast. As always, thanks for the support.

Visiting the area and looking for the best 3 day Hong Kong itinerary? Keep on reading, because I’m sharing not only the perfect 3 days in Hong Kong, but where to stay, when to go, how to get around, and oh so much more! Including all my personal recommendations and top tips! You don’t wanna miss this Hong Kong blog.

Pull up a chair, because despite only covering 3 days, this Hong Kong itinerary is filled with so much information for your first visit to the country. Hong Kong is home to not only delectable dim sum (truuuust me on that one 😉 ), but serene floating islands, an impressive skyline, traditional Chinese architecture, and a vibrant and densely populated urban center.

I recently spent 3 days in Hong Kong last April, and was blown away by the tiny country’s skyscraper-studded skyline, lush greenery, and intriguing mixture of old and new.

Before visiting the country, I hadn’t really heard much about this Chinese autonomous territory, but after returning home, I’m scheming to make it back there sooner than later. And not just to eat alllll the food (again), I promise.

Where to Stay in Hong Kong

Since this 3 day Hong Kong itinerary will have you covering so much of what the little country has to offer, it’s best to stay in the middle of everything, with my top choice being the Kowloon Peninsula.

More specifically, the Tsim Sha Tsui (commonly known as TST), located in Kowloon , is a great option for those wishing to see and do it all. Being one of the most centrally located districts in the city, TST provides some of the best skyline views of Hong Kong Island and Victoria Harbour.

TST is where many first-time visitors to Hong Kong decide to rest their heads at night due to its close proximity to a whole bunch of museums, Kowloon Park (a must-go), world-class restaurants, and epic nightlife potential.

I chose to stay in TST (at Urban Pack Hostel ) and was glad I chose this neighborhood to base myself in. If I wasn’t traveling solo, I would have LOVED to stay at either The Langham or The Peninsula (you betcha I did my research).

Top Hotels in TST:

• The Peninsula Hong Kong (special occasion splurge-worthy)
• The Langham Hong Kong (where I would have wanted to stay if I wasn’t traveling solo)
• Hyatt Regency Hong Kong
• Park Hotel Hong Kong
• Butterfly on Prat
• Gateway Hotel

Top Hostels in TST:

• Urban Pack Hostel (where I stayed)

More hotels and hostels located in TST here.

When to Visit Hong Kong:

Unlike other Asian countries, like say Thailand for instance, Hong Kong experiences a myriad of different climates depending on the time of year. You’ll want to carefully avoid certain months if rain and crowds aren’t your idea of fun. My top pick: springtime (April – May).

Best Times to Visit: April – May, and September – December

September – December: Visiting once the humid (and wet) summer season is over is a fantastic idea. Daytime temps will be relatively mild in the mid 70’s, and you’ll be able to find average room rates. Just note that the first week of October is exceptionally crowded as many mainland Chinese visit during the national holiday.

April – May: Hong Kong’s short spring, from around April to May, is also a wonderful time to visit, but note that heavy fog tends to linger around until possibly late April or so. I visited in late March/early April, and thankfully experienced relatively clear skies without much impaction from fog.  But if you’re hoping to avoid both the cooler temps in winter and that damn humidity in summer, spring may be your best option.

Visiting in the Summer : Hong Kong is known to have a long, hot, and muggy summer (June to August), with the possibility of typhoons. Unfortunately, this doesn’t drop hotel rates like it once did. Plan your 3 days in Hong Kong another time of year if you don’t want to visit during monsoon season and risk the potential rain.

Visiting in the Winter: January to March sees a bit cooler temperatures, but don’t fret, temps usually stay in the 60s and low 70s during the day. Perfect sightseeing weather in my opinion. While this deters some visitors, note that Chinese tourists love to head to Hong Kong for the holidays (Chinese New Year in February), ultimately increasing accommodation prices.

Hong Kong Safety:

Safety is never really a concern within the city itself, as Hong Kong is actually one of the safest places in the world. Violent crime is very, very rare here. Use common sense, be aware of your surroundings, and keep flashy jewelry and electronics out of sight to avoid becoming the victim of petty crime (let’s face it – no place is a perfect 100% safe).

Stick to well-lit areas after dark and as I mentioned, just use vigilance like you would in any big city. The emergency police telephone number is 999, juuuust in case; the operators speak fluent English and Chinese.

How to Get Around Hong Kong:

The Octopus Card will be your best friend during your 3 days in Hong Kong – I promise! Make sure to buy it at the airport upon arrival, and preload it with some money.   You can also purchase it at any MTR station, so don’t worry if you’re already in the city and haven’t bought it at the airport. 🙂

So what exactly is an Octopus Card? It’s a prepaid transport debit card that can be used to pay for all the different modes of transportation you’ll find around the city (just not taxis and some red minibuses). The Octopus Card can even be used as payment as supermarkets, restaurants, museums, convenience stores, and more. Basically, it’s awesome. Get one.

You’ll want to use the MTR (Mass Transport Rail – train) to get around the city, as it’s the fastest and most efficient mode of transport in Hong Kong. Download the MTR app (a true lifesaver when navigating the MTR) and KMB app (gives bus schedules in Kowloon and New Territories area) before your 3 days in Hong Kong.

Want to hop aboard Hong Kong’s signature mode of transportation, the double decker tram? Book yourself a 1-hour sightseeing tour of the city on an iconic 1920s tram, and then get unlimited rides for the next 2 days!

Is Hong Kong part of China?

Well, this is a tricky subject. Kiiiinda, but no. Hong Kong was taken over by the British after China lost a war in 1842, and was returned to China 156 years later in 1997 once the terms of the treaty expired.

It is now known as Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (HKSAR), and has its own government and its own separate identity for many administrative (and global) issues (including the United Nations).

People living in mainland China need to obtain a travel visa to visit Hong Kong, and vice versa. It is interesting however that people who live in Hong Kong are basically identical (linguistically and culturally) to those living in Guangzhou (the adjoining province, located in China).

Language and Currency in Hong Kong:

The official languages of Hong Kong are Chinese and English, although it’s a bit more complicated than that since Hong Kongers speak Cantonese (different than most of mainland China who speak Mandarin).

But if you’re coming from an English-speaking country you’re in luck – many speak English, although are far from fluent and are definitely not proficient. Thankfully, since English is in fact an official language of Hong Kong, all signs and announcements are in both Cantonese and English.

At the time of this article (Oct 2018), 1 Hong Kong Dollar is equivalent to 13 cents USD (or 1USD = ~8HK$). Kinda difficult to convert easily, so I used my currency converter app on my phone a lot. No shame. 🙂

And FINALLY, what you’ve been waiting for:  My perfect 3 day Hong Kong itinerary!

Day 1. Kowloon Peninsula (Mainland Hong Kong)

For the first day on this 3 day Hong Kong itinerary, we’ll be staying in the northern part of Hong Kong, the mainland, also known as the Kowloon Peninsula. Today’s all about market hopping, eating, and checking out some architectural sites and gardens.  If you’re staying in Kowloon at either Urban Pack Hostel or any hotel in TST (check for more) you’ll be able to follow this itinerary to a T.

MORNING: MARKET TIME

Tai Cheong Bakery: start off your first morning in Hong Kong with some egg tarts for breakfast at Tai Cheong Bakery (opens at 7:30am). It’s a bit tricky to find at first, located within the Star Ferry Pier.  It’s just a little stand so take your egg tarts to go and indulge while having your first glimpse of Victoria Harbor.

Note that there’s another (more popular and more crowded) location in Central Hong Kong located near the Mid-Level Escalators. You can save this sweet treat for tomorrow if you’d like. (My gluttonous self went to both).

Kowloon Park: Next up, relax for a bit at Kowloon Park. If you just arrived this morning (like I did), you’ll probably be uber tired after your long flight. Don’t miss the pink flamingos and hundreds of turtles hanging out in the ponds. Beware that Kowloon Park is larger than large, so you’ll probably find yourself back here a few times to explore near your hotel or when you just want a quick relax.

Ladies Market : If you came to Hong Kong to bargain shop, this is your place to do it. With over 100 stalls of bargain clothing, accessories and souvenirs, put your haggling skills to the test. And you just find clothing here, everything from  watches, cosmetics, bags, home furnishings, CDs and trinkets are also up for grabs.

Goldfish Market: This market is essentially a street lined on both sides with shops both raising and selling tons of types of fish, found in little baggies and large tanks. It’s located in Mongkok, one of the districts of Kowloon, and not far from the other markets we’ll be going to today.

You’ll see weirdly shaped goldfish, colorful tropical species, and fish with insanely high price tags. Makes for a few fun photos. Stop at Tung Tat for fish balls if you’d like to give them a try (highly recommended).

Flower Market Road: If you’re a flower lover like myself, you’ll find yourself gaping at all the petal possibilities here. Sure, you probably won’t buy anything here since you all you have is a hotel room, but a wander down this street will instantly put the pep back into your step if you’re feeling sluggish at all.

Flower market road is a good time to learn about the importance of flowers to Chinese culture, as each bloom has a different meaning to it.

Yuen Po Bird Garden: And while you’re over here, you might as well pop over to the bird garden, filled with you guessed it – birds for sale, cages, feeders, and tons of other supplies.

I kind of wished I joined a market tour like this one , because I honestly wasted a bit of time trying to find my way around and I learned absolutely nothing by walking around myself. By booking the tour you’ll also go to the jade market (swooooon) and a temple with burning coils of incense.

Like I said, I wanna go back to the country so there’s always next time for me! I tend to assume I can DIY everything, then wish I had pre-planned tours after the fact. Book the tour here .

AFTERNOON: Architecture and Gardens

Take the MTR a few stops to Choi Hung (remember to use your Octopus card), and spend the rest of the day exploring a few buildings and nearby garden. If you have time, visit the Wong Tai Sin Temple.

Note that I had a difficult time finding a few of these spots since there are just so many buildings and most are not labeled with names. Don’t feel bad if you’re wandering around for a bit trying to figure this out (as that’s exaaaactly what I did). 🙂

Ping Shek Estate: A quick stop at what looks like a regular ol’ apartment complex. But head inside, and you’ll be greeted with a grew view of sunlight beaming straight into the atrium. Make sure you look up! I was able to walk right in and take a few photos quite easily.

Choi Hung Estate: Oh so vibrant, and oh so colorful.  THIS conglomerate of buildings is the main reason why I’m having you venture all the way over here. Besides being a top Hong Kong instagram spot, it actually is pretty interesting considering the interesting people watching opportunities.

And get this – Choi Hung literally means “rainbow” in Cantonese. Once you take a look at the buildings (and even the rainbow colored subway walls once you arrive at the Choi Hung station), you’ll see exactly what I mean.

In order to get the best photos (and where allll the budding photographers go to practice shooting), you’ll want to make your way to the basketball courts, which you’ll find after going up a flight of stairs above the parking lot. It’s a bit confusing but just look around and you’ll find the stairs.

Please remember that while this is a super fun spot to photograph, it’s home to many, many people. I mean did you see just how huge these buildings are – there must be 1,000’s of apartments here! Be courteous, keep the noise level to a minimum, and don’t move people’s things.

Nan Lian Garden: Next up, if you’ve had your fair share of Hong Kong instagrammers and nature’s calling you, walk a few minutes to Nan Lian Garden, which is relatively close to Choi Hung. Here you’ll find lush gardens, pavilions, lotus ponds, and pagodas – it’s basically like a calming oasis in the middle of crazy-busy Hong Kong!

Wong Tai Sin Temple: Take the MTR two stops to this well known shrine, which is actually dedicated to the Great Immortal Wong – Wong Tai Sin himself. If lattice work, incense and flowers, and colorful pillars are up your alley, don’t miss this busy temple.

If you somehow find yourself with more time (I was utterly exhausted by now), head to the Ten Thousand Buddhist Monastery. With a cost of FREE (!!!) and easily accessed from the MTR, there’s no reason to leave off these 13,000 Buddha statues from your Hong Kong itinerary. I’ll definitely be adding this to mine next trip since I unfortunately missed the monastery last time around.

Where to Eat in Kowloon:

A few of my favorites: Yum Cha for adorable dim sum critters, xiao long bao from Din Tai Fung, pork buns from Tim Ho Wan (cheapest Michelin-starred restaurant in the world), Tai Cheong Bakery for egg tarts (location in Central as well), and milk pudding from Yee Shun Dairy Company.

Also don’t miss fish balls, Three Stuffed Treasures, and white sugar cake, all delicacies and loved in Hong Kong. Try alllll of the street food on this tour , from pork dumplings and roast goose to pineapple buns and glutinous rice pastries. Um, hello! YUM!

If you want some of the famed Hong Kong dim sum, consider signing up for a Dim Sum and Sightseeing Tour .

Detailed post coming soon with alllll the things I ate (and wish I ate) during my 3 days in Hong Kong (you’ll be a bit disgusted to see how much I was able to stuff in in just a few days…)

Day 2: Hong Kong Island

Morning: victoria peak.

Visiting Hong Kong and not making your way to Victoria Peak is like visiting California and not stuffing your face with In N Out Burger. It’s a (terrible, horrible, no-good) crime, okay? So because of this, Day 2 of our 3 days in Hong Kong is dedicated to that iconic skyline at Victoria Peak (also known and referred to as “The Peak”).

And apparently, everyone and their mother adores this view as well, because, let’s face it, it’s one of the most crowded spots you’ll encounter in Hong Kong! I promise it’s worth it though!

Tips for Visiting Victoria Peak:

• Able to choose which morning you head up to the Peak? Always choose a clear day, and preferably a weekday if you can. Depending on the time of year, Hong Kong experiences some nasty smog, which may in fact drastically impact the views (negatively). Should this happen, those spectacular skyline views may be impeded by thick fog, making for less than impressive photos.
• While Victoria Peak will always be quite crowded (it is Hong Kong’s most popular tourist attraction afterall), a visit early in the morning will find the least amount of crowds. Just go early and expect to share the view with others, and you’ll be fine.
• Get the egg waffles. It’s never too early for ice cream.

Should you pay extra to visit Sky Terrace 428? I’m not entirely sure. Although it’s only 26 HKD extra (a mere $3USD or so), it was exceptionally crowded and I’m not sure the views were any better than those down below. People were pushing and shoving and I could hardly even get a photo of myself without others in the frame.

Note that if you do decide to go, you’ll make your way up approximately 5 levels of escalators, ultimately ending up at the rooftop which is where the lookout of the Sky Terrace is.

There are a few ways to get to that iconic skyline:

Option #1 — Peak Tram: Want to ride on the city’s oldest mode of public transport?! Take the Peak Tram, which will get you all the way to the top in just 7-8 minutes. Do note that the line is freakily long, so you’ll want to plan for this in advance.

If you want to bypass the long lines for the Peak Tram (and why would you not?!), you can buy a ticket in advance to Madame Tussauds which includes access to the Peak Tram Special Lane.  Don’t be silly and waste your time waiting in line. You can also include a hop-on hop-off tour of the city with this skip-the-line ticket as well if Madame Tussaud’s not really your thing.

Option #2 — Bus 15: Most people take the Peak Tram in order to reach Victoria Peak and then Sky Terrace, but I decided to take the bus from Central in order avoid the long long lines. If you’re staying in TST like I was, you’ll first need to take the ferry or MTR across the water, then take bus 15 for a mere ~2USD to Victoria Peak.

Understand that the bus ride up takes roughly an hour or so, but you’ll see a good bit of the island and get a small thrill while riding up the windy cliff road. AND it’s SO inexpensive. I chose to take the bus to the top of the mountain and the peak tram back down (there was hardly a line).

Option #3 — Walk/Hike: Feeling a bit extra and have some time to spare? Maybe you’re spending 4 days in Hong Kong and don’t need to rush up?  Walk up to The Peak from town (albeit a bit long and rather steep), and you’ll definitely earn your fair share of egg tarts and bubble waffles!

Afternoon: Hong Kong Island Sites

Once you’ve had your share of skyline views, back to ground level it is! Time to explore the rest of Hong Kong Island (and if you’re like me, eat even more egg tarts). No shame nor judgments, I promise :p

Ride on the Central Mid-Level escalator : Although this is basically exactly what it sounds like, a loooong AF escalator that connects Central to the Mid-Levels, it’s still fun to ride on. And get this – it’s actually the longest uncovered escalator in the world (yes, the world!)  

Note that since the escalator is actually used as a means of public transportation (by ~54,000 people per day – WHOA), it only runs in one direction at a time. Remember: down in the mornings and up in the evenings! Don’t forget this – it’d be horrible to get stuck walking up and down the tons and tons of stairs instead.

If you can use this to actually decrease your walking time go for it – I was too confused to even begin any attempts (face palm). I probably walked an extra 5,837 miles, but oh well, I earned my dessert for the day.

Man Mo Temple: Located on busy Hollywood Road among the antique shops, Man Mo really is a pleasant surprise. This 1800s temple features a lavish, traditional interior with tons of incense spirals overhead (and be prepared – the smell is intense!)  To make the most of your visit, make a small donation and light an incense stick. A great retreat in the middle of the bustling Central area!

Street Art in SoHo (South of Hollywood Road) : Street art lover like myself? Take a stroll around SoHo and admire all the new and intensely colorful pieces popping up in all the nooks and crannies. There’s tons of beautiful pieces scattered around the area, so be sure to explore all the side streets, especially Graham Street!

You’ll come across a mural of old Hong Kong buildings which can be shot across the street – but be careful, as there are cars constantly driving along there so don’t get in the way of traffic.

Montane Mansion: Another of Hong Kong’s most popular photography sites is Montane Mansion, known for its conglomeration of five incredibly dense and stacked residential complexes.

If you’ve done any research for your 3 days in Hong Kong before landing on this page, I’m more than positive you’ve come across images of these buildings – they’re easily one of the country’s most instagrammable sites. It ain’t called the Monster Building for nothing! Get here by taking the MTR and getting off at Quarry Bay Station, Exit B.

Other Things on Hong Kong Island to Add to Your Hong Kong Itinerary if you’ve got more time or 4 days in Hong Kong:

• Hike to Jardine’s Lookout : About a 3 hour and provides really pretty views, and even better, the hike ain’t too difficult!
• The Blue House Cluster in Wan Chai: Looking for those colorful buildings in Hong Kong? You’ll find them over here! Not only will you easily spot an intensely blue house, but yellow and orange and pink are next door as well, forming a cluster of a few brightly colored buildings. These buildings are one of the few remaining examples of old-school tenement buildings in all of Hong Kong, built between the 1920s and 1950s.

• Mini Flower Market in Wan Chai : Didn’t have time to make it over to the Flower Market (in Kowloon) on Day 1 of our Hong Kong itinerary? The next best thing is found in Wan Chai on Gresson Street. And while there only a few shops selling all things flowers (think succulents, orchids, and more), it’s just so colorful it’s worth a quick stop – even if you aren’t planning on buying anything.
• Victoria Park: Everyone needs some time to chill and relax, and Victoria Park is the place to do it. Know that it’s also the ultimate hotspot for tai chi sessions at sunrise, so feel free to wake up before dawn if you want to partake in this activity!  You’ll also see other forms of relaxation exercises being done to calming music near the fountain.

Where to Eat on Hong Kong Island

Don’t miss Mammy Pancakes or Oddies Foodies for those oh so famous egg waffles, Lan Kwai Fong street for your pick of over a hundred restaurants, Little Bao for traditional Chinese baos with a twist, Jumbo Kingdom Floating Restaurant if you’re in the mood for some drunken shrimp, and Kam Kee for the fresh beef set.

Remember, I’m currently working on an entire blog post dedicated to all the places I ate (and wished to eat at) during my 3 days in Hong Kong.

Day 3: Lantau Island

My day on Lantau Island was my favorite day on Hong Kong! Sure, I got a glimpse of the cities greenery the day before on the peak tram (with view of Victoria Harbor and the HK skyline), but unil visiting Lantau Island, I hadn’t realized just how lush this area actually is!

Day 3 in a nutshell: cable car ride, Big Buddha, Tai O Fishing Village, and the Wisdom Path (mini hike). Today’s a jam packed busy day, so be sure to get a good night’s sleep the day before.

How to Get to Lantau Island

Note that in order to get to Lantau Island, you’ll need to ride the Ngong Ping 360 cable car . Book tickets beforehand (up to 14 days prior to visiting) in order to avoid wasting precious time (it get’s suuuuper crowded).

I prebooked tickets for the 9:45am time slot and was able to go directly to the boarding area bypassing all the crowds (saved me SO much time!) Also, you’ll want to take an early cable car so you can spend as much time on Lantau Island as possible.

Tickets are HK $107 (~13USD) for a normal round trip ticket , but I highly encourage you to get the Crystal (glass-bottom) cabin at least one way. For a few extra bucks, not only does the line become significantly shorter, but you’ll get absolutely fantastic views of the dense jungle and turquoise waters below your feet while on the cable car. Buy skip the line tickets here . I absolutely loved it and had SO much fun taking photos!

In order to get to the cable car, you’ll need to first make your way to the Tung Chung MTR station, then follow the easy-to-find signs. Worse comes to worse, just follow everyone – they’re all headed to the cable car (you certainly don’t need to worry about getting lost here)!

If you’re on a tight budget, take bus #23 outside of Tung Chung MTR, but be aware that there will be long queues on the weekend.

And if you’d prefer to save your sanity and let someone else do the pre-planning, book yourself on a tour. Most organized tours spend some time at Tai O Fishing Village, the Big Buddha, and give extra time for wandering the village.

Recommended Day Tours to Lantau Island

• Lantau Island Explorer with Cable Car and Lunch
• Big Buddha with Crystal or Standard Cable Car
• Lantau Cultural Insight Tour (with Cable Car)

Things to do in Lantau Island

Tai O Fishing Village: Located an easy bus ride (#21) away after a short walk from the cable car drop off on Lantau Island, this fishing village is not to be missed!

Tai O is known for being one of the oldest remaining fishing villages in all of Hong Kong. A wander around will really give a perspective of how people live in this little village. I found Tai O to be less touristy and had a more relaxed atmosphere which was appreciated after spending the previous days in the bustling city center.

A few popular eats include charbroiled egg puffs (get the ones on Kat Hing street), jumbo fish balls (my favorite!), and Tai O donuts. Short boat rides are offered (which I took), as seeing pink chinese dolphins are a possibility!  I was not so lucky, but the scenery and stilt houses were outstanding!

I would head to Tai O Fishing Village first thing (before climbing up to Big Buddha) because of timing. It’s easier to run back from the buddha if at at all necessary to catch the last cable car if need be.

Big Buddha: Climb the 268 steps up to the majestic Tian Tan Buddha, also known as Big Buddha, completed in 1993. At 34 meters high, it’ll be quite difficult to take a selfie with the large bronze statue, but from this high up, you’ll get absolutely fantastic views of the Po Lin Monastery and Ngong Ping Village down below.

The Tian Tan Buddha symbolizes the harmonious relationship between man and nature, people, and faith. Please be aware of the heat when climbing the stairs as there’s a reasonable amount of physical effort required. Bring water and don’t miss the Po Lin Monastery nearby afterwards!

Wisdom Path: Trust me – you’ll be craving a bit of tranquility and peace after visiting the super popular (and crowded) Big Buddha. This short 15-minute walk through the woods will give you just that – some brilliant peace and quiet.

Once you arrive, take in the beauty of the tall-standing wooden logs with Hindu inscriptions reflecting different aspects of human life (happiness, success, emptiness, etc). Walk on the infinity path. I went a bit further and took myself on a mini hike, although turned around quite quickly because I was traveling solo. Such a simple and serene spot in nature!

Things to do in Hong Kong at Night:

Temple Street Night Market : make sure to visit Temple Street one night for a good wander. You’ll find souvenirs (think clothing, jade, and antiques in addition to all the typical gimmicks), local street snacks with tons of outdoor seating, fortune tellers, and possibly even opera singers.

And if you’re staying in TST, this lively Chinese night market will only be a few minutes walk away!

Hong Kong 3-Hour Night Tour : Don’t feel comfortable wandering around at night? Grab yourself a ticket on this Hong Kong night tour – you’ll explore different pockets of Hong Kong, from ethnic minority communities to glamorous Tsim Sha Tsui, from peaceful parks to glittering skylines. Sounds good to me! Temple Street Night Market is included, as well as the spectacular illuminated skyline of Hong Kong from a secret vantage point.

Symphony of Lights: Wander over to the Tsim Sha Tsui promenade for a FREE Hong Kong light show projected from the famous Hong Kong skyline (yes, totally free).

I was expecting the show to be a bit more “wow” and was a tad underwhelmed, but that may be because I had just visited Singapore and all it’s ridiculousness. Still worth a quick visit in my opinion. Bring along a snack and hang for a bit.

Ride a sampan or ‘junk boat’ on Victoria Harbor: The best way to get those famous views of the city skyline? Aboard an ancient Chinese junk boat of course! These are the flashy red wooden boats you’ll see all over Victoria Harbor.

And if you plan your timing right, you may even catch the Symphony of Lights, a spectacular light show that happens every night at 8pm. Cruises are also available during the day or for sunset (which I bet is equally as beautiful).

• Book tickets here for the light show , a junk boat tour with WINE here , and tickets here for an afternoon sail (and schedule this early as there are not as many providers as there once was).

Rooftop Bars: rooftops and views are synonymous in Hong Kong, and there are plenty for the picking. A few I visited and recommend:

• Ozone Sky Bar: located at the Ritz Carlton, this place just screams swank (in a good way). Minus the high drink price tags, you bet you’ll get some of the best views of the city considering it’s one of the highest rooftop bars in the world. Yes, the world. I’m pretty sure you’re supposed to get all fancy for this place, but we managed to score a low-key table in shorts and a crop top.
• EyeBar: If you’re staying at the Urban Pack Hostel (or somewhere nearby), this rooftop bar is only a two minute walk away. How can you not go for even one drink and a short visit? Note that they are very strict with those watching the view – no drink, no view. They kicked us out real fast. You’ve been warned.

Other Things to Add to your Hong Kong Itinerary

Have 4 days in Hong Kong? You lucky duck you. Plan to either spend the day on Macau, go hiking, or unleash your inner child at Disneyland Hong Kong!

Unleash your inner child and let loose for the day! With all the culture and history you’ve probably soaked up on your first 3 days in Hong Kong, you deserve a day of unparalled fun. Book tickets to Disneyland ahead of time (includes transportation from most hotels as well) .

With your Hong Kong Disneyland 1-day ticket, you’ll get to explore all 7 themed lands including Adventureland, Main Street U.S.A., Grizzly Gulch, Mystic Point, Toy Story Land, Fantasyland and Tomorrowland. Heck yes!  Discover the Iron Man Experience, Disney Park’s first Marvel-themed ride, enjoy the dream-come-true Royal Princess Garden, and experience Disney’s Paint the Night parade.

Commonly referred to as the “Las Vegas of Asia”, this little city on the south coast of China does in fact have giant casinos and malls on it’s own strip, Cotai. Since it was a Portugese territory until 1999, Macau has lots of cultural influences from Portugal, including some absolutely beautiful architecture, which is oh so different than the buildings you’ll see in Hong Kong.

Don’t miss the Macau Tower, which boasts sweeping city views from 338 meters high. This tour , with lunch in a revolving restaurant (yes, really), visits to Macau’s first Vegas style Casino and Museum of Macau, and much, much more, is a fantastic way to spend your extra day in Hong Kong. Ferry tickets are included as well which makes this day trip particularly easy.

When do you plan to put this Hong Kong itinerary to use?! If you have any suggestions on things to add to this Hong Kong blog (or if it’s been extra helpful), let me know down below in the comments!

Photos via Hong Kong dollars , disney 1 , disney 2

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

April 3, 2021 at 7:48 pm

This is an awesome blog! When travel resumes again, I want to travel to Hong Kong! Looking forward to try everything you recommend. How much did you spent on this trip?

April 4, 2021 at 9:53 am

I'd love to go back to HK! Such a fun trip! Unfortunately, I don't remember the exact cost as it was part of a longer trip.

May 20, 2021 at 9:42 pm

This is wonderful blog! Thank you for sharing best places to visit in Hong Kong I really enjoyed your post. Thank you for posting.

November 1, 2021 at 3:38 am

Hong Kong is one of my bucket list, Thank you for sharing tips for Hong Kong beach.

Subscribe To The Newsletter

FOR TRAVEL INSPO   and   FUN

No spam, only fun!

Favorite Destinations

• About Jessica
• How to Plan a Trip
• Fave Travel Companies
• Shop My Faves

Destinations

• World Travel
• San Francisco
• Northern California
• Southern California
• Central Coast

3 Day Hong Kong Itinerary: What to Do and See

Have you ever wondered how much adventure, culture, and culinary delights you can pack into just 3 days in Hong Kong? If you are anything like me, then A LOT! From the dazzling skyline of Victoria Peak to the bustling street markets of Mong Kok, this fast-paced city is where tradition meets innovation. There are so many great things to do in Hong Kong , so you won’t be able to see it all in three days, but my jam-packed itinerary will give you the essence of this city.

You Will Have the Best 3 Days in Hong Kong with this Itinerary

1. ride the peak tram.

Begin your day with an iconic journey aboard the historic Peak Tram . As you make the 396-meter (1300-foot) ascent to Victoria Peak (which usually takes about 8-10 minutes), you’ll be enveloped in the rich history of Hong Kong’s transportation. The tram’s steep climb offers a thrilling perspective of the city’s evolving skyline.

P.S. As you go up, you may experience the “Peak Tram illusion,” where the high-rise buildings on the right hand side of the tram appear to be falling backward towards the Peak. This is caused by the tram’s tilted visual environment and the reclining body position of passengers.

2. Take in the Victoria Peak View

At Victoria Peak , you’ll find yourself on top of the world. This vantage point, standing at 552 meters above sea level, delivers an awe-inspiring 360-degree view of Hong Kong’s towering skyscrapers, lush green islands, and bustling harbor. It’s a popular tourist destination, but it is well worth the crowds for the stunning views.

3. Stroll Through Hong Kong Park

You can escape the urban hustle and bustle in the heart of the city at Hong Kong Park . This oasis of tranquility offers beautifully landscaped gardens, koi-filled ponds, and one of the largest walk-through aviaries in Southeast Asia (Edward Youde Aviary). It’s the perfect place to unwind and connect with nature amid the urban jungle.

4. Ride the Central-Mid-Levels Escalators

Unique in its design, the Central-Mid-Levels Escalators is an engineering marvel. Stretching over 800 meters, it’s the world’s longest outdoor covered escalator system. And the best part? It’s completely free.

You can conveniently access it from multiple points throughout Hong Kong Island (there are 14 in total). This system of outdoor escalators and moving walkways meanders through the city’s steep terrain, offering glimpses of local life, shops, and restaurants along the way.

5. Lan Kwai Fong

As day turns into night, Lan Kwai Fong transforms into a vibrant tapestry of nightlife in Hong Kong. This renowned entertainment district offers a variety of bars, restaurants, and clubs, making it the perfect place to experience the city’s lively after-dark scene. Some of the best ones include Dragon-I , Porterhouse Seafood and Steak , and Tai Tai Bar .

During the day, it’s also a popular tourist destination with shops, cafes, and street food stalls, ensuring there’s something for everyone in this dynamic neighborhood.

6. Chi Lin Nunnery

Step into a realm of serenity at Chi Lin Nunnery , the world’s largest hand-made wooden building built without nails. This Buddhist complex is home to around 60 nuns and boasts intricate wooden architecture and beautifully landscaped gardens. The peaceful ambiance and intricate wooden structures make it a place for quiet contemplation and cultural appreciation.

7. Goldfish Market

Goldfish have a long and rich history in Hong Kong culture, and are believed to bring good luck and prosperity to their owners. This deep cultural connection with these graceful aquatic creatures can be seen in one of their most popular tourist attractions, the Goldfish Market in Mong Kok.

This market is a narrow street lined with stalls selling all sorts of goldfish, from common goldfish to more exotic varieties such as the Oranda and the Ranchu, as well as other aquarium fish and accessories. 

8. Avenue of Stars

Along the Victoria Harbour waterfront, the Avenue of Stars pays tribute to Hong Kong’s cinematic legacy. Modeled after the Hollywood Walk of Fame, you’ll find statues, handprints, and memorabilia honoring legends of the silver screen, including Bruce Lee, Jet Li, Michelle Yeoh, and Jackie Chan. 

9. Junk Boat Ride or Star Ferry to See Symphony of Lights

To end your day on a magical note, don’t miss the dazzling Symphony of Lights while riding a traditional junk boat or the iconic Star Ferry . Both offer front-row seats to this nightly extravaganza, which lights up the city’s iconic skyline with synchronized laser beams and LED displays. Over 40 buildings on both sides of Victoria Harbour participate in this captivating show, accompanied by a narrated commentary that adds cultural depth to the spectacle. Definitely a must-have on any Hong Kong itinerary for 3 Days.

10. Temple Street Night Market

The Temple Street Night Market is a lively and bustling night market located in the Yau Ma Tei district of Hong Kong. It is one of the most popular tourist attractions in the city, known for its wide variety of stalls selling everything from souvenirs and clothing to food and drinks. Be sure to try some of the local favorites, such as egg waffles, stinky tofu, and (something for your weird food bucket list ) snake soup!

The Temple Street Night Market is also known for its street performers, including fortune tellers, singers, and musicians. The atmosphere is electric and exciting, and it is a great place to experience the sights, sounds, and smells of Hong Kong.

Day 2  

11. po lin monastery.

A journey to Lantau Island leads to the Po Lin Monastery , a spiritual sanctuary. Formerly known as “The Big Hut,” it is a popular pilgrimage site for Buddhists from all over the world, as well as one of the most popular tourist destinations in Hong Kong.

Marvel at its traditional architecture, ornate temples, and the giant incense coils that fill the air with a fragrant embrace. Don’t miss out on the delicious dishes at their vegetarian restaurant, a great way to experience Buddhist cuisine.

12. Ngong Ping 360

Your adventure continues with the Ngong Ping 360 cable car , taking you on a 25-minute ride and a full 360° view of the stunning landscapes of Lantau Island between Ngong Ping village and the Tung Chung coast.

P.S. Be sure to book your tickets in advance, as the Ngong Ping 360 is quite popular, especially to tourists.

13. Tian Tan Buddha

This next one is probably one of the best highlights you can add to your Hong Kong itinerary for 3 days.

Imagine a Buddha statue so tall that you can see it from miles away. That’s Tian Tan Buddha for you, also known as the Big Buddha. This 34-meter tall bronze statue of Buddha sits on a lotus pedestal near Po Lin Monastery, and is one of the largest Buddha statues in the world.

One of the easiest ways to get to the Tian Tan Buddha is by taking the Ngong Ping 360 cable car to the Ngong Ping Plateau (you can also take the Bus No. 23.) Once you’re at the plateau, you’ll have to climb 268 steps to reach the statue. But it’s worth it! The views from the top are incredible.

When you’re done admiring the Tian Tan Buddha, be sure to visit the museum at the base of the pedestal. The museum tells the story of the Tian Tan Buddha and its construction. It’s also a great place to learn about Buddhism and Chinese culture.

14. Tai O fishing village

Your exploration of Lantau Island culminates in Tai O , a charming fishing village built on stilts. Here, you’ll witness a traditional way of life, meandering through narrow lanes, visiting local markets, and perhaps sampling freshly caught seafood.

Some of the things you can do here include taking a boat tour, which takes you around the stilt houses and canals of Tai O, hiking to one of the nearby trails (like the Fu Shan Viewing Point,) and, of course, tasting one of their local cuisine such as fish balls, grilled shrimp, ‘husband rolls,’ and more.

15. Hong Kong Disneyland

Today is all about family fun at Hong Kong Disneyland , where enchantment and adventure await around every corner. From thrilling rides like the Hyperspace Mountain and Big Grizzly Mountain Runaway Mine Cars to meeting your beloved Disney characters and seeing spectacular parades, this magical kingdom offers an immersive experience that will leave lasting memories for visitors of all ages.

This itinerary will definitely lead to a whirlwind exploration of 3 days in Hong Kong, but you’ll only have scratched the surface of what this vibrant city has to offer. Remember, the charm of Hong Kong is not confined to these pages. Whether you’re planning your own 3-day adventure or simply daydreaming about future travels, this city’s unique blend of tradition and innovation will be waiting to welcome you. 

This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase through my links, I earn a commission that helps to keep this blog running—at no extra cost to you. For more information read my full disclosure .

You might also enjoy.

Hong Kong Bucket List: 60 + Best Things to Do 3 Day Hong Kong Itinerary. The Plan. Ride the Longest Escalator in the World. Mid-Levels in Hong Kong. Fodor’s Hong Kong Travel Guide (book) Take a Junk Boat Ride Through Hong Kong’s Victoria Harbour Slurp Chinese Snake Soup in Hong Kong Visit an Offbeat Asian Market. Hong Kong’s Goldfish Market. Eat Dessert First at Hong Kong’s Dessert Kitchen Eat Squid Jerky in Hong Kong’s Tai O Fishing Village 3 Day Hong Kong Itinerary: What to Do and See

• Share on Facebook
• Share on Pinterest
• Email this Page

Related Posts

Hong Kong Bucket List: 60 + Top Things to Do

Visit an Offbeat Asian Market. Hong Kong’s Goldfish Market.

Eat Dessert First at Hong Kong’s Dessert Kitchen

24 thoughts on “3 day hong kong itinerary: what to do and see”.

I think day 1 and 2 schedule is reasonable.

Day 3 is a bit extreme.  You are going from one end of the city to the other end.  Just by traveling from the Giant Buddha to the Floating Restaurant, it will take you at least 2 hours.  Even though if you start out early in Ngong Ping 360, I think you may be in the Floating Restaurant for a very late lunch. Then, you are going to go back to 10,000 Buddhist Monastry.  You will be exhausted before going to Se Wong Yee. Here is my suggested order for day 3: Ngong Ping 360 & Giant Buddha, 10,000 Buddhist Monastry, Se Wong Yee, The Jumbo Floating Restaurant for dinner, finally, Happy Valley. Have a wonderful trip.

Thanks so much for the insight on Day 3!!! Looks like with a few minor alterations we can squeeze it all in :)

That is a jam packed itinerary.  :) I enjoyed the view from Victoria Peak, but not sure if you will have the time to make it over.  I wasn't a big fan of the markets, some of the knock offs were REALLY bad.  I preferred the ones in mainland China.  I'm not a big shopper when I travel anyways cause I HAAAATE having to carry my purchases around.  It's worth a look though. One place I was obsessed with in Asia was a place called Bread Talk.  OMG.  Loved the bread floss….and just about everything!  I remember seeing a few in Hong Kong….oh and they definitely have Starbucks!  Spent some time in a few!

I am with you about shopping, not a huge fan. What I am really hoping is that the markets with have some strange food to eat ;) Thanks for the tip about Bread Talk!

What a coincidence. I'm planning three days in Hong Kong, too. So far, the only part of my itinerary that matches yours is Day 3. But after reading all this, that may change. I'm not going until this summer, so can't wait to read about your experiences.

I look forward to seeing what will be on your Hong Kong itinerary!

I've never been, but you know if I ever do I'll be following your food recs  :-)

Narrowing down the restaurant/food choices was the toughest! Hong Kong has an amazing selection of trendy restaurants, as well as, strange foods. I hope I chose right! BTW: How’s the Maui itinerary coming?

It's coming along! We have our flights and just booked accommodation in Maui — found a great condo on Airbnb that would  have been perfect for the entire time we're on the island, but it wasn't available the first two nights. We've booked two separate Airbnb properties and will book accommodation on the Big Island by week's end. We have a list of restaurants and activities that we want to do on both islands, but we'll probably only book the Feast at Lele and a helicopter tour over the Big Island in the next week or two. The others can wait a bit longer :-) Oh, and I really want to find a deal on car rentals.

You haven't even been there yet you already make the city look amazing. I want to go now.  If I needed someone to plan an itinerary, I'd hire you in a heartbeat.  Good luck and happy eating!

Thanks! I am an obsessive planner, I don’t like to miss anything :)

First of all- awesome- have a great time!!! I'm very interested to hear your stories!    While I was reading this my daughter was looking at the pictures and was very interested in the first pic and kept saying "cool building" over and over…so you have her seal of approval and I will be sure to show her your pics from the hotel when you post them! 

That’s adorable! Hopefully she will approve the rest of my photos too ;)

You definitely had a blast in Hongkong! Good that you were able to had foodtrips in a Michelin restaurant, plus the floataing restaurant (i envy you!) Hopefully I can also try it next time. I also visited Hongkong last August but we had more of trips and photo walks :)

Annette, Thanks for posting this! I’m headed to Hong Kong (2nd visit for me, 1st for my hubby) for Christmas and I was looking for some alternatives to the usuals. I wish our blog had the informative commitment that yours does… Alas, we can’t all be fountains of info. Keep traveling and sharing :)

I am a little jealous that you will be in Hong Kong at Christmas. But, have a GREAT time!

I really liked the high-profile, knowledgeable staff and service at the Conrad. I was a bit disappointed by the lounge and the size of rooms. But well it’s downtown Hong Kong….

Leaving for Hong Kong in the morning… this was a big help, thanks!

Your Hong Kong trip seems hectic, yet enjoyable. Being for just three days in this vibrant city can leave anyone pondering what to do and what to see since it has lots and lots to offer. But your research paid up and you got to visit the best places in the city, and restaurants where you enjoyed good food.

Hi Annette! What did you think of the dim sum in Hong Kong?? I was just there earlier this year …and I don’t think I ate anything else but dim sum the whole entire trip!

Great read, thank you! Mick

Yum to Dim Sum!!

Please can anyone offer a 3 day Christmas itinerary? to include xmas eve and day. Here’s hoping. Thanks in advance, I’m beyond excited to visit Hong Kong for the first time. Any notes and recommendations would be greatly received :)

Your travel blog is a constant source of inspiration for my wanderlust soul! Your recent post about [destination] had me daydreaming for hours. The picturesque landscapes and the thrilling outdoor activities you described have sparked a desire in me to push my limits and explore the great outdoors. I’m truly grateful for the valuable information you provide and the wanderlust you ignite in your readers!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Hey Bucket Listers! I'm Annette .

I’m a goal obsessed mid-lifer, traveler, experience collector, fear crusher, digital marketer and author with big bucket list dreams. Let's Connect!

GET MY 2,000 free bucket list ideas

Jump right in and you will get your printable ideas by email:

Whatcha Looking for?

Home About Blog The Shop Partnerships Contact

Bucket list ideas travel facing fear & anxiety.

Things To Do In Hong Kong for 3 Days, a Perfect Itinerary

Hong Kong, an autonomous territory on China’s southeastern coast, is a vibrant, bustling city with a unique heritage, rich history, and a glamourous East meets West vibe. From the densely packed Kowloon neighborhoods to the tranquil fishing villages on Lamma Island, and with a population of 7.4 million, Hong Kong is one of the world’s most populated regions.

There’s plenty to do here, and three days in Hong Kong is perfect for an introduction to the former British colony. There are also many Hong Kong tours available that will help you explore more in-depth this city. Visitors often stay in Kowloon or on Hong Kong Island in Central. With an impressive and efficient public transportation system, as well as the prevalence of English signs, it’s easy to get anywhere in Hong Kong.

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links. This means that should you click on certain links, and then subsequently purchase a product, I will receive a small commission. It costs nothing extra to you but helps keep my site running. Thank you for supporting me in this way.

Table of Contents

How to Spend 3 Days in Hong Kong, Detailed Itinerary

How to get from and to hong kong airport.

There are three options for getting to/from Hong Kong Airport to the city center and it depends on your time and budget which option you choose.

Train : Taking the train is the quickest option for getting from Hong Kong Airport to the city center.  The journey only takes 24 minutes and with six Airport Express trains per hour, this is a safe, quick, hassle-free option. Finding the train is easy as it is located within the terminal building, just 50m from the arrivals’ hall. Look out for Airport Express counters or ticket machines to buy your train pass before boarding. Even though the train only takes 24 minutes the service provides free WiFi, TV, and power charging sockets! Once you arrive in central Hong Kong, you will want to connect to the free MTR shuttle bus to reach your final destination. Time: 24 minutes Cost: 12.50 EUR (115 HK)

Bus : Taking the bus into Hong Kong is the cheapest way to get from the airport to downtown but it is also the longest option. The A11 bus is the most popular option, with services departing the airport every 20 minutes. This route takes you directly to downtown stopping at convenient stops like Hong Kong’s City Hall and Connaught Road Central. Tickets can be purchased from a counter at the Airport Ground Transportation Centre or from the driver on the bus. The A11 bus runs from 06:10 am to 00:30 am. If you arrive after this time you will need to take the night buses, N11, which runs from 00:50 am to 04:50 am. The bus also offers free WiFi. Time: 1.15 minutes Cost: 4.40 EUR (40 HK)

Taxis : Taxis from Hong Kong Airport to the city center are done on a metered basis and should cost around 40 EUR (370 HK), depending on the travel distance required. If you are traveling to the Urban area of Hong Kong (most likely) you will need to take the designated Urban Taxis which are red with yellow lights on top. Please note: there may be additional costs for large luggage and toll roads. As Hong Kong is such a busy airport there is likely to be a queue when you arrive so you will need to wait in line in order to take an airport taxi into Hong Kong. Time: approx. 30 minutes

Private Airport Transfer with Welcome Pick-Ups : If you would rather have the convenience and security of knowing you have a pre-booked taxi from the airport, you can book a transfer through Welcome Pick-Ups . Welcome drivers are chosen for their customer service and level of English and also monitor your flight to ensure they are there for you in arrivals at whatever time you get in. The Welcome taxi service is likely to cost a bit more than a regular taxi (around 56 EUR) but you will have the security of having a pick-up driver waiting for you on arrival who will take you straight to your hotel with no hidden fees or waiting around.

Click here for more information and book your private transfer.

Map for your 3-day Hong Kong Itinerary

3 Days in Hong Kong: Day One

Your first day in Hong Kong ought to be spent exploring the history and culture of the territory. Hong Kong’s history stretches back to the Neolithic era, and until the mid 17th century was a territory of mostly fishing and farming villages. The British took control following the opium wars, in the mid-1800s, and only returned the land to the Chinese when their 99-year lease expired in 1997.

Walking Tour of Kowloon

Today, Hong Kong is a financial powerhouse and one of the world’s most significant banking centers. There are a variety of tours that highlight the heritage of Hong Kong as well as the growth of the city into one of the world’s foremost financial centers. One of the best Hong Kong tours that touch on both the history and the growth of the city is a half-day walking tour of Kowloon and Central.

For a powerful introduction to Hong Kong, visit the Peak. Victoria Peak, the highest point on Hong Kong Island, is one of the most popular visitor attractions in the city. Most people arrive by the Peak Tram, which departs from St. John’s Cathedral in Central, but it is also accessible by private car or taxi along a winding road. Ambitious travelers might wish to walk up via the steep Old Peak Road, but factor in a few hours for this adventure. The nearest MTR station is Central.

You’ll find two shopping centers, a large viewing platform, plenty of restaurants, and several walking trails. In addition to being a popular tourist spot, the Peak is also the pinnacle of housing in Hong Kong and is home to numerous government officials and public figures.

Click here to book a private evening hike to Victoria Peak.

Tsim Sha Tsui

Tsim Sha Tsui is a popular culture and nightlife district located in Kowloon. It boasts a variety of activities and attractions along with Nathan and Canton Roads. The Avenue of Stars, along the Victoria Harbour waterfront, is where you can spot statues of your favorite film characters. The promenade pays tribute to the enviable list of Hong Kong stars – Jackie Chan, Bruce Lee, and more. It’s a popular spot to hang out to watch the evening light show.

You might also be interested in this promenade walking tour.

The Science, Space, Art, and History museums are all within walking distance of each other in Tsim Sha Tsui, making them a perfect rainy day activity.

Symphony of Lights

Every evening at 8 pm, the city lights up with a 15-minute light show. Considered one of the world’s best multimedia shows, the skyscrapers on either side of Victoria Harbour light up and dazzle viewers as orchestral music plays. You can listen to the music at the Hong Kong Cultural Centre in Tsim Sha Tsui or at the Golden Bauhinia in Wan Chai, or you can download an app and listen to the music while enjoying the show from anywhere. One of the best places to view the show is from the harbor, so several popular Hong Kong tours offer an evening on a local junk boat to watch the spectacle.

3 Days in Hong Kong: Day Two

On day two in Hong Kong, take a day to visit the world’s most famous mouse. Hong Kong Disneyland, located on Lantau Island, is a popular day trip for visitors from all over the world. Hong Kong Disneyland is very easy to get to, either by the MTR public transit or by car, although the metro is much easier. Disneyland has its own line and station, and signs are clearly marked in English.

While Hong Kong Disneyland is much smaller than the Florida resort complex, it still has the charm and flair of the two original Disney parks. Don’t miss Adventureland, Fantasyland, and Tomorrowland, three of the original regions in the Disney parks.

Tip: You can purchase Hong Kong Disneyland tickets in advance , through a tour operator. If you want to purchase Hong Kong Disneyland tickets when you get there, expect to stand in line.

3 Days in Hong Kong: Day Three

Take a day trip to one of the outer-lying areas of Hong Kong, or take the ferry to Macau, on the Chinese mainland. These are all popular Hong Kong tours but are also very easy to do on your own.

Lantau Island

As Hong Kong’s largest outlying island, Lantau is definitely worth a day trip from Hong Kong central. Attractions on Lantau Island include the Tian Tin Big Buddha at Ngong Ping monastery, the 360 cable car (which is also the best way to get to the monastery), Po Lin monastery, and Tai O fishing village.

Lantau Island: Book Boat and NP360 Cable Car tickets or Tai O Day Pass

Lamma Island

Lamma Island, just 20 minutes from downtown Hong Kong, feels like a world away. Its multicultural, laid-back hippie vibe is at odds with the high-powered hustle of the city, yet it complements it in so many ways. Head to Lamma to explore off-the-grid hiking trails, great seafood restaurants, and rustic fishing villages.

Highlights of Lamma include the World War II-era kamikaze tunnels – located along one of the hiking trails – and the Tin Hau Temple. The island doesn’t allow cars, so enjoy the relaxed pace on Lamma before heading back to the frenzy of Hong Kong.

For a unique day trip from Hong Kong, jump on one of the high-speed ferries and cross to Macau, another one of China’s autonomous territories at the Pearl River Delta. Macau, known as the Las Vegas of Asia, is a glittering jewel filled with casinos and shopping malls. It also has a rich Portuguese heritage though, and so, like Hong Kong, it is a juxtaposition of old and new. It takes about one hour to get between the two countries, and you will need to take your passport.

There’s plenty to do in Hong Kong, from exploring the unique cultural heritage to embracing your inner child at Hong Kong Disneyland. This three-days in Hong Kong itinerary covers all the major highlights and allows you the freedom to explore some of the most popular Hong Kong tours.

Sharing is caring!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

3 Days in Hong Kong: A Hong Kong Itinerary for First Time Visitors

I’ll be honest; I didn’t think that I’d like Hong Kong. I was worried that it would be too big, too busy, too modern. After spending so much time travelling through small villages and towns in Southeast Asia where I couldn’t drink the tap water or flush toilet paper, I thought that being in Hong Kong would feel just like another big, western city. Well, turns out I was wrong and I actually fell in love with Hong Kong and everything it has to offer. So for anyone else headed to this incredible place, I’m sharing my tips for how to spend 3 days in Hong Kong in this Hong Kong itinerary for first time visitors. 

psst: Looking for a travel credit card with lots of perks (like lounge access) that will also allow you to earn points for travel? This is what I use and recommend. 

How to Get to Hong Kong

If you are going to Hong Kong, it’s likely by air. I actually didn’t originally plan on spending time in Hong Kong, but since I was flying with Cathay Pacific for my last Southeast Asia adventure, I decided to take advantage of my stop there on the way back to Canada and add a couple of days- I’m so glad I did and highly recommend you do this same if you have a stopover option. Getting into Hong Kong or Kowloon from the airport is easy by public transit. There are several buses that will get you there quickly and for an affordable price. Learn more here.

How to Get Around Hong Kong for 3 Days

Getting around Hong Kong is really easy. There are plenty of taxis but the cheapest and best way to get around is by foot and public transit.

Hong Kong is quite big and divided into several islands, so you won’t be able to walk everywhere. But, once you arrive in a neighbourhood it’s best to explore by foot. There is so much to see along the way- you don’t want to miss it by spending all your time on a bus or the metro.

With that being said, the metro is a fast and easy way to get around Hong Kong. Stations are well marked with signs in English making it easy for visitors, such as myself, to navigate. In some places you’ll also want to take a boat, or a bus. Again, there are often signs in English to help visitors or you can always ask someone. English is quite prevalent in Hong Kong, especially among the younger generation. I, personally, didn’t have any language issues during my 3 days in Hong Kong.

Tip: The easiest way to use Hong Kong’s public transit system is with an Octopus Card. These can be used on buses, the metro, on the ferries that connect Kowloon to Hong Kong, and even in some shops.

Where to Stay in Hong Kong for 3 Days

When it comes to finding accommodation in Hong Kong, know in advance that it can be quite expensive. I paid nearly $50CAD a night for a bed in a 9 bed dorm (with the bunks stacked 3 high!) The rooms were tiny, the bathrooms were tinier, but I really just needed a place to sleep at night so it was fine. There are also several options for mid-range and luxury hotel. I’ll make some suggestions after but the real key here is location.

As I mentioned above, Hong Kong is actually made up of several islands. One of these islands is called Hong Kong- so keep that in mind so you don’t get confused. I recommend staying either on Hong Kong Island or in Kowloon. They are divided by the water, but it’s incredibly easy to get back and forth between the two. The skyline from both sides is stunning, especially in the evening when all the buildings light up so I recommend finding accommodation close to the waterfront on either side.

Need some recommendations? Take a look at the following options.

Hostels: The Mahjong

Mid-range: Ibis Hong Kong Central & Sheung Wang  

High-end: Royal Plaza Hotel Hong Kong or Hotel Icon

Where to Eat in Hong Kong

Hong Kong is a foodie paradise. From street food to Michelin rated spots, and more- plan to eat a lot while in Hong Kong.

As with many other countries, the street food is always a good pick. Though some things may seem a bit strange, if you are adventurous you will have no problem finding unique and different things to try. Also, make sure to try bubble waffles. They are an essential must-try when in Hong Kong! 

If you are a big foodie, then you might be interested in booking an actual food tour. T his private Hong Kong food tour will take you to some of the best street vendors in the city allowing you to learn and eat at the same time.

Also keep your eye out for small little counter-type restaurants as you walk through the city. I stumbled across a Michelin-rated spot on my first day in Hong Kong and, after seeing the massive line of locals waiting to place their order, I decided to give it a try. So glad I did, because it ended up being my favourite spot to grab a meal while in Hong Kong. It’s called Cheung Hing Kee Shanghai Pan-Fried Buns and I have since learned that it is considered to be one of the most authentic places to eat in Hong Kong. You can read more about it here .

Another great must-try is Tim Ho Wan. It’s a name known around the world as being the cheapest Michelin starred place in Hong Kong for Dim Sum. I’d say it’s worth a try for sure- I went and enjoyed my meal (especially the pork buns). Though I do recommend trying to find someone to go with so you can try several things. Also try not to go during peak hours because it gets pretty crowded.

If you are looking to splurge on a special Hong Kong experience, I highly recommend going for afternoon tea at the Peninsula Hotel . It’s not cheap, but it’s fancy and a really cool opportunity. They don’t take reservations; it’s a first come first serve basis so get there early. The food is delicious and the room is gorgeous. It’s definitely a fun way to treat yourself.

Another fun splurge is the Ozone Bar at the Ritz Carlton Hotel. It’s the second highest bar in the world. Drinks aren’t cheap, but it’s a fun experience and offers some great views.

Nightlife in Hong Kong

If you are looking to experience Hong Kong’s nightlife, you have a few options. Lan Kwai Fong is the party district where you’ll find tons of bars and clubs and party-goers. It’s the best place to go if you are looking for club-type partying.

If clubbing isn’t your style but you still want to check out the nightlife in Hong Kong, then head to SoHo which is a little more upscale and sophisticated. You will find some great restaurants and bars here, making it a good area to spend an evening.

Not into bars and or clubs? Try one of Hong Kong’s night markets. The best known night market in Hong Kong is the Temple Street night market which caters to both tourists and locals. You can also try the Ladies Night Market or the North Point Night Market. Don’t forget to haggle!

3 Days in Hong Kong Itinerary

Hong kong itinerary day 1: hong kong side.

For your first of 3 days in Hong Kong, I recommend dedicating the entire day to the Hong Kong side (Hong Kong island). This side is steep with plenty of winding streets up the hills. There are also escalators that go in both directions making it easier (and faster) to get to the higher streets. Do take the time to explore some of the streets though. I found plenty of cool like artisan and boutique shops, cute cafes for breakfast and lunch, and I even stumbled across a fashion shoot which was kind of fun. You’ll also find plenty of street art and murals in this area.

The Hong Kong side also has some interesting museums, temples, and attractions that are worth checking out as you explore. Perhaps the best known temple on this island is Man Mo Temple located on Hollywood Road. You may also be interested in the Maritime Museum, the Ferris Wheel (though it’s cooler to experience at night), or Hong Kong Park which is known for its aviary.

Make sure you are at Victoria Peak (sometimes just referred to as The Peak) when the sun starts to set. It gets pretty busy, but the crowds are worth the sunset views. You can pay to go inside to a viewing platform but, honestly, you can get nice views from outside as well. I actually got the shot below from outside the washrooms by the Burger King (who’d have thought?) another good spot is by the walking path to the right of the viewing platform. Stay for the sunset, but also stay a little longer to see Kowloon light up at night. It’s stunning.

Tip: Getting up to Victoria Peak is a bit of an adventure. You can hike up (though it is quite steep), take a bus (along very windy roads, some people get sick). Or take the tram which is the fastest and easiest.

Hong Kong Itinerary Day 2: Kowloon Side

For your second day in Hong Kong, I recommend spending it on the Kowloon side. This is where I stayed and I had a lot of fun wandering around the streets, parks, and malls. It’s much flatter than Hong Kong island, but also a bit more spread out so you’ll still need to rely on a combination of your feet and public transportation.

As with on Hong Kong Island, I think the best way to explore Kowloon is just wander and see what you come across. That being said, there are a few cool attractions that are worth checking out. Keep an eye out for the Sik Sik Yuen Wong Tai Sin Temple, the Chi Lin Nunnery, Kowloon Park, The Avenue of Stars, and The Hong Kong Museum of History. For awesome city views, head to the Tsim Sha Tsui East Promenade

In the evening, you can catch the sunset on this side from Sky100 observatory. This is the tallest building in Hong Kong and offers beautiful panoramic views over Victoria Harbour. You can get tickets here.

After, make sure you head to Victoria Harbour so that you can watch the Symphony of Lights. It’s a free laser light show that highlights the many skyscrapers and buildings that make up Hong Kong’s skyline. Get there early for the best views or, for unimpeded views, you can take  boat tour. Victoria Harbour is also where you can get those classic Hong Kong photos with the junk boats sailing in front of the skyline. 

Hong Kong Itinerary Day 3: Enjoy Hong Kong’s Nature & Other Islands 

One of the reasons that I loved Hong Kong so much is because even though it’s a big, modern city, there’s plenty of greenspace nearby. Both in terms of the local parks, but also with all the hiking trails and beaches and other islands to explore. While the city is amazing, if you have 3 days in Hong Kong please spend at least one day exploring the nearby nature.

There are several great areas where you can enjoy the outdoors in Hong Kong. It all depends on how far you want to go and what kind of activities you want to do. Here are a few suggestions:

Lion’s Rock: The Lion’s Rock is located on Kowloon side and offers some pretty great views. It’s 1600 feet high and most people recommend allowing four hours to hike up and down and enjoy the views. It’s a clearly marked trail, but make sure you bring plenty of drinking water. You can also visit with a local guide for a sunset hike.

The Dragon’s Back Trail: Another popular hike in Hong Kong is the Dragon’s Back trail. It’s actually part of the Hong Kong Trail, though this section is said to be the most scenic. Expect to take about three hours round trip, and keep an eye on the weather. If it’s wet or rainy, then skip it. The path can be really slippery and dangerous. Hike the Dragon’s Back with a local guide here.

Clearwarer Bay: Clearwater Bay is made up of two beaches with soft sand and clear waters that give it a tropical vibe. You can also do a little hiking here for some great viewpoints.

Golden Beach: A resort type beach area. It can be quite crowded, but it makes for a great place to have a beach day.

Lantau Island : If you aren’t feeling hiking or beaches, or maybe the weather just isn’t great for either, then head over to Lantau Island. This is where you can see the Big Buddha and take the scenic Ngong Ping 360 Cable Car up the mountain. Get your cable car tickets here.    There is also a small fishing village on the island called Tai O. It’s famous for it’s stilt houses and fish market. It’s also a popular spot for tourists to take boat rides to try to find the elusive pink dolphins.

Final Tips for 3 Days in Hong Kong

Some may argue that 3 days in Hong Kong may not seem like much, but it’s the perfect amount to experience the highlights and get a taste, especially since Hong Kong can be pretty pricey. While there is lots to see and do, I honestly think the best part of exploring this area is to just walk around and see what you find. Try the street food, check out the temples, and take in the views. I hope you love it as much as I did.

Have more time? There’s lots more to see around Hong Kong or, if you want to switch it up, you can go to Macau for a day.  Or, you can check out Hong Kong’s Disneyland.

Ready to Book Your Trip?

Don’t forget travel insurance!

Please do not travel without travel insurance! I’ve had to use it multiple times throughout my travels and it has saved me thousands of dollars. You can learn more about travel insurance  here . If you are looking for a provider I love and recommend  SafetyWing . For Canadian readers, take a look at  SoNomad.

Book your accommodation

I love and recommend  booking.com  for accommodation. They have a range of hostels, guesthouses, hotels, and resorts. Plus, the platform has a great loyalty program that means the more you book, the more you can save. 

Book your tours

My go-to tour provider that I love to recommend is  GetYourGuide . They have options all over the world and partner with local companies for everything from day trips to food experiences and even airport transfers. 

Get connected

If you want to have data while travelling for online maps or any other needs, an esim is one of the easiest solutions. I’m a big fan of Airalo and have used their sim cards around the world from Brazil to Uzbekistan, Greece to the USA. It’s really easy- you download the app, pick what country you want an esim for, and after you purchase it follow the installation instructions. You can use promo code HANNAH3326 to save $3USD on your next esim purchase. 

Not sure what to pack?

I have destination-specific guides for some countries but you can also check my  travel essentials  and  camera gear  if you are looking for some ideas. 

Looking for a travel buddy?

Check out my group trips!

[…] Kong ended up being a big surprise for me. I spent 3 days in Hong Kong as a little stop on my (really long) way back home to Canada. I didn’t expect to like it; after […]

[…] 4-day layover in Hong Kong after coming back from my most recent trip to Southeast Asia. I planned 3 days in Hong Kong but due to flight times, actually ended up having 4. So, I figured I may as well try somewhere new […]

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

By leaving a comment you agree with the storage and handling of your name and email address by Eat Sleep Breathe Travel. *

Dreaming of Adventure?

Sign up to the Eat Sleep Breathe Travel mail list and stay up to date with all the latest travel tips and stories.

The Perfect 2 Days in Hong Kong Itinerary for First Timers

With its soaring skyline, ancient temples, green valleys, and sizzling noodles, Hong Kong is a feast for the senses. Typically known for its financial prowess and rampant nightlife, this glossy modern city is full of cultural and adventurous activities that range from museum hopping to hiking in the lush valleys and indulging in a culinary journey. 

While you can easily fill a week or longer in Hong Kong, a couple of days is plenty to see the major attractions. The question is how to plan those 2 days in Hong Kong to make the most of your time? 

Whether you’re planning a long layover, visa run, or a weekend getaway in Hong Kong, my itinerary aims to give you a taste of everything the city has to offer in a short trip. 

* Disclosure: This post contains a few affiliate links, which means I may receive a small commission, at no cost to you, if you make a purchase through my link. *

Table of Contents

Overview of Your Weekend in Hong Kong

Breakdown of your 2 days in hong kong itinerary.

• Day 1 (Hong Kong Island): Man Mo Temple, Dr Sun Yat-sen Museum, Hong Kong Park, Victoria Peak, Tim Ho Wan, Victoria Harbor, Fok Cheok Building, Red Incense Burner Summit, Lan Kwai Fong
• Day 2 (Lantau Island & Kowloon): Lantau Island (Tian Tan Buddha & Tai-O Fishing Village), Museum of Art, Junk Boat Evening Cruise, Tsim Sha Tsui Waterfront/Avenue of Stars, Mon Kok/Ladies Market 

Map for your weekend in Hong Kong

Below you can find a customized map that includes all the locations you’re going to visit on this Hong Kong itinerary.

I marked your 2 days in Hong Kong with different colors – I used blue for the first day and orange for the second day, so you can easily see which places you’re going to visit each day.

How to use this map: This map is fully interactive, so you can move around, zoom in/zoom out, and click on the icons. If you want to see a larger map, click on the bracket in the upper right corner. To see more details and the different layers, click on the tab in the upper left corner. If you want to save it for later, click on the star icon next to the name of the map. Then simply open Google Maps either on your desktop or phone, go to ‘Saved’/’Maps’, and open the map whenever you need it.

Day 1 of your 2 Days in Hong Kong

Man mo temple .

It’s going to be a busy couple of days so let’s start your weekend in Hong Kong by grabbing some solitude at one of the oldest Tao temples in Hong Kong. Constructed in the mid-1800s, Man Mo Temple remains a working place of worship for Hong Kong locals.

The ‘Man’ are the gods of literature while ‘Mo’ are war deities. Inside the temple, you will see (and smell) hundreds of incense coils hanging from the ceiling. 

The temple is open to guests 8 am – 6 pm, daily, and there is no admission charge to enter but you must dress conservatively. It is located a 5-minute walk from Sheung Wan MTR station. 

Dr Sun Yat-sen Museum 

There are heaps of museums in Hong Kong and for your 2 days in Hong Kong itinerary, I’m going to suggest you visit the Dr Sun Yat-sen Museum.

Dr Sun Yat-sen was a revolutionary philosopher and politician who devoted his life to overthrowing the Qing Dynasty and establishing the Republic of China. The ancient artifacts glean insight into his life and career as well as the position Hong Kong played in the reformation of modern-day China.

The museum is open from 10 am to 6 pm on Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, and Friday and between 10 am – 7 pm on Saturday, Sunday, and public holidays (it’s closed on Thursdays).

Admission to the permanent galleries is free but you will need to pay for any special exhibitions. The museum is a 10-minute walk from the Man Mo Temple. 

Hong Kong Zoological & Botanical Gardens/Hong Kong Park 

Not far from your first two attractions sit two of Hong Kong’s most beautiful parks. The Hong Kong Zoological & Botanical Gardens is a 10-minute walk from the museum and features a huge greenhouse teeming with tropical foliage including orchids, roses, camellias, and azaleas.

You can also view a menagerie of mammals, reptiles, and birds that include orangutans, flamingos, and tortoises. From the zoological and botanical gardens, you can continue to Hong Kong Park which features landscaped gardens, ponds, and a viewpoint. 

Entrance to all areas of both parks is free. The greenhouse is open 9 am – 4.30 pm and the surrounding terrace garden is open 5 am – 10 pm. Hong Kong Park is open between 6 am and 11 pm ( the Edward Youde Aviary is temporarily closed until 31st December 2023 for improvement works).

You may prefer to spend longer in the museum and then walk through one or both gardens, or skip either the museum or gardens based on what the weather is doing during your Hong Kong trip. It’s completely up to you!

Victoria Peak 

One thing you don’t want to skip during your 2 days in Hong Kong is the view from the highest point in the city! The quickest and most exciting way to get to the top of Victoria Peak is by funicular, departing from the Lower Terminus and functioning 7 am – 10 pm, daily (it departs every 15 to 20 minutes).

You can purchase tickets at the tram station although as the attraction is very popular, prepare to queue for 15-30 minutes. Tickets vary based on how much of the Peak you want to access. A regular adult return is 88 HKD ($11 US) but if you also want to go to the Sky Terrace it’s 148 HKD ($18.80 US). 

The view is absolutely beautiful both during the day and night, so it’s completely up to you when you want to visit. As the Peak Tram departs near Hong Kong Park, you can go up there straight after walking around the park.

Or, if you would rather see the city in the dark, you can decide to go up to Victoria Peak after you’ve seen the sunset on Braemar Hill (more about this later!).

Tim Ho Wan 

After all the culture and walking this morning, you can satisfy your hunger with dim sum at the world’s cheapest Michelin star restaurant!

There are several outposts of the franchise in Hong Kong but the one in the IFC Mall, Central Hong Kong, is ideally placed for a late lunch today and shouldn’t be missed when you’re exploring Hong Kong in 2 days. Tim Ho Wan is a 20-minute walk from Hong Kong Park. 

Victoria Harbour

Leaving the restaurant you have the option to walk along the Victoria Harbour promenade which provides a view of Kowloon as well as a chance to take in the heights of the Hong Kong Central skyline.

The walk from the IPC Mall to Golden Bauhinia Square will take 30-45 minutes depending on how many photo stops you want to take. 

Fok Cheok ‘Monster’ Building 

Together with the Montane Mansion, the Oceanic Building, the Yick Fat Building, and the Yick Cheong Building, the Fok Cheok Building is one of the most interesting sights in Hong Kong.

Also known as the Monster Building, these five apartment blocks were erected in the 1960s for low-income residents and feature units stacked on top of one another.  

Take the MTR from Wan Chai Station to Quarry Bay Station (25 minutes). To honor the privacy of the residents, the inner courtyard is no longer open to the public but you can still appreciate the phenomenal architecture and take photos of the exteriors. 

Sunset on Braemar Hill

Fingers crossed for clear skies during your 2 days in Hong Kong. If so, you can catch a spectacular sunset from the famous Red Incense Burner Summit on Braemar Hill, with an elevation of 200 meters (660 feet) over the urban streets.

Even if there are clouds, you will still be rewarded with one of the most exhilarating night views of Hong Kong Central and across the harbor to Kowloon.

Go back to the MTR at Quarry Bay and alight at Tin Hau Station, where you need to catch the 49M bus that will bring you all the way up to Braemer Hill Bus Terminus (the whole journey takes approximately 30 minutes).

Right after you arrive at Braemar Hill Station, you will see a small school by the road – you need to start walking in direction of the school.

At the end of the road, you will see a small fence but don’t let it discourage you, you will need to climb over it to access the Braemar Stream hiking trails. From this point, you will need to follow the road until you get to a crossroad.

If you go right, you will soon find yourself at the Red Incense Burner Summit but heads up – it’s usually super crowded so you definitely won’t be alone.

If you’re feeling a little adventurous and you don’t want to spend the sunset among the crowds, you can go left and explore a little bit more!

You will find a few great viewpoints so you can stop basically anywhere but if you want to find the exact spot you can see in the below pictures, put these coordinates in your Google maps. You will need to climb up into the bushes on a small path to reach this rock but trust me, it’s completely worth it!

Once the sunset is over and you’re ready to head back to the city, just go back on the same route to the bus station where you can catch a bus. It’s worth bringing a flashlight to help you find your way back down in the dark.

Lan Kwai Fong

If you still have some energy, round off the first evening of your Hong Kong 2 day itinerary and indulge in the energetic nightlife in Lan Kwai Fong.

Located in the heart of Hong Kong Center, Lan Kwai Fong is dubbed the Soho of Hong Kong. Narrow streets jostle with bars and restaurants offering all types of food as well as affordable beers and cocktails. 

You can easily reach Lan Kwai Fong from Braemer Hill within 35 minutes by hopping on bus 25 at Braemer Hill Bus Terminus and getting off at Pedder Street.

Day 2 of Your 2 Days in Hong Kong

Lantau island .

Lantau Island is one of the most popular islands in the Hong Kong territories to visit as it allows a glimpse at what the city was like before the finance industry boomed.

I suggest arriving early and spending the whole morning on Lantau Island but you can easily spend an entire day of your weekend getaway in Hong Kong here if you love nature. 

To reach Lantau Island, take the MTR to Tung Chung then walk to the Ngong Ping Cable Car Tung Chung Station.

A standard adult return trip on the Ngong Ping 360 costs 235 HKD ($30 US) or you can upgrade to a crystal or private cabin. You can buy the ticket at the station or book online to save some time.

Ngong Ping 360 is available 10 am – 6 pm, daily. 

Tian Tan Buddha 

A highlight of Lantau Island as well as your 2 days in Hong Kong is the Tian Tan Buddha who presides over the Po Lin Monastery and Ngong Ping Village.

This representation of Buddha Shakyamuni is the second largest outdoor sitting Buddha in the world and symbolizes harmony between man and nature. You can appreciate it from the ground before climbing up 268 steps to reach the base for a closer look as well as a panoramic view of the surrounding mountains. 

You’ll alight the cable car near here so you could make this your first spot and visit before it gets crowded. It’s free to visit Tian Tan Buddha but if you want to go inside the exhibition hall it costs 78 HKD ($10 US). 

After seeing the Buddha you can have a wander around Ngong Ping Village and follow the Wisdom Path, a short hike that is populated with wooden prayer monuments and beautiful views of the surrounding nature.

You can follow the path for 20 minutes and then head to the Tai-O Fishing Village or you can continue hiking all the way down to Tong Fuk village and beach.

Tai-O Fishing Village

Located on the west of the island, Tai-O Fishing Village is the habitat of the Tanka community who follows a traditional way of life. Some of the residents still live in houses built on stilts over the water.

However, after a devastating fire in 2000, a lot of the homes were lost and now you will find some peculiar metal houses in their place. You can walk around the village (which straddles a second island) and see Buddhist temples, shrines, and markets. 

For lunch today you can try the local specialty, Tai O Husband, which is a shrimp and pork pancake. If that doesn’t tickle your tastebuds, there are loads of fresh fish eateries and Solo is the best place for coffee and cake. 

You can walk to the fishing village in 90 minutes or save time by hopping on bus 21 from Ngong Ping Village. From the village, you will need to cross the rope-drawn ferry bridge to reach the second half of Tai-O Fishing Village.  

Hong Kong Museum of Art 

Depending on how long you spend on Lantau Island, you have the option to squeeze some art into your 2 days in Hong Kong. With over 17,000 pieces in its collection, the Hong Kong Museum of Art is the best place to get your fix of art.  

The museum is open Monday – Wednesday, Friday, 10 am – 6 pm and Saturday, Sunday, and public holidays, 10 am – 7 pm (closed on Thursdays). Admission is free for the permanent exhibitions.

You can take the MTR from Tung Chung to East Tsim Sha Tsui Station (change at Nam Cheong) which takes around 1 hour. Even if you skip the museum, this is where you need to be for the next item on today’s agenda. 

Junk Boat Cruise

The fluttering fully battened sails of these Chinese sailing vessels in their striking red hue are synonymous with the identity of Hong Kong. Originating in China, these ships were primarily used for trading but now they are used for tourism.

Junk boats are available for private hire if you have a large group (and a large budget!) but if that’s not the case you can still hop aboard an evening cruise in Victoria Harbor. 

Tsim Sha Tsui Waterfront/Avenue of Stars 

A walk along Tsim Sha Tsui Waterfront affords a breathtaking view of the Hong Kong Island skyline. This is pleasant at any time of day so you can do it while you wait for your junk boat cruise or do it afterward when the skyscrapers are bathed in city night lights.

While you’re here you can also pay a visit to the Avenue of Stars which is Hong Kong’s version of the Walk of Fame in Hollywood. 

Mon Kok/Ladies Market 

Conclude the end of your 2 days in Hong Kong itinerary with a trip to Mon Kok which is brimming with markets, eclectic boutiques, sneaker stores, and street food. During the night, all the neon signs pop out and it’s a wonder to explore and take photos even if you don’t want to shop.

For street food, you want to head to Sai Yeung Choi Street, Dundas Street, Fa Yuen Street, and Soy Street where you can try all the Hong Kong delicacies. 

Mon Kok leads to Ladies Market where you can buy designer knock-offs at great prices. As the name suggests, the market has a monopoly in Hong Kong on women’s clothing and accessories. 

Useful Info for Spending 2 Days Hong Kong

Where to stay in hong kong.

• Luxury: The Ritz-Carlton Hong Kong
• Mid-Range: Harbour Grand Hong Kong
• Budget: Wanchai 88

How to get to Hong Kong

Hong Kong is served by the Hong Kong International Airport (HKG) which is located on the western island, Chek Lap Kok. Major airlines connect Hong Kong to international destinations and non-stop flights are available from the US, Europe, mainland China, and other Asian cities. 

Furthermore, there are six overland border crossings between Hong Kong and China. It is also possible to take a ferry from Macau to Hong Kong (this is a popular day trip from Hong Kong if you plan a longer stay).

Best time to visit Hong Kong

Hong Kong experiences a warm and temperature climate year-round that is divided into four distinct seasons. 

Spring (March to May) is pleasant with day temperatures reaching 24°C (75°F) although rainfall is unpredictable. Temperatures rise to 30°C (86°F) during summer (June to August) with high levels of humidity and the risk of frequent storms and even tornados.

Attractions and tours are often closed and postponed during a tornado alert. Do take this into account if you plan your weekend in Hong Kong during these months.

Autumn (September to November) is lovely with daytime temperatures hovering around a balmy 26°C (79°F) and less rainfall. Winter (December to February) is very comfortable and sees daily temperatures of 17-20°C (62-68°F). This is the driest time of year and is the optimum time for hiking in Hong Kong. 

How to get around Hong Kong

Many of the attractions on this Hong Kong 2 day itinerary are accessible on foot. When you need to travel further distances, Hong Kong has one of the most efficient public transport systems in the world.

You can buy an Octopus contactless card which is the cheapest and easiest way to get around. The Tourist Octopus Card (sold version) costs 39 HKD ($5 US) and is available at 7-Eleven and Circle K convenience stores as well as the airport and MTR stations.

Once you add credit you can use it to pay for travel as well as to pay for food and goods at certain restaurants and shops. 

The easiest way to get around Hong Kong is via the Mass Transit Railway (MTR). This subway covers all the major territories and is very cost-effective, with journey pricing varying based on the distance covered.

Hong Kong is well served by public buses and you can use Google Maps to check departures near you. If you don’t get the Octopus card you will need the exact fare to pay for your bus ride. The same goes if you want to take the trams that connect the northern districts of Hong Kong Island. 

If you want to hop between Hong Kong Island and Kowloon you can take the Star Ferry across Victoria Harbor. Services operate frequently and you can tap in with your Octopus card. 

Uber and subsequent rideshare apps never took off in Hong Kong. The public transport is so efficient you’ll probably not need to use taxis but you can download the HKTaxi app in case you do need one. For ease of exploring Hong Kong, you might want to download the free app Citymapper.

Pin It for Later!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

• Visa Application Helpline

Subscribe to our newsletter

Learn how to live a sustainable long-term travel lifestyle.

By signing up, you agree to the our terms and our Privacy Policy agreement.

Top 27 Places to visit in Darjeeling, Explore the Beautiful Hills of Darjeeling

Top 10 things to do when traveling to shimla: shimla travel guide, the ultimate paris travel guidelines for first timers | top attractions & things to do.

The Best 4-Day Hong Kong Itinerary: Explore the City’s Highlights

Hong Kong is a vibrant and dynamic city on the southern coast of China. As a Special Administrative Region (SAR), it has a high degree of autonomy and a diverse population. Known as a shopper’s paradise and the “Pearl of the Orient,” Hong Kong boasts a bright skyline, modern architecture, and a blend of traditional Chinese customs with modern Western influences.

I visited Hong Kong in August 2023 and was amazed by the high-rise buildings and unique cultures. The city’s culinary scene is renowned, offering everything from traditional dim sum to international cuisines. Major attractions include Victoria Peak, Victoria Harbour, Disneyland, Ocean Park, and bustling shopping districts like Causeway Bay and Mong Kok. Cantonese and English are the official languages, with English widely used in business and government.

However, I found Hong Kong quite expensive, especially when it came to accommodation. The small hotel rooms were costly, a stark contrast to the more spacious and affordable options in Malaysia.

Explore the best of Hong Kong in 4 days with this updated itinerary. From delicious street food to breathtaking views, get ready for an unforgettable adventure!

WHAT IS COVERED IN THIS ARTICLE?

Planning a Trip to Hong Kong: Preparations

Planning a trip to Hong Kong can be an exciting experience! Here are some essential reparations to make before your journey:

• Visa Requirements: Hong Kong has a relaxed visa policy, allowing most visitors to enter without a visa in advance. However, the rules can vary based on your nationality and intended length of stay. Typically, visitors are granted a stay of 7 to 90 days upon arrival. If you plan to stay longer, it’s advisable to apply for a visa beforehand. Always verify the requirements with the Hong Kong Immigration Department or your local consulate before traveling.
• Travel Documents: Ensure your passport is valid for at least six months from your departure date. Depending on your nationality, you may need a visa, so check requirements early.
• Flight and Accommodation: Book your flights and accommodations in advance, considering locations convenient to your planned activities.
• Travel Insurance: Purchase travel insurance covering medical emergencies, trip cancellations, and lost baggage.
• Currency Exchange: Hong Kong uses the Hong Kong Dollar (HKD). Consider getting an Octopus payment card for cashless transactions, especially for transportation. Some credit cards also offer benefits, albeit with extra fees.
• Language: English is widely spoken, but learning basic Cantonese phrases or using translation apps can be helpful.
• Weather and Packing: Check the weather forecast and pack, accordingly, including rain gear if needed.
• Adapters and Power Plugs: Hong Kong uses a three-prong power plug (220V). Bring suitable adapters and transformers for your devices.
• Local Customs: Respect local customs, especially when visiting cultural sites.
• Health Precautions: Check if vaccinations or health precautions are necessary and carry essential medications.
• Research Attractions: Plan your itinerary with a mix of cultural landmarks, markets, and outdoor activities.
• Public Transportation: Familiarize yourself with Hong Kong’s public transport, including the MTR and buses. Consider getting an Octopus Card for convenience.
• Safety: Hong Kong is generally safe, but use common sense and keep belongings secure.

When is The Best Time to Visit Hong Kong?

Being a sub-tropical region, Hong Kong enjoys four main seasons that make the destination suitable to visit all-round the year. Each season offers different aspects of the city. Autumn (September to November) is generally considered the best time to visit Hong Kong.

The temperature is around 19 to 28 degrees Celsius and perfect for outdoor activities and exploring the city’s landmarks. For those who like Winter the temperature in Hong Kong doesn’t go below 12 degrees. Hence, you can opt to visit the city in Winter and Spring. Try to avoid the Summer, as it’s hot, humid and not suitable for sightseeing and is often accompanied with rain.

4 Days in Hong Kong Itinerary

We’ll start the day with some colorful buildings which will brighten your day instantly. After breakfast, hop on one of the double-decker buses and head to the Choi Hung Estate Instagram sensation. We’ll start our journey here and then continue and visit some other interesting tourist attractions.

Hong Kong Day 1:

On your first day in Hong Kong, you’ll likely arrive at Hong Kong International Airport. From there, you can take a train, bus, or the iconic red taxis to reach your pre-booked hotel or accommodation. Once you’ve settled in, it’s time to start exploring the places listed in this itinerary.

Choi Hung Estate:

This residential area, in the heart of Hong Kong is visited by hundreds of tourists every day. Everyone wants to have that Insta-perfect picture. My advice would be to arrive here as early as possible since the place tends to get crowded quickly.

Choi Hung Estate is situated on the top of a car park and is not exactly easy to find. If you’re having trouble finding it, make sure to ask a few locals. They would be more than happy to guide you. After arriving, make sure to respect a few simple rules:

• Don’t interrupt the basketball games.
• Don’t make too much noise, people live there.

Nan Lian Garden:

There are many beautiful gardens in many Asian countries, but none are as fascinating as the Nan Lian Garden in Hong Kong. Once you take the first step inside this garden, you’ll feel peaceful and relaxed. The garden was built during the Tang Dynasty and every tree, stone or pond is arranged according to the Tang style.

Although the Nan Lian Garden is not big, it’s perfect to take a walk and escape the chaos of Hong Kong. This oasis of tranquility also has a souvenir shop (the prices are a bit higher than in the rest of the city), a vegetarian restaurant and a Chinese tea house. I would definitely recommend you add this place to your 4-day Hong Kong itinerary. Another good part is that there is no entrance fee!

Chi Lin Nunnery:

Right across the street from the Nan Lian Garden is the Chi Lin Nunnery , built in 1934. This beautiful temple complex with incredible wooden details and carvings is situated in the Diamond Hill area. If you’re in the area, it would be a shame not to visit it.

The temple hosts some amazing statues made from gold, clay or wood, dedicated to Sakyamuni Buddha and Guanyin.  The Chi Lin Nunnery also has a traditional Tang Dynasty architecture, but the most impressive thing is that no nails were used to build this temple. Chi Lin Nunnery holds the record for the biggest hand-made wooden building and is one of the most beautiful tourist attractions in Hong Kong.

Kowloon Walled City Park:

Even though there is a mini museum inside the park, I recommend watching this documentary before visiting. The Kowloon Walled City Park  used to be the densest city in the world. Even though it was situated in the heart of Hong Kong, the Walled City was a place where crime and vice thrived. Even the local police were afraid to get inside this city.

Kowloon had a population of 50,000 residents, all living in an area of 2.6 hectares. In the early 90’s the government decided to entirely demolish the city and a few years later in the exact place where the city was built, a park was opened to the public. Nowadays, the park is a quiet place, where locals come to relax and where ex-residents of Kowloon Walled City come to remember the old days.

There is a small museum in the center of the park where you can see images and read the history of the Walled City.

Hau Wong Temple:  Right near the park is the Hau Wong Temple. The temple was built in 1730 and even though it is quite small, this temple is really beautiful. Here you can find important artifacts and beautiful Chinese calligraphy.

Avenue of Stars :

Take the direct bus number 1 from the Hau Wong Temple and head straight to the famous Avenue of Stars . This waterfront promenade offers some of the best views towards Hong Kong’s skyscrapers. The idea behind the Avenue of Stars is similar to the Hollywood Walk of Fame. This walkway honors the most important celebrities from Hong Kong’s film industry.

If you want some awesome pictures with the Hong Kong skyline, this is the place to be! It is also a popular spot to watch the daily light show called the Symphony of Lights but for that I have an even better idea.

Mong Kok District:

From the Avenue of stars take the double-decker or the subway to Mong Kok, the busiest district in Hong Kong. In Cantonese, “Mong Kong” means “crowded corner” so get ready for a bit of chaos. With countless shopping malls and convenience stores this place is heaven for shopping addicts.

Also, here you can find many street food stalls. If you’re feeling adventurous, I recommend you try the local street food. You will find local dishes such as fish tofu and stinky balls and also international dishes such as pizza.

Temple Street Night Market:

After escaping the crowded Mong Kok, take the bus to the famous Temple Street Night Market . Now it’s time to buy souvenirs for the loved ones back home. Here you will find magnets, clothes, accessories, electronics and pretty much anything you can think of! The prices are decent but don’t forget to bargain!

You can easily save up a few bucks! As soon as the sun sets, the Temple Street Market opens and welcomes its visitors. Both tourists and locals shop here and it’s a really nice place to feel the vibe of the city. To get an awesome shot from above the market, head to the parking lot, where the market ends and get your camera ready to catch some colorful photos!

Hong Kong Day 2:

Ngong ping 360 cable car:.

Take the subway to Lantau Island and head straight to the Ngong Ping 360 Cable Car . The 20-minute ride will take you through Hong Kong’s most beautiful scenery. If the sights are not enough for you, you can take the Crystal Cabin (it costs a bit more) which has a transparent glass floor. The Ngong Ping 360 Cable Car is a tourist attraction itself and one of the coolest things to do in Hong Kong.

Tian Tan Big Buddha:

Our next stop is the Tian Tan Big Buddha , situated right next to the cable car. This bronze statue of Buddha Shakyamuni impresses through its size and beauty. As you walk towards the statue, you’ll find six smaller bronze statues, known as “The Offering of the Six Devas”.

To get to the Big Buddha, you will have to climb no more and no less than 268 steps. I recommend wearing some comfortable shoes. While you’re in the area, I also recommend visiting the Po Lin Monastery. It’s a really nice way to experience first-hand Hong Kong’s culture.

Monster Building:

After being featured in the Transformers – Age of Extinction movie, the Monster Building , as it’s called by locals, has become an internet sensation. To get that perfect picture surrounded by the apartment buildings from the Montane Mansion, you’ll have to queue for a while.

The Monster Building has two courtyards where you can take photos. If the first one is too crowded, try the second one. Apart from photography enthusiasts, here you will also meet many local people who seem to not even notice the tourists searching for the best photo angle. You’ll see them playing Mahjong and drinking tea.

Victoria Peak Tram :

After experiencing first-hand how locals live in Hong Kong, it’s time to head to the Victoria Peak Tram and enjoy one of the most scenic rides in the city. On your way to the top, you will pass by tall skyscrapers, dense forest and beautiful private villas.

Victoria Peak Viewpoint:

Victoria Peak Viewpoint: Once you get off the Victoria Peak Tram, head to one of the free viewing platforms. If you want, you can also go to the Sky Terrace 428 although I honestly don’t recommend it. While the view from Victoria Peak is beautiful, it’s definitely not the best one. Walk for a few minutes and you will get to a hidden gem, with a wider view and less tourists.

Lugard Road Viewpoint:

Lugard Road Viewpoint: Lugard Road is not actually a road but a path through the forest. From the Victoria Peak follow the path for about 15 minutes and you will get to this incredible viewpoint. Well hidden from tourists and with no entrance fee, this was my favorite place to watch the sunset in Hong Kong.

Take your time to watch how one by one, the skyscrapers light up. Slowly, the sunlight is replaced by neon lights and the night takes over the city. It is a truly wonderful sight. Don’t forget your camera home as you will definitely want to capture these moments.

Ride in the Star Ferry:

Head back to the Victoria Peak Tram, get back down and head to the Central Pier No. 7 ( Star Ferry Pier ) and catch the 8pm ferry (from the Victoria Peak Tram there is a direct bus to the pier). If you catch this exact ferry, you will be one of the few lucky ones who will get to experience the Symphony of Lights from a ferry.

Make sure to sit near a window and enjoy the show! The Symphony of Lights is a daily multimedia show where the buildings in the Victoria Harbour light up on the sound of music. At the end of the show, be prepared to admire the fireworks!

Hong Kong Day 3: Day Trip to Macau:

Take the ferry to Macau and explore another spectacular city. Day trips from Hong Kong to Macau are really popular since the ferries run every 15 minutes. Make sure to bring your passport with you! Most travelers don’t require a visa to enter Macau, but you can check out more about visa requirements here.

To explore the city, I recommend taking the hop on and hop off bus straight from the ferry terminal in Macau. The bus has 16 stops and it covers all the important tourist attractions in the city. Some of the attractions you can’t miss are: Macau Tower, A-ma Temple and of course, the famous casinos.

Hong Kong Day 4: Day Trip to Hongkong Disneyland:

Disneyland Hong Kong is one of the most visited theme parks in Asia and you should definitely visit it if you’re looking for some fun. Make sure to avoid holidays and the weekend since the park gets extremely crowded and you don’t want to spend hours queuing for rides.

To skip the lines, you can use the free fast passes. Near each important ride there is a ticketing machine that will issue a ticket with a “return time”. Make sure to be back at the time indicated on your ticket and enjoy a shorter queue! Some of the most popular attractions are Big Grizzly Mountain Coaster, Iron Man Experience, Mystic Manor and Tarzan’s Treehouse.

Hong Kong 4-Day Itinerary – Tips & Tricks

If you have 4 days in Hong Kong there’s a couple of useful tips, I can share to help you make the most of your visit. Cram the nearby attractions in central Hong Kong like Peak Tower, Hong Kong Park, Zoo in one day to save time and make the most out of it.

Walk as Much as You Can: Hong Kong is a really beautiful city and there is no better way to experience it than by walking. You will find fascinating hidden alleys and you will have more time to admire the tall, crowded buildings around you.

Use Public Transport: The public transport in Hong Kong is awesome! The buses and the subway are really reliable, affordable and fast. Yes, taxis might be more comfortable but trust me, you don’t want to be stuck in traffic in Hong Kong. Tip: When using the double-decker buses, head to the upper floor and sit in the front row. You will have the best view!

Try the Local Food: Stop at small, local restaurants to grab something to eat or try the street food. The food in Hong Kong might be a bit weird, especially for Westerners but it’s definitely worth a try!

Wear Comfortable Clothing: Throughout the year, Hong Kong’s weather is pleasant and on the hotter side. Hence, pack comfortable clothing and shoes for staying cool throughout the day. If you choose to visit the city’s attraction by public transport, wear comfortable shoes for walking and wear shades and always carry sunscreen for reapplication.

Where to Stay in Hong Kong?

Hong Kong is known to be a crowded city. Therefore, the bigger the hotel room is, the more you’re going to pay. There are accommodation options for each budget. You’ll definitely find something suitable for your needs! If you feel like splurging, I recommend the Grand Hyatt Hong Kong .

This hotel has some dreamy views and an incredible pool. Also, the rooms are incredibly spacious and very comfortable. The Grand Hyatt has all the amenities of a luxury hotel. If you’re on a budget, I recommend the City Oasis Guesthouse . Situated in a beautiful area on Lantau Island, this place is perfect to relax after a day full of sightseeing.

What to Eat in Hong Kong?

Hong Kong is a palace for foodies! Numerous kinds of food can be found, from local Cantonese cuisine, street snacks, to world famous Michelin star restaurants , to diverse types of international dishes. You will never worry about what to eat in Hong Kong but may be wonder which one(s) to choose for this time.

To try some local flavors of the cafes, like the Hong Kong-style milk tea , pineapple bun with butter , etc.  which are good for a first try. Also, dim sum is not to be missed. Over 1,000 different types of exquisite dim sum , including shrimp dumpling, Sui Mai, etc. are easy to find and will surely tempt you.

Remember to try the egg puffs from the street stalls, which are delicious and interesting. Dundas Street at Mong Kok is really famous for its local street snacks. To try more Hong Kong local food, you can go for the roasted goose, roasted pork, Wonton Noodles, Char Sui, egg tarts, etc. It is really highly recommended to try seafood there as they are really fresh and flavorful. Among all these dishes, Hong Kong style stir-fried crab is a must-order one.

Furthermore, as Hong Kong is an inclusive international city, you can find many dishes from other countries, like French cuisine, Italian cuisine, American cuisine, Indian cuisine, Thai cuisine, Japanese food, etc. Of course, other regional cuisines of China can also be found, like hot pot, Sichuan food, Hunan food, Shanghai food, etc. Prepare your stomach and make all the gourmets to please your taste bud to the utmost!

Budget for Hong Kong 4-Day Itinerary

For 4 days/5 night’s stay at a comfortable 4-star property along with flights, meals, sightseeing and miscellaneous, the budget would be.

Flights (Economy) : It costs around $250 to $400 for a round trip per person from Malaysia. The cost can vary for other countries and for one-stop flights.

Accommodation : You can expect to spend $50 including taxes per person for a budget hotel or hostel . Mid-range: $100 – $200 per night for a standard hotel and Luxury: $200+ per night for upscale hotels or resorts. The rates will vary depending on the locality.

Transportation (Through MTR/ Public Buses/Cabs) : Octopus Card (for public transport): $20 – $50 for initial card and top-ups. Airport transfer: $5 – $30 depending on mode of transport (bus, train, taxi). Daily transportation (MTR, buses, trams): $5 – $10 per day.

Meals (Lunch and Dinner) : Street food and local eateries: $5 – $15 per meal. Mid-range restaurants: $15 – $30 per meal. Fine dining or international cuisine: $30+ per meal.

Activities and Attractions: Victoria Peak Tram: $10 – $20 round trip. Disneyland or Ocean Park: $60 – $100 for admission. Museums and cultural sites: $5 – $20 per entry.

Miscellaneous Shopping : SIM card for data: $10 – $30 depending on data plan. Souvenirs and shopping: $20 – $50 per day. Emergency or contingency fund: $50 – $100 for unexpected expenses.

Based on these estimates, a budget traveler might spend around $100 – $150 per day, while a mid-range traveler could budget $200 – $300 per day. Luxury travelers may budget $400+ per day. Keep in mind that these are rough estimates and actual costs may vary based on personal preferences, exchange rates, and specific choices of accommodation, dining, and activities. It’s always wise to have some extra funds for unexpected expenses or special experiences you might want to indulge in during your trip.

In my experience, a four-day itinerary in Hong Kong offers an unforgettable journey through a city that seamlessly blends tradition with modernity. From the bustling streets of Central to the enchanting magic of Hong Kong Disneyland, the tranquility of Lantau Island’s Big Buddha, and the vibrant neighborhoods of Mong Kok and Causeway Bay, each day presents a unique and enriching experience.

Though limited in time, this itinerary provides a taste of Hong Kong’s diverse culture, history, and culinary delights. Whether you’re a history buff, a foodie, or an adventure seeker, Hong Kong has something to offer everyone. As I bid farewell, I carry with me the spirit of this dynamic city and the memories of its captivating charm. Until we meet again, safe travels, and may your next adventure be just as thrilling!

Related Posts

The best maldives itinerary: cost-breakdown of maldives vacation packages (4 to 7 days), new zealand itinerary & tour packages to design the perfect vacation, best macau trip itinerary: a day macau trip plan from hong kong or mainland china, the best hong kong travel guide: everything you need to know.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Type above and press Enter to search. Press Esc to cancel.

How to Spend Four Days in Hong Kong: The 2024 Edition

Hong Kong is a place that has to be visited to be described. A cradle of culture, mouthwatering cuisine, towering skyscrapers and lush parks, this city state leaves no room for apathy. 

Old meets new with fishing villages stuck in time, encapsulating the harbor’s humble beginnings, to some of the world’s most modern infrastructure less than an hour away. 

There is no one way to discover the city. Stumble down streets lit with neon after a traditional seafood meal, looking at kitsch that is simultaneously tacky and a must-have. Sip cocktails atop one of the tallest buildings in the world while gazing down at the concrete jungle below. Take a hike through the green hills that make up three quarters of this country.

No matter your travel style, interests, or budget, I can say with confidence there’s a way to make Hong Kong fit your needs. 

Four days in Hong Kong (with a day trip out to Macau) is the perfect amount of time to explore the highlights.

During your first three days in town, explore the three main areas of Hong Kong: Hong Kong Island, Lantau Island, and Kowloon. Devote a day to each of these; enough time to sample some of the biggest highlights they have to offer. By visiting all three areas, you’ll weave together a vibrant mosaic of Hong Kong, with each district contributing its distinctive colors and textures. On your fourth day, I recommend taking the ferry over to Macau for an unexpected sampling of Portuguese culture.

Today, I’m going to be sharing how I spent my most recent four days in Hong Kong and how to make the most of your time here. Let’s jump right in.

Day One: It’s All About Hong Kong Island

I highly recommend staying in the Tsim Sha Tsui area of Kowloon if you’re a first-time visitor to Hong Kong. This part of town is extremely walkable, centrally located, and close to most of the attractions, so it makes most sense to stay here — Hotel ICON is my favourite spot in this area and I have a full review of the property at the end of this article.

Either way, my guide starts with the assumption that you’ll kick off your adventures on this side of the channel. 

If you don’t get breakfast in your accommodation, I recommend starting your first day with a delicious meal at the Australia Dairy Company.

This place is a true Hong Kong institution. It opened way back in 1970, making it one of the longest continuously running restaurants in the city. This isn’t a place to order yourself a flat white and a plate of smashed avo, however! No, this is the place to be if you’re keen to experience a traditional Hong Kong-style breakfast. The name is actually due to the dairy products the restaurant uses, which it imports in from a Land Down Under .

I always recommend jumping in at the deep end when it comes to sampling food in a new city, and if you subscribe to the same beliefs, you’ll be keen to order the macaroni soup with ham — yes, this is a breakfast dish here! — or sweet milk pudding. If these dishes feel like a step too large for your first morning in town, opt for the French toast or eggs and ham on toast.

The food is fantastic, but there’s one other reason why I recommend heading here on your first day in Hong Kong: to get you used to the gruff service that reigns supreme across the budget eateries in town. Don’t expect smiles and patience from the staff here; they’re stern, efficient, and only too happy to scold you if they think you’re taking too long to order. Embrace it! This is part of Hong Kong culture, so don’t take offense: they treat every visitor exactly the same.

With breakfast done and dusted, it’s time to get yourself over to Hong Kong Island, where you’ll be spending the majority of day one.

The ferry terminal is roughly a 20 minute walk from the Tsim Sha Tsui neighbourhood, and as long as the weather isn’t too hot and humid, I recommend getting there on foot. This is a great way to soak up the sights, sounds, and smells of Hong Kong, especially if you can walk along the beautiful Tsim Sha Tsui Promenade to get there.

If walking isn’t feasible, Uber exists in Hong Kong and wins for being the quickest, easiest, and most convenient transportation option in town. Having said that, Hong Kong is actually home to some of the best public transportation in the world, so you might want to consider using your first local bus to get to the ferry terminal. Buses 1, 2, and 6 take you from Tsim Sha Tsui to the pier in less than 10 minutes. 

I’ll take this moment now to introduce you to the Octopus card . An Octopus card is an essential purchase for anybody who plans to spend time in Hong Kong. This is a reusable travel card that you can use on all forms of public transport in the city, from the metro to the buses to trams to the ferries to the taxis to… you get the idea! But not only that; often, you can also use the card to pay at restaurants, cafes, bars, convenience stores, museums, and more.

In other words, this city runs on the Octopus card.

Getting your hands on one is simple: I recommend downloading the Octopus app to your (Android) phone. There, you can add your payment card details to the app, check your balance, and use your phone’s wallet to pay for your rides; just like you would with Google Pay! If you have an iPhone, you might want to get a physical Octopus card (also a cool souvenir from your trip!) instead, as the reviews of the Octopus app on the Apple App store are pretty bad. You can buy an Octopus card from the airport when you arrive or from any MTR (the metro system) station you pass.

Once you reach the ferry terminal for the Star Ferry, you’ll hopefully have your Octopus card ready to use. You want to use it to take the ferry from here to Central station . The Star Ferry company has been helping people cross the Victoria Harbour since way back in 1888 and many of the boats are still from the 1960s, so they are a piece of history in and of themselves. And the price? Just 5 HKD ! (That’s $0.60/£0.50/€0.60) — yes, this is one of the cheapest sightseeing experiences in the world.

For the best views on the Star Ferry, opt for the outdoor seating area, which is located in the centre of the vessel (the front and the back of the ferry provide indoor seating with air conditioning). I recommend taking the entrance for the upper deck instead the lower deck, as you’ll get slightly better views from up high. And once you’re inside, I recommend sitting on the left side of the ferry for the best views.

The boats run every five minutes so if you’re at the back of the queue and realise you won’t be able to nab a window seat, feel free to hang back and wait for the next ferry so that you can board first.

Take in the views of the towering skyscrapers as you cross the harbour, then prepare yourself for an even better view once you’re back on dry land.

Victoria Peak, or simply the Peak, is one of the most famous attractions in Hong Kong and it’s something that has to be seen to be believed. A magnificent viewpoint — 500 metres above sea level — that overlooks a dense cluster of buildings, I recommend heading here first as it really helps you gain a sense for just how jam-packed with skyscrapers this city really is.

Fun fact: Hong Kong is home to more than 4,000 skyscrapers that are taller than 100 metres!

The tram that takes you to the top of the Peak is located a 25 minute walk from the Central ferry terminal. If you love to explore a city on foot as I do, then feel free to walk it. If you’re short on time and want to rest your legs (you’ll go for a walk at the top of the Peak, too), grab an Uber instead.

Another iconic piece of Hong Kong history, the Peak tram started during the same year as the Star Ferry and is an absolute joy to experience. Not for the faint of heart, it was way steeper than I was expecting, but of course, it’s totally safe to ride. The view on the way up, with the buildings appearing almost sideways at some points, is quite dramatic.

A quick note here is that queues for the tram can get quite lengthy at times — as much as two hours long on a sunny weekend just before sunset! — so come prepared for a bit of a wait. If you’ll be visiting on a weekday in the morning, however, you shouldn’t have to queue for more than around half an hour. For me, it’s worth it — and if you have your Octopus card, you can bypass the queue for buying tickets with cash to make the wait even shorter. On my most recent visit, I did just this and managed to avoid a 100-person long queue for tickets!

Buy a return ticket for the tram and don’t opt for any of the add-ons unless you’re desperate to experience them (the sales staff can be quite persistent in trying to convince you that you should also head to Madame Tussauds!) And try to get a seat inside the tram — preferably on the right hand side as you go up — as there is some standing room, which won’t be as comfortable on the steep journey.

If you’re planning on visiting at a popular time, like sunset, you could take a taxi instead (around 20 minutes) from the Central ferry terminal all the way to the top of the Peak, skipping over the queues for the tram, and then opt to take the tram down , which will have a slightly shorter wait time.

And finally, you could also opt to do as the locals do and take the number 15 double-decker bus from Exchange Square (a 10-minute walk from the Central ferry terminal) to the top of Victoria Peak (sit upstairs on the right-hand side for the best views). Pay with your Octopus card; the fare is around 10 HKD (just over $1/€1, or £1) and it takes between 40 and 60 minutes to get to the Peak, so is quite slow.

When you get to the top, prepare to be amazed.

As far as city views go, this is one of the greatest on the planet. And what you’ll quickly learn is that there’s plenty of angles from which to take it all in; there’s a multitude of viewpoints to head to, which makes a visit even more exciting.

First, head to the Lion’s Pavilion — its marked on Google Maps — for your first glimpse of the city laid out before you. It’s a crowded spot at peak (pun intended) times, like sunset, but given that it’s totally free to access, you can’t complain about everybody else wanting to see it, too! From the Lion’s Pavilion, it’s now time to take a walk.

One of the best ways to explore the Peak is by taking the Victoria Peak Circle Walk, which is 3.8 kilometres (2.4 miles) in length and takes roughly an hour to complete. As the name suggests, the trail encircles the top of the Peak, giving you views across the city in all directions. It’s a simple stroll, mostly flat and with anyone from children to the elderly tackling it, so if you like a walk, this is a great way to see Hong Kong from above.

The Circle Walk begins at Lugard Road beside the Peak Tower (the shopping centre that looks like a big bowl) where the tram terminates. You can look for Lugard Road Lookout on Google Maps to give you an idea of where you’ll be heading.

And then, you walk.

From the Lugard Road Lookout, you’ll continue walking along Lugard Road until the path turns into Harlech Road, which then leads you back to the Peak Tower.

Speaking of the Peak Tower, this unusual building is home to the Sky Terrace 428: a viewing platform on the top floor of the structure. This is a paid viewpoint, costing 75 HKD ($10/€9/£7.50) to visit. In my opinion, it doesn’t really add anything extra on top of the views you’ll have already seen on the Circle Walk, so I don’t see it as a necessity.

Wait until you’ve finished your walk around the Peak before deciding if you want to visit the Sky Terrace; you may, like me, feel that you’ve already seen Hong Kong at its best. Alternatively, my parents visited Hong Kong this year and loved their experience at the Sky Terrace! While they agree that it’s not essential to do, they were still glad they went up there.

Finally, there’s one more free viewpoint to check out before you leave: the Peak Galleria. This is another shopping mall at the Peak, but it’s home to a free-to-visit observation deck that’s worth heading to. If you’re not yet tired of looking out over skyscrapers, that is!

If you’re feeling peckish for lunch, stop by Rajasthan Rifles, which is my favourite restaurant on the Peak. To be honest, there aren’t a lot of good options for food up here — in terms of quality and price — so I would recommend avoiding many of the restaurants. Rajasthan Rifles, however, has a great view, tasty British/Indian fusion dishes, and refreshing drinks that can be enjoyed while sitting on the terrace.

I also opted to sip on a latte while looking over the skyline at Pacific Coffee — the coffee is nothing mind-blowing, but the views certainly are!

With that, you’ve successfully conquered the Peak! It’s now time to ride the tram back down — sit on the left-hand side for the best views — and hit up the small-but-lovely Hong Kong Park, which is located directly beside the tram station. There, you’ll find turtles, waterfalls, a butterfly garden, aviary, and an excellent observation deck called Vantage Point.

This patch of green provides a soothing respite from the chaos of Hong Kong, so makes for a perfect spot to have a quick wander before diving back into the madness!

There is a cute teahouse within the park — LockCha — which serves up Chinese tea and vegetarian dumplings and dim sums, with an English menu. If you’re feeling hungry for local eats, this is a good option for a quick snack and an introduction to the cuisine before moving on.

For your next activity, I recommend walking 20 minutes (or taking an Uber to Central Market if you’re tired) from Hong Kong Park to the Central Mid-Levels Escalator, which is… wait for it… the longest outdoor covered escalator system in the world.

Yes, it’s a long escalator.

Well, in fact it’s not even that: it’s a series of 20 escalators, stretching for a distance of 800 metres up the mountain. Riding every single one in a stationary position (i.e. not walking up them) takes just over 20 minutes, but we’ll just be taking it for a shorter distance: to Tai Kwun complex, otherwise known as the former Central Police Station.

To get to the start of the series of escalators, head to the second level of Central Market and step aboard. The walkway itself is used by tourists and commuters alike and because it’s raised above the streets, it gives you an interesting vantage point down alleyways, over murals, and into windows.

Opposite the Tai Kwun complex is Messina, by the way, which is one of the best ice cream shops in Hong Kong — do stop in if you’re looking for an excuse to indulge.

Tai Kwun was originally a jail, used by the British back during the colonial years. Since then, it has been revamped to include a myriad of art installations and exhibitions, along with restaurants, bars, and independent stores.

If you’re more into your history than your art, a good place to start is the Barrack Block, which was built in 1864 and is where you’ll find a visitor centre and brochures. Several of the original cells in the old Victoria Prison are open to the public if you want to take a look at the conditioners the prisoners lived in. And a series of old photographs and information panels can be seen in the halls of the former Central Police Station.

The Tai Kwun complex is located within the Soho neighbourhood of Hong Kong, which is famous for its street art and murals, along with its independent stores and galleries. It’s a great place to explore.

On Google Maps find Man Mo Temple — it’s only a 10 minute walk from Tai Kwun — and walk in its general direction, pausing anywhere that looks interesting. Trust me: there will be plenty of stops! Make sure you take a quick detour to Graham Street, which is home to a popular mural for Instagrammers.

At the end of the walk, you’ll find yourself at Man Mo Temple. A Taoist temple that dates back to 1847, it remains an oasis of tradition in this ultra modern city and is a super-cool place to explore. Make sure you go inside and fully explore the temple, as its interior is excellent for taking photos! Entrance is free.

With that, your time on Hong Kong Island is up, so head over to the Central ferry terminal, jump on the Star Ferry back to Tsim Sha Tsui and venture back to your hotel to rest up before dinner.

If you didn’t walk along the promenade to get to the ferry terminal this morning, now might be a great time to do so, as it takes you along the Avenue of the Stars: Hong Kong’s answer to the Hollywood Walk of Fame, complete with handprints.

Most of the names won’t be too familiar unless you’re a diehard Cantonese cinema fan, however international favourites, such as Bruce Lee, Jackie Chan, and Jet Li, all have their hand prints here. 

When night rolls around, it’s time to start thinking about dinner.

There’s tons of options for eating, whether it’s grabbing some xiaolongbao from world-famous Din Tai Fung, sampling Michelin-starred fried dumplings from Cheung Hing Kee, or visiting Yung’s Bistro for a taste of roast goose (a Hong Kong specialty!)

In Hong Kong, you can find any cuisine you feel like, from Italian to Indian, to a greasy burger from Five Guys!

Day Two: Exploring Lantau Island

We spent the previous day exploring Hong Kong Island, so today is going to be all about peaceful Lantau Island! This is one of my favourite parts of the country with the enormous Tian Tan Buddha — or Big Buddha, as the locals call it — one of my favourite attractions.

Unfortunately, it’s also the favourite attraction of most visitors to Hong Kong — and locals. In other words, this is one of the most popular activities in town. Fortunately, there are several things you can do in order to make your visit run smoothly.

Crowds are highest at the weekend, so if you do have the option of visiting on a weekday, you should opt to do so.

However, no matter which day of the week you do decide visit, you should aim to get to Tung Chung MTR station (where you catch the cable car from) roughly half an hour before the ticket office opens. In 2023, that means making sure you get there at 9:30 a.m. for its 10 a.m. opening.

And I really do want to reiterate the importance of getting there early: there’s masses of horror stories online of people turning up at midday on a weekend or public holiday and having to queue for three hours just to get on the cable car!

Yes, really. This is not an exaggeration. Time your visit wrong and you could be queueing for up to three hours to get to the Big Buddha and three hours to get back again. When I arrived at 9:30 in the morning on a Satin 2023, however, I was boarding the cable car by 10:20.

Lantau Island is located roughly 20 kilometres — or 12 miles — from Hong Kong Island, but getting there is easy via the MTR system (and your Octopus card). From Tsim Sha Tsui, it takes between 50 and 70 minutes to get over to Tung Chung Station, changing MTR lines once on the way. What that means is that ideally, you want to be up, breakfasted, and out of your hotel by 8:30 a.m.

Once you arrive at Tung Chung Station, you’re now only a hop, skip, and a cable car from the aforementioned Big Buddha.

From the metro, you’ll want to make your way over to Ngong Ping 360, which is the name of the cable car that will take you over to Ngong Ping village and the Buddha statue. Now, you have two options for buying tickets.

The first is to simply turn up and buy your tickets from the counter.

And the second is to buy your tickets online in advance.

Normally, I’d recommend the latter option, but in this case, I recommend turning up and buying your tickets when you arrive.

The reason is simple: the vast majority of visitors to Ngong Ping buy their cable car tickets in advance — but what they’re actually buying is a voucher. And once you arrive, you still need to queue to exchange that voucher for a ticket. And because everybody already has a voucher, the queues are so much longer than the ones for buying a ticket on the spot.

It seems counter-intuitive but trust me on this: you will queue for less time if you don’t buy a ticket in advance.

Once you’ve successfully navigated the chaos that inevitably awaits you at the ticket counters, it’s time to unwind from it all and transport yourself to a more peaceful side of Hong Kong.

The cable car journey lasts for 25 minutes; over that time you’ll be taken over rolling hills, sparkling waters, and hikers haplessly struggling along dirt trails. Look out for Hong Kong International Airport along the way, as well as the mighty Hong Kong–Zhuhai–Macao Bridge, the world’s longest sea bridge, at a length of 55 kilometres, or 34 miles.

As you near Ngong Ping village, you’ll catch your first glimpse of the bronze Big Buddha — one of the world’s largest sitting Buddha statues — standing proudly atop a series of 268 steps.

Oh, and yes, you’re going to have to climb them.

Once you disembark from the cable car, you’ll find yourself in Ngong Ping, which you can think of as a sort-of commercialised version of a traditional Chinese village. Yeah, it can be a bit Disney-esque at times.

Still, if you’re keen to pick up a souvenir from your trip, you won’t struggle to find one here.

From the village, it takes around 10 minutes to walk to the base of the Big Buddha and from there you’ll need to tackle the aforementioned 268 steps.

Trust me: it’s so worth it. When I visited, I witnessed a variety of age ranges and fitness abilities panting their way up the steps — many of whom stopped frequently on the way up to rest. Needless to say, if you’re not feeling too athletic when you get here, you won’t be the only person pausing to catch their breath!

When you are done taking it all in, hop down to the Po Lin Monastery at the base of the stairs. If you’re not all Buddha-ed out, they even have a hall of 10,000 Buddhas, albeit just a tad smaller than the one outside. The tapestries, art and architecture inside the monastery are mind-blowingly intricate and beautiful.

Now, who’s up for seeing some pink dolphins?

Pink dolphins?

Yep! One of the highlights of a trip out to Lantau Island is visiting the sleepy fishing village of Tai O. This is one of the oldest fishing villages in Hong Kong, and one of the last remaining in the nation, so it’s a truly special place to visit.

To get to Tai O from Ngong Ping village, you’ll want to take the number 21 bus, which runs every half an hour. It’s a good idea to check the bus timetable once you’ve arrived in Ngong Ping (you can do so by using Google Maps to navigate from your current location to Tai O via public transport) — that way, you can keep in mind how long you have to spend at the Big Buddha before you need to be jumping aboard the bus.

A 20-minute journey along the winding roads of Lantau Island brings you to Tai O and its traditional stilt houses that are built over the water. This village is known for its traditional way of life, with fishermen still making a living here, as well as its dried seafood, shrimp paste, and pod of pink dolphins.

Tai O is a wonderful place for wandering small streets, navigating small tin houses, visiting shops, and eating the street food. I really loved the grilled dry squid cooked over charcoal. For dinner you can get some super fresh seafood at Fook Moon Lam restaurant. The salt and pepper fried prawns were a personal favorite of mine.

Take the 21 bus back to Tung Chung and get the MTR back. You might be pretty tired as this day requires a lot of walking so try to get back at a decent time to get some rest because you are going international tomorrow!

Day 3: It’s Time to Head to Macau

Get up nice and early and bring your passport with you because we are going to Macau. Another SAR (special administrative region) of China. Macau was in the hands of the Portuguese instead of the British, giving it a distinctive culture of its own. And since it is just a short ferry ride away from Hong Kong why not?

Have breakfast in the hotel and take the Star Ferry over to Central and from there it is about a 10-15 minute walk to the Macau ferry. There are a couple of different companies you can take with both coming in a little over 170 HKD for a single trip ticket. 

Take a ferry to the Taipa Ferry Terminal, not the Outer Harbour Terminal. However, don’t buy a round trip as we will be departing from the other terminal. There are always sailings and seats available so don’t worry about booking ahead of time. 

When you get to Macau, the immigration process is fairly straightforward and you should be on your way very soon. From the terminal take a taxi to Fernando’s. Opened in the 80s this place is one of the best-known Portuguese restaurants in Macau and in the three times I have been to Macau I have never missed a meal at Fernando’s. 

Extremely simple food with fresh ingredients and a lazy old world ambience, it is a relaxing way to start your day.  There is also a black sand beach next to the restaurant which is great for a stroll.

Take a cab back to the Venetian. Macau is known as the Las Vegas of Asia so it wouldn’t make sense to go the whole day without hitting up a casino right? The moniker isn’t even really accurate, as before the pandemic, this tiny island was bringing in four times the gambling revenue of Vegas!

Take a Gondola ride throughout the casino, with your guide’s voice rivaling and most likely surpassing that of any real Venetian gondolier. The paintings on the wall and ceilings will transport you to the Italian backwaters, and it’s probably just as crowded. When your voyage has ended, head into the casino floor for a couple spins of the roulette wheel and rounds of blackjack. It might just be your lucky day.

With your new found riches in hand, take a cab (the public transport system is somewhat lacking next to Hong Kong)  and make your way towards the old town. Start at the Senado Square. Meander along the gorgeous black and white tiles that carpet the walkways and take in your surroundings. 

Also, make sure to try some street food while you are there, the can’t-miss stuff are the pork chop buns and Portugese egg tarts, phenomenal. 

Take your time and walk through the winding streets of the old town and continue onward to the ruins of St Paul, a 17th century Catholic church. Destroyed by a fire in the 1800s, the facade is a majestic ruin and really a sight to behold. There is also a small museum underneath worth checking out.

To top off the night, have the deliciously tender veal and a glass of Portuguese wine at Mariazinha and wind down from a long day. Take a cab back to the ferry pier and make your way back to the hotel to get ready for your last day. 

Day 4: Round it All Off With a Stint in Kowloon

If you’ve been basing yourself in Tsim Sha Tsui, you’ll have already encountered a small taste of what the peninsula of Kowloon has to offer. Today, however, we’re going to go even more in-depth into this part of the city, venturing into some of the neighbourhoods that are located further north of your hotel.

And we kick out explorations off with a basketball court.

Yes, really.

Choi Hung Estate is located 30 minutes away on the metro from Tsim Sha Tsui and may just be one of the most photogenic spots in the city.

The palm trees, the retro basketball courts, the pastel rainbow buildings: if you love your photography this is going to be a paradise for you. I have to confess it’s a popular photoshoot destination, so you won’t have the area all to yourself, but stick around for 15 minutes and you’ll be able to nab an aesthetic photo for your feed. Just remember: people do live, and play basketball, here so try to remain as non-intrusive as possible.

It can also be a little bit tricky to find as the basketball court is actually located on top of a car park! Put “Choi Hung Estate Car Park” into Google Maps to get you to the right building, which will be a two-storey car park. Look for the set of stairs to get you to the top and you’ll be there!

From one photogenic spot to another: after you’ve finished up at Choi Hung Estate, it’s time to head to nearby Chi Lin Nunnery and Nan Lian Garden. These two connecting Tang dynasty-style gardens are a joy to explore, and you could easily spend hours just wandering through their grounds. Amazingly, both are free to visit.

The best way to get there from Choi Hung Estate is to walk. It takes 15 minutes to get to Nan Lian Garden, or 14 minutes by MTR, so opt to save the money unless you need to save energy.

We’ll start with Nan Lian Garden, as it’s closest. Here, you’ll find a classical Chinese garden and respite from the cacophony of Hong Kong; I was surprised to see how few people opt to visit, making this one of the least crowded spots on my itinerary. As you wander down the paved pathways, you’ll pass by bonsai trees, water features (including a koi pond!), and manicured shrubs, all sat against a backdrop of mountains and skyscrapers. There’s a vegetarian dim sum restaurant on site, as well as a Chinese tea house, and gift shop.

But the true highlight of Nan Lian Garden is the golden pavilion, which is pictured above. Its full name is the Pavilion of Absolute Perfection and once you catch a glimpse of it with your own eyes, I’d be surprised if you didn’t agree. While it’s a little disappointing that you can’t cross the bright red bridge to get to the pavilion, it does mean that you don’t have to deal with other tourists getting in your photo.

One final thing: there’s a pottery exhibition on site, which costs 20 HKD ($2.60/€2.35/£2) to visit, with free admission on Wednesdays. It’s not really my kind of thing, to be honest, but it’s a small cost and others tend to really enjoy it, so pop in if you think you would, too.

Once you’ve soaked up all the greenery at Nan Lian Garden, a small footbridge connects you to Chi Lin Nunnery.

This complex opened back in 1934, originally as a retreat for Buddhist nuns, and to this day remains the largest hand-built wooden building in the world. Once you get inside and see it for yourself, you’ll realise what an impressive undertaking this must have been! Constructed from cypress wood, this structure was put together without the use of any nails; just interlocking pieces of wood.

As with Nan Lian Garden, this part of Hong Kong is rarely crowded. As you wander through the picturesque grounds, you’ll come up against temple halls — 16 of them! — gardens, and lotus ponds. Inside the halls, Buddha statues abound, made from gold, clay, and stone.

In a city that is so built-up and busy, this part of Hong Kong is a tranquil escape from the hustle and bustle that’s undoubtedly been wearing down your energy levels. In total, you can expect to spend an hour across both Nan Lian Garden and Chi Lin Nunnery; two hours if you really like your architecture and greenery.

It’s time to move on and the next step is just a 5-minute metro ride away: you’ll want to take it from Diamond Hill Station to Wong Tai Sin Station. Alternatively, you could walk to Wong Tai Sin Temple; it takes just over 20 minutes to get there.

And what’s so special about this temple? Well, this is the place to come if you’re looking for good fortune; if you’re keen to have your prayers answered. The temple is dedicated to Wong Tai Sin, who was known as the Great Immortal Wong and believed to grant the wishes of all who pray to him.

If you want to participate in the fortune telling

It’s one of the loveliest Chinese temples in Hong Kong, with the soothing scent of incense wafting through the air. The architecture is all classic Chinese, with red pillars and intricate details that add a sense of tradition.

Visitors light incense, make a wish, and hope for a bit of positive energy to come their way.

Strolling through the temple grounds feels like a step back in time. There are beautiful gardens with ponds and pavilions, providing a quiet retreat from the urban hustle. One interesting tradition is the Kau Cim, where you can shake a bamboo cylinder, pull out a stick, and discover your fortune. It’s a simple, yet charming, experience.

For those curious about their future, there are fortune-telling stalls where you can consult with wise practitioners. It’s a cultural experience that adds a layer of authenticity to your visit.

If you haven’t picked up on it yet, this part of Hong Kong is home to tons of beautiful sections of green space. The final one we’ll visit is the Kowloon Walled City Park, which is a 20 minute walk south of Wong Tai Sin temple.

This peaceful garden sits on the site of the former Kowloon Walled City, once a densely populated, chaotic maze of buildings. Now, it’s a calming retreat that beautifully contrasts with its storied past.

Wander through the garden and you’ll find remnants of the old city walls, standing like silent storytellers of a bygone era. The red-bricked walls whisper tales of resilience and transformation, offering a glimpse into the rich history of Kowloon.

As you stroll along the pathways, there’s a sense of calmness that permeates the air. Traditional Chinese architecture dots the landscape, creating a harmonious blend of old and new. It’s not flashy or grand, but it exudes a quiet charm that captures the essence of Chinese culture.

Take a moment to appreciate the bonsai trees and well-maintained greenery, providing a peaceful backdrop against the remnants of the walled city. It’s a bit like nature reclaiming its space, reminding you that even in the midst of change, there’s a certain beauty in resilience.

For history buffs, the Walled City’s South Gate has been lovingly restored, offering a glimpse into what the area might have looked like in its heyday. It’s a step back in time, a visual bridge between the past and the present.

Kowloon Walled City Garden is not about flashy displays or bustling crowds. It’s a hidden gem: a quiet retreat where you can reflect on the city’s history while enjoying a moment of peace.

It’s time to take a break from all the green space now and throw ourselves headfirst back into the madness! We’re heading now to the neighbourhood of Sham Shui Po. This part of Kowloon may look similar to what you picture when you think of Hong Kong back in the day; all neon signs in traditional Chinese script.

Head next to Hong Kong History Museum in Tsim Sha Tsui. It is always good to get an idea of how the place got to be how it is and put everything into perspective. They have revolving exhibitions as well as a permanent one that does a fantastic job sharing the story of Hong Kong. 

Following that, have lunch in ChungKing Mansions. ChungKing is like a portal to another world that transports you to South Asia and Africa. Migrant workers are a huge part of the tapestry that makes up Hong Kong and their cuisine severely underrated. If you are in the mood for African, I love the jollof rice and black-eyed peas at Ghana Locals and Pakistani food in Khyber Pass Mess Club. 

Next, hop on the bus or MTR and go to the ladies markets in Mong Kok. Don’t let the name fool you, there is stuff here for everyone and a great place to find souvenirs, clothes, and electronics at fantastic prices. You can even buy designer clothes at bargain prices. Whether they are authentic or not is another question, even though the sellers will try to convince you that their Christian Door is genuine. This place is also great to polish your bargaining chops. I always start at half what they quote and work from there. It’s good fun and the shopkeepers are fun to banter with and always jolly. 

You have been walking a lot these past few days so you might need a massage, and luckily in Hong Kong that is not too hard to find. One of my favorite places is the TaiPan reflexology parlor. Very traditional and chic decoration, extremely fair prices and world-class therapists, they will have you back in walking shape in no time!

End your day and your time in Hong Kong, the way you started it, on the harbor. At 7:30 every day the Aqualuna , sets sail for a magical sunset cruise followed with a scrumptious dinner at Hutong Restaurant with a window seat that continues giving you that sweet sweet harbor view. 

Watch the buildings light up in all their fluorescent glory and at 8:00 there is also a “Symphony of Lights” show that you will have front row seats for. It is the perfect way to end a magical stay in HK and will leave you with an image of the city you won’t soon forget.

I would encourage you to make a reservation as seats are limited especially during the high season. This is one thing that you honestly cannot miss. 

If you still aren’t done then I don’t blame you. If you don’t have an early morning flight and are not shopped out there is also a night market in Jordan that is a personal favorite. Similar to the ladies market in Mong Kok, however, there are less clothes and more gadgets, paintings and souvenirs. 

A little more of a shady feeling than the day market but is actually a little more fun. There are also lots of seafood stalls on the sides with plastic chairs that are great for having a few Tsing Taos, late night snacks and watching all the life go by.  

If you just want to get loose and let your hair down, make Knutsford Terrace your last stop. Kowloon’s answer to Lan Kwai Fong, but with more of a local vibe there is any kind of venue you want. Want a club? China Bar. Want a chill place you can play pool, darts, or beer pong? Arena Bar. Casual cocktails and beer? Assembly. 

Head back to the hotel, satisfied, happy and hopefully not too hungover tomorrow.

What To Know Before You Go

Know Where to Stay

Tsim Sha Tsui is the best place to stay for visitors hands down. It is extremely walkable, centrally located and close to most attractions. It is also home to the most iconic hotel in Hong Kong, the Peninsula Hotel . There is no other hotel in the city that even comes close to having the history of the Peninsula Hotel all while maintaining a standard of luxury that is astounding. 

Amazing dining options, Roman-style indoor pool, and reportedly the most comfortable beds in the city. Now I can’t speak to that as there are hundreds of other hotel beds that I would need to try, however, sleeping on this I definitely believe it. 

It is also located right next to Victoria Harbour with stunning views out the window and the building itself built in 1928 is a work of art. It does not come cheap, but if you can swing it, you will not be disappointed. The service I experienced is also outstanding, but at the price point you expect it to be!

Know When to Go

I feel like most guides say to go everywhere from March to April and September to November, but realistically going to Hong Kong anytime that is not May to September is prime time. Most of the rain falls May to September and it is sweltering hot with humidity usually in the 90s and temperatures in the mid 30s. Outside those months the temperature is moderate and the climate is dry. 

Travelers from a colder climate will not find the winters harsh at all despite the amount of locals looking like they are preparing for an Everest trek. 

The Mid Autumn festival usually held in October is a great time to travel as the mood is festive and there are tons of things to do. I would advise the opposite for Chinese New Year as most things are closed and many people are in mainland China to spend time with family.

Know How to Get Around

The public transportation system in Hong Kong puts most of the world to shame. With only 10% of the population owning personal vehicles, it’s a wonder anyone needs them at all. Trains, buses, taxis and ferries interconnect every part of this metropolis with ease. I would recommend downloading the Citymapper app before you visit, it was a lifesaver for me. It shows all the different routes and combinations of routes to get to your final destination along with how long each way will take and the price for each one. 

All the public transportation options take cash but the most efficient way to get around is an Octopus card. It is a prepaid card that you can use on all public transport save taxis and makes it easy so you are not fumbling for change the whole time. You can pick one up at every train station for a 50 HKD deposit. When you leave you can get the deposit back at any train station, and you can top up in the station or any 7-11 or Circle K.

There is Uber in Hong Kong but will usually find a taxi before your Uber arrives and it will likely be cheaper. If you are going to a main location, they will understand you just fine, but if going somewhere out of the way and you don’t speak Cantonese, it might be better to Uber to make sure you end up at the exact spot. All taxis are metered however so scamming is not an issue. 

Know Some Tips and Tricks

• I say this everywhere I go but get an eSIM ! Especially in Hong Kong, where you are usually fully reliant on public transport, being able to get your bearings is very important. 
• Scams and pickpocketing aren’t very common at all. Exercise a normal amount of caution and you will be more than fine.
• Hong Kong is a great place to pick up used electronics. The phone and laptop I am using right now are from a computer center in Hong Kong and they are still going strong three years on. The Golden Computer Center in Sham Shui Po, the Computer Center in Wan Chai and Sin Tat Plaza in Mong Kok give reliable devices at great prices!
• You don’t really need to tip in Hong Kong. The only instance would be at fancy restaurants and while it would be appreciated, most people don’t as service charge is already included. 
• It’s always nice to learn a few phrases. M’goi is thank you, Jou San is good morning and Nei Ho is Hello, and while Hong Kong is technically part of China now, Ni Hao isn’t used unless you are a pure Mandarin speaker.
• Take the airport express into the city, it’s super fast, convenient and much cheaper than a cab. If you are staying in the hotel recommended above, get off in Kowloon Station and take a short five minute cab from there. 

And that was Hong Kong!

Spending four days in Hong Kong (and Macau) is loads of fun. I would suggest no less than that and if you wanted to add more days I would highly encourage it. Hong Kong is one of my favorite places and if you get the chance you have to go! I hope with this guide that you will be able to discover even more cool places on your own.

Lauren Juliff

Lauren Juliff is a published author and travel expert who founded Never Ending Footsteps in 2011. She has spent over 12 years travelling the world, sharing in-depth advice from more than 100 countries across six continents. Lauren's travel advice has been featured in publications like the BBC, Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and Cosmopolitan, and her work is read by 200,000 readers each month. Her travel memoir can be found in bookstores across the planet.

Related Posts

What’s it Like to Travel in Kazakhstan?

How to Spend One Week in Mauritius: An Itinerary for First-Time Visitors

The Cost of Travel in South Korea: My 2024 Budget Breakdown

How to Spend Two Weeks in Belize: An Itinerary for First-time Visitors

How to Spend Three Magnificent Days in Tbilisi, Georgia: A 2024 Itinerary

How to Spend Three Perfect Days in Delhi: An In-Depth Itinerary

Hello Lauren, I have just completed my impromptu Hong Kong trip, and followed your itinerary for the 5 days I was here.. Thank you for collecting all the little details and putting them here for us.. This is such a nicely crafted itinerary, with every minor detail at one place, which I personally love collecting before visiting any new city, but due to time constraint I couldn’t, so your article was very helpful for me.. Lots of thanks & love.

Ah, thank you so much, Megha! I’m so thrilled to hear you found my itinerary helpful :-)

Hi Lauren, thanks for the great writeup and suggestions. I’m planning a multi-generational trip to HK this spring for about 4-5 days. I have concerns around limited mobility of the grandparents; who can walk but not long distances. I’m hoping that we can get door-to-door transportation (taxi) as much as possible, and take it slow. Obviously the steps to the Buddha are out, but of the other places in your story, are there any that would be just not possible for elderly people with limited stamina? Any other tips for how best to prioritize so we can see/enjoy HK even with limited mobility? Thanks so much!

Leave a reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Best Hong Kong Itineraries: Top City Tours and Side Trips

As one of the key gateways to China with a unique blend of Eastern and Western cultures, Hong Kong is a vibrant and exciting city that offers plenty of activities that cater to families with kids. From thrilling amusement park rides to educational museums and beautiful nature parks, your family including the little ones would surely have a great time in this city. Here are some suggestions for planning your Hong Kong itinerary based on our extensive trip planning experience.

Content Preview

• How long to Spend
• A 4-Day Classic Tour
• Hong Kong 1–2-Day Itineraries
• A Side Trip to Guilin
• Side Trips to Guangdong Province
• Side Trips to Macau from Hong Kong

How Long to Spend in Hong Kong

If you are visiting Hong Kong for the first time, it is recommended to spend 3–4 days to visit the top attractions , including Ocean Park, Victoria Peak, Disneyland Park, the Big Buddha, and your choice of the many museums. If you have a longer holiday, you could extend your trip to nearby places, such as Guangdong, Macau, or Guilin.

• Guangdong (3–5 days to explore Guangzhou, Foshan, Kaiping, Chaozhou, or Shenzhen)
• Macau (3 days to experience Chinese and Portuguese cultures.)
• Guilin (3 days to appreciate celebrated river-and-mountain beauty)

1. 4-Day Classic Hong Kong Itinerary for Families (Most Chosen)

With 3–4 days, you can have great fun and excitement at Disneyland and spend some quality time with family at the highlights of Hong Kong Island.

Day 1: Hong Kong Ocean Park

Ocean Park should be on your list if you are traveling with kids. To save your time and energy on the ticket lines, our guide would take care of the tickets and lead you into the park directly. There you would meet pandas, dolphins, and sea lions, explore rainforests, and ride roller coasters.

Day 2: Disneyland and Hong Kong Island

To have a relaxed pace and avoid the rush hour in the morning, it is recommended to stay in Disney's Hollywood Hotel and enjoy a magical night there. Then have a full family day in the fairy-tale kingdom of Disneyland Park. Remember to catch the beloved Disney characters on parade, try out exciting rides, enjoy terrific live shows, and gaze at the "Disney in the Stars" Fireworks.

Day 3: Victoria Peak and Repulse Bay

Victoria Peak is the highest peak on Hong Kong Island, where you can have a panoramic view of Hong Kong's skyline. The best way to the Peak is by the Peak Tram. Our guide would purchase tickets for your family in advance to save time, but during the peak season, you would still need to queue for about 8 to 20 minutes to take the steep tramway.

The next spot we recommend is 'Golden Beach' (Repulse Bay) in Hong Kong. The waves are gentle, and the sand is soft. You can have a lovely beach picnic with your family there.

Day 4: Giant Buddha and Tai O Village

Head to Lantau Island and enjoy the ocean views as you are driven across Tsing Ma Bridge. Visit one of Hong Kong's most fascinating sights — Po Lin Monastery and the Giant Buddha. We would arrange a round-trip Ngong Ping 360 cable car ride to help you get a nice view of the Buddha.

The other spot you should see on Lantau Island is the quaint and picturesque village of Tai O. There you can enjoy a sampan ride around the stilt houses and visit Ngong Ping Village, a culture-themed village with lively tour experiences.

2. Hong Kong 1–2-Day Itineraries (Good for Layovers or Time-Smart Trips)

If you have limited time in Hong Kong, we recommend spending a day on the most-popular city sightseeing, such as visiting famous Victoria Peak. However, if you want to experience local lifestyle and culture more deeply, we suggest spending your second day exploring Hong Kong's quintessential fishing village — Tai O Village and Giant Buddha.

• Day 1: One-Day Hong Kong Sightseeing Tour Visiting Victoria Peak
• Day 2: One-Day Tai O Village and Giant Buddha Discovery Tour

If you have other requirements/interests or questions, please feel free to contact us. We are ready to help with your tour arrangements, private transportation, hotels, and anything else you need to make your Hong Kong itinerary awesome and hassle-free.

• Hong Kong Tours
• One-Day Hong Kong Disneyland Tour
• 4-Day Hong Kong Family Tour to Disneyland and Hong Kong Island

Side Trip Itineraries from Hong Kong

If you have a longer holiday in Hong Kong, we recommend you extend your trip to nearby cities of China, such as Guangdong, Guilin, or Macau. Here are several options for different interests…

3. A Side Trip to Guilin from Hong Kong

Guilin is one of the most popular travel destinations in southern China, which is well-known for its rustic-river-and-pointy-peak views. And now you can take advantage of the visa-free transit policy to visit Guilin for 3 days before departing China.

• Day 1: Visit Guilin's downtown attractions like Elephant Trunk Hill, Reed Flute Cave, and Solitary Beauty Peak in the Ming Mansion.
• Day 2: Take a Li River cruise from Guilin to Yangshuo, during which you would see celebrated mountain-and-river views.
• Day 3: Set off on a Yangshuo countryside tour, cycling among the paddy fields, meeting local farmers, and exploring caves.

If you are interested in this itinerary, click for our detailed tour page for more information: The Essence of Guilin — 3-Day Guilin and Yangshuo Tour .

4. Hong Kong Side Trips to Guangdong Province

Located adjacent to Hong Kong, Guangdong is a very popular destination for a side trip, where you can taste authentic Cantonese food, appreciate lightning-fast city development, explore the classic southern China lifestyle... Below are some popular Guangdong city tour plans.

a) 4–5 Days in Shenzhen and Guangzhou

These two cities would allow you to experience China's modern development and southern cuisines. It is recommended to spend three days in Guangzhou and 2 days in Shenzhen.

• Day 1: Shenzhen Museum, Splendid China Folk Village
• Days 2: Shenzhen OCT Loft Creative Culture Park, Shenzhen Bay area
• Days 3: Guangzhou Chen Family Ancestral Hall — see traditional Guangdong-style architecture
• Days 4: Visit Qingping Market to experience local life.
• Days 5: Buddhist tranquility at Six Banyan Trees Temple

If you are interested in a side trip to Guangzhou and Shenzhen, click to read more about the Guangzhou and Shenzhen itineraries.

b) 3-Day Shantou and Chaozhou Side Trip

Our 3-day trip to Chaozhou and Shantou would help you discover the unique and distinctive features of Chaoshan culture, especially the food culture and folk customs.

• Day 1: Taste authentic Chaozhou kung fu tea in a local teahouse and listen to Chaozhou opera.
• Day 2: Take a walking tour of Chaozhou old town.
• Day 3: Walk through Shantou Old Town, visiting Little Garden Park and Laoma Palace, and Shantou Intangible Cultural Heritage Exhibition Hall.

Click here to see our 3-day Chaozhou and Shantou tour package .

c) 3-Day Kaiping and Foshan Side Trip

Our 3-day trip to Kaiping and Foshan would enable you to discover unique Lingnan folk culture, feast your eyes on gorgeous countryside landscapes, and satisfy your taste buds with Cantonese food.

• Day 1: In Kaiping, visit the charismatic diaolou ('watchtower buildings') and lovely countryside.
• Day 2: Hunt for tasty Cantonese food in gourmet city Shunde, and take a leisurely walk for digestion in Qinghui Park, the most famous Guangdong Garden.
• Day 3: Visit Foshan Ancestral Temple to watch lion dancing and a martial arts performance.

Click here to explore our 3-day Kaiping and Foshan tour package .

5. Trips to Macau from Hong Kong

Macau is famous for its unique blend of Chinese and Portuguese cultures, which can be seen in its architecture, cuisine, and way of life. It is convenient to travel from Hong Kong to Macau by ferry, which would take about an hour. It is recommended to spend 2–3 days to visit all the main highlights of this small city.

• Day 1: Visit the ruins of the Church of St. Paul and other city sights.
• Day 2: Senado Square in the historical center of Macau, Museum of Taipa and Coloane History
• Day 3: Macau Wine Museum, Museum of Macau, and shopping

If you are interested in this itinerary, click for our customizable 1-day Macau and Hong Kong tour and maybe inquire from there.

Get Inspired with Some Popular Itineraries

More travel ideas and inspiration, sign up to our newsletter.

Be the first to receive exciting updates, exclusive promotions, and valuable travel tips from our team of experts.

Why China Highlights

Where can we take you today.

• Southeast Asia
• Japan, South Korea
• India, Nepal, Bhutan, and Sri lanka
• Central Asia
• Middle East
• African Safari
• Travel Agents
• Loyalty & Referral Program
• Privacy Policy

Address: Building 6, Chuangyi Business Park, 70 Qilidian Road, Guilin, Guangxi, 541004, China

Going Awesome Places

Detailed itineraries + travel guides

7 Day Hong Kong Travel Itinerary – Food, Culture and Adventure

Last Updated August 22, 2024 William Tang

You are here: Home » Travel Itineraries » 7 Day Hong Kong Travel Itinerary – Food, Culture and Adventure

Hong Kong is Asia’s World City but more than that, it’s an open kitchen, has a legendary skyline, and is filled with vibrant traditions, unexpected lush greenery and ancient volcanoes. You think you know the city, but until you’ve seen our Hong Kong travel itinerary, you’ll realize that there’s so much that you haven’t seen.

In 7 days, we cover all the essential details you need to build your own epic trip to Hong Kong. Let’s jump right in!

What You’ll Get Out of This Itinerary

• Day-by-day breakdown that covers how to build a 7 day itinerary of Hong Kong.
• Important details about major attractions including where to buy tickets, directions, best days to go, and more.
• Interactive Google Map of all locations on the itinerary.
• Access to the get the itinerary spreadsheet.

In This Article

Journey leading to hong kong, who this hong kong itinerary is for, how to use this hong kong itinerary, itinerary day 1 – iconic red junk boat, itinerary day 2 – discover peng chau island, itinerary day 3 – rising to the peak, itinerary day 4 – hanging in causeway bay, itinerary day 5 – the center of art and culture in west kowloon, itinerary day 6 – hike to kowloon peak, itinerary day 7 – stand amongst ancient rock columns, map of hong kong itinerary, 1 – octopus does it all, 2 – organize your itinerary by neighborhoods, 3 – credit card is accepted (almost) everywhere, 4 – download these apps before you go, 5 – it’s hot but they pump the ac.

• Where To Stay in Hong Kong

How Much Did This Trip Cost

Hong kong planning essentials, what we missed in hong kong, hong kong is full of surprises, frequently asked questions, read more hong kong content, best place to book hotels in hong kong, travel resources for your next trip, hong kong trip planning.

This trip to Hong Kong was certainly a unique one for me because half of it was with my parents who and the other half on my own. This was the last leg of their Asia tour before flying home to Canada and I was accompanying them and playing a bit of tour guide as well.

When putting together the itinerary, I wanted to show them the an authentic side to Hong Kong and be able to do it independently because they’re so used to seeing Asia through the lens of a bus tour.

As someone that’s been to Hong Kong before, it’s also worth noting that we didn’t feel as much FOMO about doing absolutely every single touristy spot in the city. In some ways, this was much more liberating because we could go a bit off-the-beaten-path.

While this itinerary is certainly perfect for first-timers, with a week to work with, it gave us some latitude to incorporate a few unique locations that often don’t make their way to most Hong Kong trips.

• Seeking local eats – This itinerary almost exclusively focuses on local street eats. If you enjoy trying authentic Hong Kong cuisine, you’re going to be a happy camper.
• Enjoy the natural outdoors – Easily overlooked are Hong Kong’s bounty of outdoor experiences. If you love hiking, you’ll love how Hong Kong’s Green Outdoors are incorporated.
• Want to see the popular sights – We still make sure that you get to see and do many of Hong Kong’s icons.
• You’re a first timer but want to go deeper – Ultimately, we feel that this itinerary is a balanced mix of the classics with opportunities to delve into Hong Kong’s art, cultural, foodie, and hiking-scene that are normally skipped.

As with all of our itineraries , we do our best to make these as helpful as possible. Instead of making you jump between a lot of different websites which forces you to assemble it, we put as much detail in our day-by-day breakdown.

With this Hong Kong travel itinerary, we have special call out boxes called “What you need to know” which have deep insight from our personal experiences. We also have summaries of each day and an interactive trip map that you can take away to use as well.

Before you go, make sure to sign up to get access to our pre-made spreadsheet of this exact trip, a tool we swear by for our trip planning process .

Lastly, feel like we missed something or want ideas for other things you can swap in? We have you covered with our What We Missed in Hong Kong section.

📚 Hong Kong Mini Guide 📚

Trip Planning Map

🏨 Best Hotels – Page148 • Ramada Hong Kong Grand View • The Emperor Hotel • Rosedale Hotel Hong Kong • The Perkin Hotel • More awesome Hong Kong hotels

🏠 Vacation Rentals – Browse top rentals in Hong Kong

🍴 Where To Eat – Hing Kee Restaurant , Oi Man Sang , Shek Kee Wonton Noodles

🎟️ Best Places To Visit – Victoria Peak, West Kowloon Cultural District, Causeway Bay, Tai Kwun, Ladies Market, Peng Chau Island, Kowloon Peak, Hong Kong GeoPark.

⭐️ Must Do Activities – Ride The Peak Tram, hike to Kowloon Peak, hop on the Star Ferry, get the near-free tour of Hong Kong Island on a ding-ding, and cruise in the iconic red junk boat .

7-Day Hong Kong Travel Itinerary

Even as a transit day into Hong Kong, you’re going to make the most of it immediately after you touch down. Get ready to say “Hello Hong Kong”!

Arrive in Hong Kong

The arrival procedure at Hong Kong International Airport (HKG) is pretty straightforward. The only things you will encounter are:

• They do random temperature checks on arrival into the terminal where a staff has a handheld temperature meter. In my case, I was asked to take off my hat.
• You need to fill out an Arrival Card which you may or may not receive on the plane. If you didn’t, there’s a counter at customs which will allow you to grab one and fill it out. There’s no digital app or form at the moment.
• In between the luggage carousel area and the arrival hall, you’ll find a Hong Kong Tourism Board desk . They run promotions from time to time and it’s definitely worth lining up to get their freebies or vouchers.

The Octopus Card is KEY

TRAVEL TIP:  In Hong Kong it’s pretty much mandatory to have an  Octopus Card . Like the Suica or PASMO Card in Japan, it just makes it so much easier to tap to use the MTR, ferry, tramways, the Peak Tram, and to even pay for things. You can pre-book your Tourist Octopus Card  that’s already loaded with HK$50 and pick it up at the airport. These aren’t rental cards so you can keep them as a souvenir.

Once you get your Octopus Card sorted, you’ll need a way to get into the city. One of the fastest and most convenient ways to do this is to take the Airport Express train.

While you can definitely use your Octopus Card to pay, the important tip is that if you are a group of 2 or more , you’ll want to buy their group tickets because they are cheaper. Alternatively, you can also buy tickets in advance to save some time.

WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW

We’ll focus on getting from the airport to the city but we’ll add some details that are important for those that are taking Airport Express when leaving Hong Kong.

Location: Connected to the arrivals hall of Hong Kong International Airport is the Airport Express station. It’s on the same level and doesn’t require taking any escalators or elevators. Airport Express has 5 stations in the line going from west to east.

• AsiaWorld-Expo – This is actually before the airport so most people won’t be going here.
• Airport – This is where you’ll get on.
• Tsing Yi – This is a small urban island and mostly residential.
• Kowloon – This connects with the MTR station of the same name. The only problem with this station is that it doesn’t have an easy connection if you want to go to other parts of Kowloon such as Tsim Sha Tsui, Jordan, and Mong Kok by MTR.
• Hong Kong – This is the end of the line and right below MTR Hong Kong Station which is also connected with MTR Central Station.
• Frequency – Varies throughout different parts of the day but during prime time, it’s roughly ever 50 minutes so it’s worth checking the airport express schedule .
• Schedule from airport – First train at 5:54AM and last train at 12:48AM.
• Schedule from Hong Kong station – First train at 5:53 AM and last train at 12:52AM.
• Duration – 24 minutes to Hong Kong Station and 22 minutes to Kowloon station.

Price: The airport express fare table has the most up-to-date pricing but there are a few things you want to pay attention to.

• Paying by Octopus Card is cheaper than buying a single-use ticket (what they call a Smart Ticket)
• Single journey and same day return tickets are the same price. This is useful for those that are doing a connection through Hong Kong but have many hours to spare and want to go into the city.
• If you’re taking Airport Express and interchange to the MTR (subway), this is free. This only works if you use the Octopus Card to ride the Airport Express.
• IMPORTANT – Not well advertised is that there are significant savings for group tickets. If you’re travelling in groups of 2, 3, or 4, it’s cheaper to buy these Smart Tickets instead of using your Octopus Card.

In-Town Check-in Service: This is more for the reverse journey but Airport Express has special counters at Hong Kong Station and is a handy service they offer where you can get your boarding pass and check-in your luggage ahead of time. There are some caveats though:

• To enter the In-Town Check-in Service area, you need a valid Airport Express ticket which you scan to get in.
• Currently, this service is only offered to flights operated by Cathay Pacific (cannot be a codeshare flight with another airline).
• You can actually check-in here a full day in advance and up to 90 minutes before the scheduled departure time (during service hours). Exception are US destinations where check-in can only start 24 hours before scheduled flight departure time.
• We wouldn’t recommend you do this the day before your flight though as you’d need two Airport Express tickets. That said, this is handy for those that want to drop off their bags early in the morning if your flight is later in the day and still want to spend the day to explore.
• Check-in bags are limited to 145cm (length) x 100cm (width) x 85cm (height) and weight of 70kg.
• Service hours are 6AM to 11PM.
• After you complete the check-in, you leave the In-Town Check-in Service gated area and take the elevator down to train-level where you’ll tap your Airport Express ticket again.

Hotel Shuttle Service: Complimentary shuttles are offered from Hong Kong Station and Kowloon Station. These are buses that go to specific hotels and have their own specific schedule . You don’t necessarily need to hold a reservation at one of these hotels to take them.

Alternatives to Airport Express: If you’re looking for a cheaper, private, or more frequent way to get into the city, there are other options.

• Public buses – If you’re going to Tsim Sha Tsui, take Citybus A25 (HK$40.8, every 30 minutes) or Citybus A21 (HK$34.6, every 15 minutes). If you’re trying to get to the Hong Kong Island side (Central, Wan Chai, Causeway Bay, and North Point), take Citybus A11 (HK$41.9).
• Taxis – Fares are metered. Take a red taxi if you’re headed to Hong Kong Island or Kowloon, green taxi if you’re going to the New Territories, and blue taxi for Lantau Island. As a guideline , the fare from the airport to Tsim Sha Tsui is around HK$265 and to Central is HK$335.
• Uber – Uber works in Hong Kong but the consensus for most is that the standard taxi is better because they know the roads inside out and their pricing is the same as Uber or cheaper.
• Private transfer – If you’re traveling in a large group, this might make more sense and brings you straight to your hotel. You can find great prices for transfers on Klook .

Booking: You can book online directly with Airport Express. You can also book tickets in advance with Klook, saving you $1-$2 in the process. You can also book tickets through Viator .

Website: Hong Kong Airport Express

• Are seats assigned on the Airport Express? No, the train is first-come-first-serve. You’ll find that the train doesn’t get very full so it is not competitive.
• Is there a place for luggage on Airport Express? In each car there are 4 luggage racks like the one depicted above which is plenty of space and ensures they don’t move around.
• The hotel shuttle service is a sneaky way to get closer to where you want to be if it works out.
• If you need to charge your devices, outlets are available only on the first and last car of the train. Free wifi-service is available throughout.
• Hong Kong’s Transportation Department developed an app called HKeMobility that is meant to be an all-in-one travel app for the city. Download it ( iOS / Android ) before you go.

You’ll be lugging around your bags so once you hop out of Airport Express, connect with the MTR to get to your closest subway station.

In our case, since we stayed at Page148 , MTR Jordan Station was the closest and we walked the rest of the way. It was too early to check-in so we left our bags with the front desk.

Classic lunch at Australia Dairy Company

No matter whether you arrive in Hong Kong in the morning or afternoon, start your trip right by heading to a legendary HK-style cafe, Australia Dairy Company .

These types of cafes are distinctly a part of the fabric of Hong Kong cuisine and known as cha chaan teng . You can think of these as an equivalent to an American diner except they’re a fusion of east and west that developed from British influence.

If you see a long queue outside, don’t worry, the turnover is insanely fast so you’ll get a table in no time. Of course, with that, you’ll likely be sharing a table with another group, they’ll hustle you for your order, and when the food arrives, you eat and go.

It’s a chaotic scene but you’ll love how it gives you glimpse into Hong Kong’s fast-paced lifestyle.

When you’re here, make sure to order their steamed milk pudding, HK-style French toast, milk tea, and egg sandwich.

Explore Ladies Market and Goldfish Market

Next, make your way to Ladies Market , a 1 kilometer stretch, covering 4 blocks, and consists of stalls selling all sorts of knickknacks geared towards tourists. It’s an open-air market that has a liveliness to it that is always welcome.

Here, you’ll find everything from magnets, t-shirts, bobble-heads, jewelry, phone cases, handbags, socks, knockoffs, and more.

Just north of the market is the Goldfish Market on Tung Choi Street. You’re probably not buying any luck-bringing goldfish on your trip, but you get to peer into the window of where locals go to buy pets.

At this point, your room should be ready so head back to the hotel to get organized.

Enjoy the iconic aqualuna Harbour Cruise

You’re in for a treat! On our first few visits to Hong Kong, the classic thing to do is to head out to watch the sparkling night lights from Kowloon Pier and we’d always see this beautiful classic Chinese boat sailing through. I thought, “now that has to be the best way to see Hong Kong!” – I was right!

So turns out, one of the main operators is aqualuna where they own two iconic red sail junk boats . The best time to do their cruise is around sunset where they do a 45 minute loop around Victoria Harbour, giving you ample time to sip on a glass of wine while enjoying the illuminated skyline on both Kowloon-side and Hong Kong Island.

There are a few companies that have the red sail junk boat for their harbour cruise but the one we recommend is aqualuna .

Closest MTR Station: MTR Hong Kong Station or MTR Central Station

Location: One of the advantages of aqualuna is that they do pick ups and drop offs from both sides of Victoria Harbour.

• Tsim Sha Tsui Pier 1 – First pick up and drop off point.
• Central Ferry Pier 9 – Second pick up and drop off point.
• Cruises operate year-round.
• Departures on the 30 minute – These bring you back to your point of departure
• Departures on the 45 minute – These bring you across the harbor when they drop you off.
• TST departure – 4:45PM, 5:30PM, 5:45PM, 6:30PM, 6:45PM, 7:30PM, 7:45PM, 8:30PM, 8:45PM
• Central departure – 4:30PM, 5:30PM, 5:45PM, 6:30PM, 6:45PM, 7:30PM, 7:45PM, 8:30PM, 8:45PM
• Note that the 7:30PM and 7:4PM departures are the special Symphony of Lights Cruise which is more expensive.
• The schedule is subject to change with the availability of both ships and if any of them are booked for private events.
• Cruise duration – 45 minutes if dropping you off on the other side, 60 minutes if you do a return trip.
• Adults – HK$270
• Child (4-11) – HK$170
• Child under 4 – Free
• Drink list – House white or red wine, Prosecco, beer, juices, Sundowner mocktail, soft drinks, and still or sparkling water.
• You can upgrade to a Mini Moët Impérial 20cl for HK$150

Booking: Advanced bookings are required as there are no ticket booths at either pick up location. You can reserve directly with aqualuna but we found that booking through either Viator or Klook come with the advantage of having quicker customer service.

Website: aqualuna

• How early do I need to arrive for my harbor cruise? It’s recommended to arrive at your pier at least 15 minutes in advance.
• Are seats assigned on the boat? Guests are free to choose where they want to sit. This means that it is first-come-first-serve.
• To get to Central Ferry Pier 9 from the MTR, you’ll want to get onto the elevated pedestrian walkway that connects to all the skyscrapers here. If you get onto street level, look for the escalator up to the walkway. Follow the signs to the Central Ferry Pier.
• Make sure to check the Hong Kong sunset times for the date that you’re interested in so you can select the right cruise time. For instance, if the sunset time is 6:45PM, ideally choose the 6:30PM sailing so you can catch the sunset and the night skyline view.
• Since seating is first-come-first-serve, if you want to guarantee a specific spot on the junk boat, we recommend that you board from the Tsim Sha Tsui Pier and show up early to start the queue.
• The advantage of starting in Tsim Sha Tsui is that you’ll board the boat first, and you’ll have an additional 15 minutes of cruise time.
• The advantage of starting in Central is that you effectively get a free harbour crossing as you’ll start off on the Hong Kong-side and end up on the Kowloon-side
• If you look at the aqualuna site , their timetable is honestly confusing and contradictory but this is because things work different between low season and high season. In low season, it’s straightforward with pick ups only in Tsim Sha Tsui, followed by Central, and everyone dropped off back at Tsim Sha Tsui. During high season, the starting point is different.
• It gets a fair bit chillier after sunset so we recommend bringing a light jacket , shawl, or cardigan in case you get cold.

Walk amongst the stars

After disembarking in TST, check out the Former Kowloon-Canton Railway Clock Tower and walk to newly revitalized Avenue of the Stars where you’ll see hand-print plaques of famous Chinese stars on the railing and the famed statue of Bruce Lee .

Slurp a hearty bowl of wontons

As you’ll learn throughout this trip to Hong Kong, to experience authentic local eats, you have to find the hole-in-the-wall joints that are frequented by the very people that live there.

Since you’re already in TST, head over to Shek Kee Wonton Noodles . You won’t see a single lick of English on the outside but on the inside is one of the best places in the city to have a bowl of wonton noodles.

The multi-language menu will be overwhelming to go through but I’ll make it easy for you, get the “Wonton, Fish Ball & Beef with Noodle”. That’s what you see above and it is a winner.

Day 1 Summary

What you’ll see & do:

• Ladies Market
• Goldfish Market
• aqualuna Harbour Cruise
• Former Kowloon-Canton Railway Clock Tower
• Avenue of the Stars

Where you’ll eat:

• Lunch – Australia Dairy Company – HK-style cafe that specializing in steamed milk pudding and scrabbled egg sandwiches but expect all of the Hong Kong classics like milk tea, French toast, macaroni soup, spaghetti, and congee. They have English menus and are cash-only .
• Dinner – Shek Kee Wonton Noodles – A no-frills wonton noodles shop in TST that locals love to frequent because they have generously-sized wontons, noodles are cooked al-dente, their chili sauce is excellent, and it’s incredibly affordable. They have English menus and are cash-only . Michelin Bib Gourmand recommended .

Where you’ll stay:

• Page148 ( Agoda / Booking ) – This is a boutique hotel that has a modern sensibility to it.  It features plenty of sleek lines, a nice blend of textures, and plenty of minimalism. Their lobby has a spacious in-house cafe with plenty of table space. The front desk staff are very friendly and accommodating. We stayed in the Signature Greenery room which has a comfortable queen bed and as a corner unit, it has views of the cricket club, Kowloon skyscrapers and the silhouette of the mountains. It’s a bit of a pricier option but you can’t go wrong .

Hong Kong is made up of many small islands and this is personally something we make sure we do every time we visit. For day two, you’ll go on an adventure to see a completely different side to the metropolis that you saw on your first day.

Ride the ferry to Peng Chau

Peng Chau means ‘flat island’ and ironically is crescent-shaped and is more hilly than it is flat. In the Qing dynasty (1644-1911), industry thrived here with over 100 factories, including the largest match factory in Southeast Asia.

Today, Peng Chau is a peaceful retreat that gives a taste of authentic village life, hideaway beaches, easy hiking trails, panoramic viewpoints, and soothing sea breezes .

To get to the outlying island of Peng Chau is quite easy. From Central Ferry Pier 6 , there is a ferry run by Hong Kong and Kowloon Ferry (HKKF) and will whisk you away in 40 minutes with the ordinary-speed catamaran ship.

Closest MTR Station: MTR Central Station

Location: The ferry departs from Central Ferry Pier Number 6.

• Duration – The ordinary ferry is 40 minutes and the fast ferry is 25-30 minutes.
• Timetable – Make sure to visit the official page for the most up-to-date schedule.

Price: The below are the fares for each direction. There are no discounts for round trips.

To pay, the easiest way is to simply tap your Octopus Card. Alternatively, you can also look for this ticket booth to the left of the pier to buy a ticket with cash or card.

The above are the current prices but are subject to change. Check the HKKF page for the up-to-date rates.

Booking: You can’t book this online. It’s first-come-first-serve but generally the boat does not fill up to capacity. Advanced tickets also cannot be purchased. Tickets purchased are for the upcoming sailing so you can’t pay ahead of time to guarantee a spot.

Website: Central to Peng Chau Ferry

• How early in advance should you get to the ferry? This is not usually a very busy ferry so we recommend getting to the pier 20 minutes ahead of departure to start lining up early.
• When does boarding start for the ferry? Typically, they start letting passengers on 8-10 minutes ahead of departure.
• Will I get sea sick on the ferry? The catamaran ships used for the ferry are very stable and since the waters are quite calm on a normal day, chances of feeling sea sick are very low.

• The easiest way to get to Central Ferry Pier is to pop out of Central MTR station and get on the elevated walkway. This walkway connects with many of the high rises in the area and also takes you straight out to the pier area. Pay attention to the signs in English that direct you to Piers 2 to 6 that go to the Outlying Islands.
• Since using your Octopus Card is the easiest way to pay for the ferry, make sure yours is topped up before your day trip to Peng Chau island.
• The ferry has two levels. We recommend getting a seat on the upper deck which has better views. This is still covered with rows of leather seats. If you go all the way to the back, the door opens to the only part of the ship that is open-air. There are limited seats out here but we found that these are usually less popular.

See the many temples of Peng Chau

Once you arrive on the island, you’ll see the customary “Welcome to Peng Chau” sign. You can find these at all of the outlying islands including Lamma Island and Cheung Chau.

The ferry pier is right next to the central part of the island. If you’re hungry, you can go to Kee Sum Cafe to try their famous prawn toast.

It’s also here where you’ll find Tin Hau Temple . This is a popular name for a temple because of Tin Hau Goddess, so you’ll see these all over Hong Kong. Temples in Hong Kong are free to visit so don’t be shy and make sure to go inside to see all of the spiral incense hung from above. Most people come to pray for good fortune at sea and their safety.

A short walk away is Kam Fa Temple or Golden Flower Shrine. I personally love this one because of the twin dragon pillars that flank each side. This temple is right next to an old banyan tree and many people come to worship Kam Fa Goddess because she’s known to make wishes come true.

Continue along the western shoreline, you’ll pass by Seven Sisters Temple . This is a collection of temples that are dedicated to seven deities that couples will come visit to pray for fertility.

From here, you’ll see a bridge that connects to a lone islet. This is Tai Lei Island , a popular spot for fishermen, but is also quite photogenic thanks to the large ‘Turtle Rock’ that juts out into the water.

Walk the Peng Yu Path

At this point, the Peng Yu Path begins. This is a walking trail that covers the northern part of the island. Along the way, you’ll pass by several secluded beaches.

The main highlight of this path are Snoopy Rock and Old Fisherman’s Rock that stand precariously on different parts an island that’s connected by sand.

Along the path are several pavilions offering a place to sit and get under the shade. Continue along Peng Chau Family Walk which completes the northern crescent and drops you into Tung Wan Beach , the largest of all beaches.

Along the beach is Lung Mo Temple , decorated by gold on the inside, and is famous for the goddess, Lung Mo’s statue and her Dragon Bed. Many is said about it but apparently if you touch it, you’ll be bestowed good luck.

Take a break at Hoho Kitchen

Back in the center of the island, this is the perfect time to take your lunch break. We highly recommend you eat at Hoho Kitchen on Wing On Street. They serve many of the classic Hong Kong dishes, alongside their Insta-famous pineapple bun ice cream sandwich.

When done, take your time to wander the local village streets, check out the traditional Chinese architecture, and pick up some snacks and drinks for your afternoon walk.

Make sure to also seek out the Fook Yuen Leather Factory , a historic building that’s been transformed into a creative art installation made of recycled materials.

Complete the Peng Chau Family Trail

From the center of town, start your walk on the Peng Chau Family Trail which will take you up to Finger Hill, the highest point on the island.

On your way, you’ll have 355 steps laid out in front of you so take your time, take breaks, and don’t forget to look back down for some awesome views.

At the very top of Finger Hill is a pavilion where you’ll no doubt want to cool off a bit with the shaded breeze as you take in the views.

Next, take a flight of stairs down to Ngan Chai Tsai Pavilion , which arguably has the better view, facing east and points directly at Hong Kong and the skyscrapers that surround Victoria Harbour.

Round out your day on Peng Chau by following the path to a lower viewing platform and beach that has looks at Ngan Chau Island , another that resembles a turtle. Get back on the paved road and pass by an old pier, another beach, and finally to Nam Wan (South Beach).

A short distance along the seaside promenade and you’ll be back to the Peng Chau ferry pier . If you want, you can grab a quick bite at A Noy Bakery or Island Table Grocer Cafe .

If you’re getting lost by all the names, the key is to just have all of the pins marked on your map so you can follow the path from one spot to the next.

Catch the ferry back to Central Ferry Pier 6 and watch a brilliant sunset cash its glow on the silhouette of islands.

Unmissable is the giant ferris wheel that’s staring right at you. This is the Hong Kong Observation Wheel which is part of the AIA Vitality Park .

While you’d assume that it’d cost an arm and a leg to ride the ferris wheel, think again! Tickets only costs HK$20 for adults (less than $3 USD) so there’s almost no reason to not buy your tickets in advance .

If you’re lucky, be on the lookout for the Mister Softee ice cream truck or listen for the Blue Danube jingle. They’re a childhood favourite and is still so good.

Enjoy delicious claypot rice dish

Another beloved Hong Kong street food classic is claypot rice . This is where the crackle and crunch of rice from the baked rice is topped with a mix of meat, seafood, and vegetables, then you stir in the sweet soy sauce.

Running for over 30 years, Hing Kee Claypot Rice Restaurant has become so popular that they’ve had to scoop up multiple storefronts to keep up with demand. Even though you’ll see branches across two streets, there’s still a line to get a table.

There are literally 60+ variations of claypot rice so you might be overloaded with choice. Sometimes, the simplest combos are the best so I’d stick to spare ribs with Chinese sausage or chicken with Chinese sausage.

Beyond claypot rice, make sure to try other dishes like razor clams and deep fried oyster pancakes.

Take in the Temple Street Night Market

To close out the night, walk down from Hing Kee and enter the main gates of Temple Street Market . This is a lively area that’s kept much of its original character. It’s a bit rough around the edges but is certainly eye-opening.

The main stretch is dominated by many of the same type of shops you’ll find at Ladies Market, but surrounding it are also an eclectic mix of fortune-tellers, open-air karaoke, street food, and possibly prostitutes lurking in the shadows.

Day 2 Summary

• Tin Hau Temple
• Kam Fa Temple
• Seven Sisters Temple
• Tai Lei Island
• Peng Yu Path
• Tung Wan Beach
• Lung Mo Temple
• Fook Yuen Leather Factory
• Peng Chau Family Trail
• Tai Wo Pier
• Nam Wan Pier
• Hong Kong Observation Wheel
• Breakfast – Page148 or Kee Sum Cafe – If breakfast is included, you have the option to eat at your hotel or you can eat once you arrive on Peng Chau Island. This cafe is a staple on the island and is best known for its prawn toast and pork chop sandwich. They are closed on Mondays.
• Lunch – Hoho Kitchen – A classic HK-style cafe that also happens to make a killer ice cream sandwich where they use a pineapple bun instead. They are closed on Thursdays.
• Snack – Island Table Grocer Cafe and A Noy Bakery – Both of these are great options if you want a later afternoon pick-me-up before you hop on the ferry. A Noy Bakery is closed on Mondays.
• Snack – Mister Softee – Vintage icon ice cream truck that has been around since the 1970s.   They specialize in milk-flavored soft-serve.
• Dinner – Hing Kee Claypot Rice Restaurant – One of the go-to restaurants to have claypot rice on Temple Street. Heads up, don’t get this mixed up with “Hing Kee Restaurant” as they are not the same.
• Page148 ( Agoda / Booking ) – We do a deeper dive in our Where To Stay in Hong Kong section of the article.

Best Restaurants in Hong Kong

It’s impossible to eat at all of them but you should at least try! Many of them are featured in this itinerary but there are many more. Make sure to read our guide to find out where else you’d like to eat.

Next on your travel itinerary is a day filled with many of the Hong Kong classics – the kind that you’d feel the FOMO if you didn’t do, and if you’ve done it before, it’s the kind of place that you never mind being reacquainted with.

Experience authentic dim sum

Start off your morning by venturing out to the most western stop on MTR’s Island Line, Kennedy Town. You’ve made it all this way to eat at Sun Hing Restaurant , a dim sum specialist that opens as early as 3AM.

This might be one of the most raw forms of dining you’ll have on this trip and that’s precisely why you’ll love it. Nobody really speaks English here, you’ll most definitely have to share a table, and the plastic stools aren’t the most comfortable, but the dim sum makes it all worth it.

I’d say the chaos here surpasses what you’ll experience at Australia Dairy Company. Dishes come out of nowhere and sometimes they don’t come at all. Once you’re done eating, you’ll feel the darting glares from those that are standing at the entrance, so it’s best to be quick about it.

TIP: Despite providing a order sheet that’s completely in Chinese, you quickly learn that it doesn’t go anywhere. If the wait-staff remember what you ordered, they’ll bring it over but if they don’t, nothing will ever come. The best way to get what you want is to just point at dishes when they come out. If you’re having trouble, there is an English translation of the menu on the wall with pictures.

Take in the atmospheric Man Mo Temple

Next, pop out of MTR Sheung Wan Station and pass through Upper Lascar Row , an antique street market that’s always fascinating to browse through.

Once you pass through the market, the picturesque temple, Man Mo Temple , will come into view.  This temple pays tribute to the God of Literature and the God of War, so this is the place locals would come if they wanted to ace an upcoming exam or solve conflicts.

The most striking feature when you walk inside the main temple are the wafts of smoke coming from the spirals of incense suspended from the roof.  You’ll also see wood carvings, golden deities, murals, and lanterns.

Before you leave, make sure to also pop into the adjoining temple next door which is a separate place of worship for other Buddhist and Taoist deities.

Go on a walking tour of Hong Kong Island

One of the things I love doing is just walking from Man Mo Temple towards Central. This part of the city is always more peaceful and filled so many different boutique shops, murals, and a look into the daily comings and goings of locals on the Hong Kong Island.

A few stops along the way we recommend are:

• Kung Lee Sugar Cane Drink – They make fresh sugar cane juice and herbal jelly which are very refreshing on a hot day.
• Graham Street Mural – There’s a section of the sloping street that has a painted mural depicting tightly packed homes set in a vibrant blue sky.

See the old and new of Tai Kwun

You’ll eventually come across a cluster of British colonial buildings amidst towering skyscrapers. This is Tai Kwun , a redeveloped area that combines the old with the new.

This was once a compound consisting of a police station, central magistracy and prison. Undergoing a massive transformation, it’s now a museum, cultural hub, space for art, and simply a really cool place to hang out with its open spaces, cafes, and restaurants.

As a visitor, they do an excellent job at showing how the police operated here back then since it was established in 1841, and you’ll get to walk in various blocks of the Victoria Prison that was fully functioning up to 2006.

There are also two museums called the JC Contemporary and JC Cube , both are spaces for exhibition and performing arts. JC Contemporary art gallery is free to enter and in addition to their incredibly photogenic spiral staircase, they host a constant flow of new art exhibitions.

In our case, we weren’t feeling too hungry after all of that dim sum but if you’re looking for a lunch spot, we scoped out Central Market inside a revitalized historic building and has a food court-style hall where you’ll have plenty to choose from.

Enjoy the panoramic view of Hong Kong from The Peak

Your walk will continue along a lush green respite through Lower Albert Road until you reach the lower terminus of the Peak Tram . This is perhaps one of the three most iconic modes of transportation in Hong Kong.

This funicular railway has been bringing visitors up to “The Peak” since 1888. Thanks to the large panes of glass on its current generation of tram cars, you’ll see the urban apartments fade to greenery and occasional peeks at the impressive array of skyscrapers.

We’ll be focusing on The Peak Tram but we’ll also provide options for those that want to take the bus or hike.

Closest MTR Station: MTR Central or Admiralty Station are both close by however the most direct route is to come out Central’s J2 Exit.

Location: The lower terminus is located at 33 Garden Road, Central, Hong Kong

• 7:30AM to 11PM (Mon – Sun & Holidays)
• Frequency – Departs every 10 to 15 minutes
• Duration – 8-10 minutes

Price: The pricing is divided between regular and peak days. For most of the year, peak days are simply Saturdays and Sundays. The exception are major Chinese holidays, second half of July to the third week of August, and Christmas. At the end of the ticket and booking page , they have a PDF of all peak days.

For the most up-to-date pricing, head over to the Peak Tram’s ticket and booking page . Oh and they now offer 20% off for morning tickets!

Combo ticket are also available if you want to combine Peak Tram with Sky Terrace 428.

Booking: You can buy tickets online ahead of time through a number of different platforms. That said, it is not necessary because you can skip the line by tapping your Octopus Card at the turnstile.

If you’d like to book in advance, you can do so through the official website or the combo tickets through Klook , Viator , or GetYourGuide . If you decide to buy tickets when you arrive, you can line up to pay at the booth or you can simply scan your Octopus Card at the turnstile.

If you’re looking to do a number of attractions such as the Peak Tram, Ngong Ping 360, Hop-On-Hop-Off, and M+, make sure to check out the GoCity pass for Hong Kong which can help you save a lot of money if you manage to do all of the inclusive activities.

Website: The Peak Tram

Alternative Way Up To Victoria Peak:

• Bus –
• Taxi – There are plenty of taxis in Hong Kong and willing to head up to the Peak. These are metered, air-conditioned, and clean. The HK$65-$80 and should take roughly 7 minutes.
• Hike – There is a trail that takes you all the way up to the Peak (2.8 km/1.74 mi). From MTR Central Station, this is a 1-1.5 hour hike. Note that you’re effectively. walking on the same road as cars so you’re not hiking the mountain.

Alternative Way Down From Victoria Peak:

• Bus – The bus stop at the Peak is underneath Peak Galleria mall.
• Where should you sit on the Peak Tram? If you happen to be at the front of the line for the next departure, the front of the tram has the best views but if you’re further back, it’s really not a big deal because the new trams have huge glass windows and bring in tons of light. If you can, sit on the right side of the tram going up because the views of the skyline will be there.
• Can you buy a return ticket and use them on different days? No, return tickets have to be used on the same day.
• Is Sky Terrace 428 worth it? We don’t think it’s absolutely necessarily to experience Victoria Peak but what we do like about it is that since it’s paid, you end up with fewer crowds and is more relaxed. They have an unobstructed view of the skyline. That’s why you can consider getting a combo ticket .
• When is the best time to go to Victoria Peak? If you’re interested in the smallest crowds, The Peak Tram is the least busy from 8AM – 12PM. The most scenic time to go to Victoria Peak is at sunset and Symphony of Lights which occurs every night at 8AM (10 minute show).
• If you don’t buy tickets in advance, when you arrive at the lower terminus of The Peak Tram, don’t stand in line with everyone else, you can bypass it, go straight to the front, and simply tap your Octopus Card to get in.
• We think that the best way to plan for Victoria Peak is to take the Peak Tram up and the bus down. Not only does this give you a different experiences but the bus back down is more convenient because it brings you right back to MTR Central Station.
• While you’re riding the tram, pay attention to the Peak Tram illusion .

The tram arrives inside The Peak Tower which has a mix of museums, shopping, and restaurants. Once you’re on the ground floor, you’ll be officially standing on the tallest hill on Hong Kong Island – Victoria Peak .

Continuing walking to east towards the lion pavilion and terrace. It’s here that you’ll see the perfect opening in the trees to lay out the iconic skyline in front of you.

While you’re here, we recommend that you explore the The Peak Galleria which is the mall across The Peak Tower. Their roof is free and gives you a great lookout of the southwestern side of the island. Pacific Coffee in The Peak Tower also has a wonderful patio space that has a direct view of the Peak Tram’s tracks, and the skyline as well.

Take the cheapest way to cross Victoria Harbour

You can take the Peak Tram down but we recommend using the bus because it drops you right in front of Central Ferry Pier 8 which is where one of the other famous modes of transportation is located – the Star Ferry .

These green and white passenger ferries are distinctly Hong Kong and have been moving people from all over the world between Kowloon and Hong Kong Island for more than 120 years. What’s endearing about the Star Ferry is that they look and feel the same

To get on the ferry, you’ll want to have an Octopus Card so you can tap right on. You’ll get to choose between two decks of the ferry – the upper is a tad more expensive and is better because it is air conditioned, has more comfortable seats, and a better vantage point, the lower deck is cheaper and is open air although we think the views are just as good because there aren’t any windows to contend with.

TIP: The prices are different on weekends versus weekdays and the upper deck is roughly HK$1 more for adults. That said, the prices are insignificantly different that it’s really a matter of preference.

Eat at one of the oldest dai pai dong in Hong Kong

Foodies can all agree that the best food in Hong Kong isn’t found in in fancy dining rooms of 5-star hotels, they’re the ones that usually spill out onto the street, are loud, and rambunctious. These are what’s called dai pai dong .

With their flaming woks, chefs with serious personality, plastic stools, and foldable tables, spots like Oi Man Sang are keeping this tradition alive. The experience here is no frills and unpretentious. It’s all about authentic local eats and toasting to another great day.

As a staple of the Sham Shui Po area since 1956, the must-order dishes are their potato and beef stir fry, salted egg yolk prawns, clams with black bean & chili sauce, and steamed razor clams.

TIP: When you arrive, make sure to go to the machine to get a ticket first. There’s typically a long queue but with it moves relatively quickly.

Save some room though because there are 2 more popular snack spots in Sham Sui Po.

The first is Kung Wo Beancurd Factory . They specialize tofu pudding, a silky smooth, rich in soy aroma, and syrup-glazed dessert that’s slurp-worthy.

Nearby is also Hop Yik Tai where they are the go-to place for the Hong Kong-style snack of rice rolls that are drizzled with a peanut, oyster, and hot sauce, plus a dash of sesame. If you take it to go, they’ll prepare it in a plastic bag and hand it over to you with a few skewers – the local way.

Day 3 Summary

• Upper Lascar Row
• Man Mo Temple
• Graham Street Mural
• The Peak Tram
• Victoria Peak
• Breakfast – Sun Hing Restaurant – Hyper-local dim sum restaurant that is famous for their golden custard buns.
• Snack – Kung Lee Sugar Cane – Traditional shop in Central specializing in sugar cane juice and herbal jelly.
• Lunch – Central Market – Food court with a range of cuisine that’ll be sure to have something you’re interested in.
• Dinner – Oi Man Sang – One of the oldest dai pai dong where it’s got the lively atmosphere paired with great local fare.
• Snack – Kung Wo Beancurd Factory – Come here for their tofu pudding dessert. They have English menus and are cash-only . Michelin Bib Gourmand recommended .
• Snack – Hop Yik Tai – Rice noodle roll specialists but they also have other items like fish balls, dim sum, pork skin, and radish. Most take their snacks to-go in a plastic bag but you can also eat in. They don’t have English menus and are cash-only .
• Page148 ( Agoda / Booking ) – Read our review of Page 148 in the Where To Stay in Hong Kong section below.

As a mid-way point in your itinerary, it’s the perfect time to have a more relaxed day, taking the opportunity to explore the other side of Hong Kong island – Causeway Bay, Quarry Bay, and Taikoo Shing.

Have breakfast at the nostalgia-filled Cafe Match Box

You can never have enough cha chaang teng when in Hong Kong. A fun twist to the breakfast can be found at Cafe Match Box . They serve all of the classics but inside you’ll find a larger-than-life cutout of a green minibus and around it, and tons of nostalgia from the 80s and 90s.

And yes, that’s a ping pong table and plenty of patio space outside – pretty rare for a HK-style cafe.

Enjoy retail therapy in Causeway Bay

Causeway Bay is the best place to go to satisfy your retail therapy. From high end luxury, shopping centers, multi-level department stores, duty-free, and ground-level shops, there’s just about everything here.

For an orientation of sorts, make sure to check out the venerable SOGO Causeway Bay . They’re a Japanese-style department store where upstairs are layers of fashion brands we always love heading down to the basement to hunt for confectionary snacks, baked goods, refreshments, and Japanese imports.

The district’s largest shopping mall is Times Square . Various times of the year they have displays outside. Inside, they carry most of the biggest fashion brands. Again, we love heading down to the basement for city’super , a grocery store that has seasonal food festivals, sweet treats, and ice cream.

Other notable spots to check out is the Transformer’s themed restaurant called The Ark , DFS Causeway Bay for duty-free shopping, and if you love egg tarts, get in line at Hashtag B .

Salivate over more steamed milk pudding

You’ll be snacking along the way so you probably won’t be super hungry so we suggest you try Yee Shun Milk Company . They’re similar to Australia Dairy Company but we think their steamed milk pudding has a richer milk flavour.

Capture a new a vantage from Quarry Bay Park

Get on the MTR and hop over to a quieter and more residential part of Hong Kong Island. From MTR Quarry Bay Station, if you walk towards the water, you’ll eventually get to Quarry Bay Park , a beautiful green space that allows you to escape the chaos of the city.

With 10 hectares of space, you’ll enjoy a different view of Victoria Harbour. We suggest you follow the promenade until you get to the Fireboat Alexander Grantham Exhibition Gallery .

Get dazzling views from a rooftop bar in Taikoo Shing

Hong Kong has many notable rooftop bars and one of them is Sugar in Taikoo Shing – a perfect pairing to your very chill day.

From their spacious open deck with fabulous views of the harbor, sip on a sundowner while indulging in shisha or nibbling on Japanese-inspired shareable plates.

TIP: Sugar opens at 5:30PM all days of the week.

Take advantage of the ultimate Hong Kong hack

Psst, we’ll let you in on a secret. You don’t need to do a hop-on-hop-off bus on Hong Kong Island. There’s a practically-free one you can take (adults are only HK$3)!

It’s the double-decker Hong Kong Tramways that you’ll see run length-wise on the island. Locals affectionately call it a ‘Ding Ding’, the third of the iconic modes of transportation in Hong Kong.

We recommend that you take a nice stretch of the tram westbound from Taikoo Shing to Central. It’s fun to people-watch from this vantage point and there are photo-worthy framings of the urban jungle.

TIP: You get on the tram from the rear. You get off the tram from the front and pay upon exit by tapping your Octopus Card or you can pay by cash but no change is given. The best seats are on the second level right at the front.

Dine at the original one Michelin-star dim sum specialist

Back in 2009, a tiny 20-seat dim sum restaurant called Tim Ho Wan opened in Olympia, Hong Kong and within a year, it gained its first Michelin-star, becoming “the world’s cheapest Michelin-star restaurant”.

With locations all over the city it’s much easier to get a seat compared to back then. On your way home, they have an outlet inside the Hong Kong West Kowloon Station.

Along with the classics, the must-have item is the Baked BBQ Pork Buns. Who said you can’t have dim sum for dinner!

On your way home, drop by Lee Keung Kee North Point Egg Waffles which is right around the corner from Page148. Bubble waffles are another dessert that’s taken the world by storm and originated in Hong Kong.

Day 4 Summary

• SOGO Causeway Bay
• Times Square Mall
• Quarry Bay Park
• Fireboat Alexander Grantham Exhibition Gallery
• Sugar Rooftop Bar
• Breakfast – Cafe Match Box – A nostalgia-filled HK-style cafe in Causeway Bay.
• Snack – Hashtag B – There’s a line up everyday for their egg tarts with a twist of their Napoleon cake style crust and layer of caramel.
• Lunch – Yee Shun Dairy Company – A steamed milk pudding specialist because you’ll want to have it more than just once!
• Dinner – Tim Ho Wan – The world-famous dim sum restaurant that got a Michelin-star back in 2009.
• Snack – Lee Keung Kee North Point Egg Waffles – Right by the hotel is a tiny egg waffle shop run by an elderly couple. Expect a line here but we found that their hours are not always consistent with what’s posted.
• Page148 ( Agoda / Booking ) – There are more photos of the hotel in the Where To Stay in Hong Kong section below.

The newest developed area in central Hong Kong is the West Kowloon Cultural District . Built on 50 hectares of reclaimed land, this has been a development project starting as early as 2012.

This is the kind of cultural and arts hub that the city’s never had before and while there’s still work being done, the anchor sites are complete and is totally worth spending a day here.

Walk the West Kowloon Art Park

When you get here, start by exploring the Art Park , a large green space that makes the foundation for the West Kowloon Cultural District.

When you’re here, there might be special cultural events but you can also come here for running, biking, picnicking, or just a relaxing stroll. After all, there are beautiful views of the harbour from the waterfront promenade. There’s also a second level viewing platform which you can take advantage of.

TIP: As it currently stands, getting here isn’t the most convenient. If you’re coming from TST, cut across on Austin Road. There’s a portion that goes underground and that leads you into MTR Austin Station. The station has a bridge that crosses into Hong Kong West Kowloon Station and from there you can walk on foot into West Kowloon Cultural District.

Immerse yourself in the Hong Kong Palace Museum

There are two must-visit museums here. The first is the Hong Kong Palace Museum which focuses on ancient Chinese art and culture but presents it in a contemporary architectural lens.

I was particularly blown away by their main exhibit which brings to light, artifacts and stories from the Forbidden Palace in Beijing and more specifically, during the Qing dynasty.  Through the viewing of immersive elements and many never-before-displayed treasures, you’ll get to experience what life was like in the court.

You’ll also appreciate the three atriums stacked on different levels of the museum, each offer panoramic vistas of the city and surroundings in different directions.

For lunch, we recommend you check out the food trucks in the Art Park . Pineapple Canteen is good but a bit far so you might want to try Pat Chun Saucy Truck instead.

Closest MTR Station: MTR Kowloon Station

Location: Hong Kong Palace Museum is located on the far west side of the West Kowloon Art Park. The ticket office is located outside of the museum itself. You can find it across from the courtyard.

• Mon-Thurs, Sun – 10AM – 6PM
• Fri – Sat, Holidays – 10AM – 8PM
• Closed on Tuesdays (except holidays) and the first 2 days of the Lunar New Year
• Ticket office closed one hour before closing.

The Special Exhibition Ticket gives you access to Galleries 1- 7 and also the special exhibitions in Galleries 8 and 9.

Booking: You can purchase tickets online through the museum or you can buy it on Klook .

Website: Hong Kong Palace Museum

Museum Rules:

• Items larger than 55ccm x 35cm x 20cm (bags, boxes, luggage, and long umbrellas primarily) aren’t allowed inside the museum. For instance, my Shimoda X50 backpack wasn’t allowed.
• You are allowed to take photos and videos. Flash photography, selfie sticks, monopods, and tripods are prohibited.
• Wheeled luggage, carriers, and things like skateboards, scooters, inline skates, and shoes with built-in wheels are not allowed.
• To enter the museum, you will go through a security check which includes an x-ray machine.
• Where can I store my bags and luggage? There are 3 lockers for visitors to use but they are small. If you have larger items, you’ll have to effectively use their cloakroom with the ground floor Information Counter. The fee is $HK10 per hour.
• When is the best time to go to Hong Kong palace Museum? To avoid the large tour bus and school group crowds, your best bet is to go early in the morning when the museum opens or towards the end of the day.
• How long should I plan to visit the museum for? If you’d like to see all galleries as part of the General Admission Ticket, budget for 2 hours.
• Are there guided tours? Yes, there are free guided tours of specific exhibitions. Those tour times can be found at the ground floor Information Counter. This is first-come-first-serve. They also offer paid tours led by a docent for selected galleries.
• Can you rent audio guides? They have digital-only audio guides which are free to access with a QR code or this audio guide page .
• Does the Hong Kong Palace Museum have a gift shop? Yes, they have a gift shop called ART EXPRESS by The Commercial Press that closely mirrors the hours of the museum.
• There are a lot of open spaces in the museum galleries and not many seating areas. Next to the ground floor Information Counter, there are foldable chairs that you can borrow for free.
• While MTR Kowloon Station is the closest, ironically, for those that are staying on the Kowloon-side, your best bet to get here is to walk. You stick above-ground and take Austin Road all the way west or you can mix and match between the underground tunnels that eventually take you through MTR Austin Station, West Kowloon Rail Station, and either getting back on street-level or through the Hong Kong Elements shopping mall.
• If you didn’t catch it above, the museum is closed on Tuesdays, contrasting M+ which is closed on Mondays.
• If you are tight on time, the most memorable exhibits of the museum for me were “Entering the Forbidden City: Architecture, Collection, and Heritage”, and “From Dawn to Dusk: Life in the Forbidden City”.
• Bring wireless earbuds such as the the Apple Airpods because the museum has an audio guide that can be accessed through your phone.

Wander through the contemporary M+ museum

The other one to visit is M+ Museum , Asia’s first global museum of contemporary visual art and is packed with collections that span the 20th and 21st century visual art, design, and architecture.

What I really appreciated about this museum is that it’s a museum of modern art that also has a focus on Asian and Chinese artists and themes.  The layout of the museum is also easy to explore and are spaced out very well so it never feels overwhelming either.

Don’t miss the North and South Roof Gardens while you’re here.  The views from here are quite the remarkable and gives you a panoramic look at the whole of West Kowloon Cultural District.

You can easily spend a full day in the West Kowloon Art District and when you’re done, head back out to the promenade and enjoy a beautiful sunset.

Location: M+ is located on the east side of the West Kowloon Art Park and most likely the first museum you’ll encounter. Unlike Hong Kong Palace Museum, the ticket office is located inside the building.

• Tues-Thurs, Sat-Sun – 10AM – 6PM
• Fri – 10AM – 8PM
• Closed on Mondays (except holidays) and the first 2 days of the Lunar New Year.
• Holidays – Open on all public holidays.
• Last admission is 30 minutes before closing.

Special exhibitions change throughout the year and are all priced differently so check their ticket page to find out their prices.

Booking: You can’t buy tickets directly through the museum. Instead, they encourage those wanting advanced tickets to go through partners like Klook and KKday , or have it included as part of GoCity pass for Hong Kong .

Website: M+

• Bags and backpacks smaller than 30 cm x 42 cm x 10 cm are allowed in the galleries, but backpacks must be worn on the front of the body with the strap(s) slung over one or both shoulders. Larger items must be checked in to lockers or the cloakroom. For instance, my Shimoda X50 backpack wasn’t allowed.
• Wheelchairs and baby strollers are allowed in the galleries. You can also borrow these free of charge.
• You are allowed to take photos but no flash photography. They are more strict with video here and really depends on the artwork. They will sometimes have signs up of where it’s not allowed. If you’re not sure, ask the M+ staff.

• Where can I store my bags and luggage? There is a locker room available on the basement level with multiple sizes. The staff will hand you a green RFID band to access a locker of your choosing. You’ll get a paper receipt but your band will act as your key. When returning, simply tap to unlock and pay by either Octopus Card or cash. The fee is HK$10 per hour. Note that they close at 5:30PM (9:30PM on Fridays).
• When is the best time to go to M+? To avoid the large tour bus and school group crowds, your best bet is to go early in the morning or towards the end of the day.
• Are there guided tours? Yes, there are free 45-minute public tours led by M+ Guides. These are held in either Cantonese, English, or Mandarin and take place daily at 11:30AM, 3:30PM. On Fridays, there’s an additional time slot at 7:30PM. You can register for the tour at the ground floor Information Desk.
• Can you rent audio guides? They have free digital-only audio guides which are free to access with a QR code or on the audio-guide page .
• Does M+ have a gift shop? Yes, they have a gift shop called the M+ Shop that closely mirrors the hours of the museum but shifted forward by an hour.
• If you didn’t catch it above, M+ is closed on Mondays, Remember that Hong Kong Palace Museum is closed on Tuesday.
• The entire M+ Collection is compelling. If you’re short on time, there isn’t one specific gallery you should focus on so it’ll be about focusing on what draws your attention and skipping ones that don’t. Try your best to go through all of the second floor and when you’re done, head up to the Roof Garden.
• You can’t access the Roof Garden from the gallery floor (2). Instead, you have to go back to ground level (G) and take the elevator from there.
• The most photogenic parts of M+ are: Grand Stair, the spiral staircase in the center of the second floor atrium, the outdoor staircase that is perpendicular to the view of the Hong Kong skyline, and there is another outdoor staircase area that faces west.
• Have your wireless earbuds ready for the free audio guide through your phone.
• If you don’t want to pay for tickets, the Grand Stair, Basement 1, Roof Garden, and Mediatheque are free.

Bonus: Go on a photography hunt

This might not be for everyone but the photography side of me had an itch to seek out a few locations in the city I’ve always wanted to capture at night.

• Monster Building: This is a hulking and tightly-packed E-shaped residential complex in Quarry Bay. It’s easy to find and relatively easy to frame because you just have to look up. HDR will help to bring out the tapestry of colors. Remember to be respectful as people live here.
• Long Exposure from IFC Footbridge: This one’s a bit harder to find. I’ve seen photos of this before but it’s not marked anywhere but I eventually figured out which footbridge you need to be on which you’ll see on our itinerary map .

For both of these shots, you’ll want to have a tripod with you and the widest lens that you have such as the OM System 8-25mm Pro f/4 .

If you end off near IFC Mall, in a departure from street eats, our from-left-field-suggestion is to go to Shake Shack .

Their burgers are just as good as they are in New York City (something we feature in our NYC food guide ) but each location has their own exclusive. In Hong Kong, it’s the mango bubble shake with popping boba, vanilla custard, pomelo, coconut cream, mango puree, and crunchy egg rolls. Worth it!!

Day 5 Summary

• West Kowloon Art Park
• Hong Kong Palace Museum
• Monster Building
• IFC Footbridge
• Breakfast – Page148 – Pick up a few breakfast items from the cafe at the hotel.
• Lunch – Food trucks of West Kowloon District – There are two main locations where they can be found. Make sure to check the site to see who’s going to be there.
• Dinner – Shake Shack – Burger restaurant hailing from New York City that has everything you’d expect except it also has a Hong Kong exclusive, the mango bubble shake.
• Page148 ( Agoda / Booking ) – Since the hotel is on Austin Road, all you have to do is just start cutting west to get to the West Kowloon Cultural District.

As someone that loves the outdoors, this was one of my favourite days of the trip. It’ll be a packed day but with the Walled City, Kowloon Peak, Chinese desserts, and egg tarts, this is a day you won’t find any one else’s itinerary.

Grab these super hot egg tarts

Egg tarts are synonymous with Hong Kong and if you loved Hashtag B, you’ll also want to try Bakehouse by Chef Grégoire Michaud. What makes theirs special is they have a flaky shell and a little burnt on the top, similar to a pastel de nata.

While you’re here, make sure to pick up a few extra baked goods while you’re here that you can eat on your hike.

Learn the legacy of Kowloon Walled City

Coming out of Sung Wong Toi MTR Station, head into Carpenter Road Park and adjacent to that is the infamous Kowloon Walled City and now transformed to the Kowloon Walled City Park .

The extremely dense and ungoverned enclave was demolished in 1994 and was converted into an urban green space. So while you won’t be able to see the walled city, they do a great job at showing you what it was like with a great 3D model and a cross-section mural.

So what’s actually left? There are two points of interest you can check out.

The first is the remnants of the original South Gate where you’ll see the original path, drainage ditch, and two stone plaques that say “South Gate” and “Kowloon Walled City”.

The other point of interest is the yamen building .  It’s the only building that survived the demolition and consists of 3 halls and was used for a number of different purposes including a senior home, place for refugees, school, and clinic.  Today, it’s a museum and they’ve built several immersive spaces to give you a better sense of what life was like in the walled city.

Closest MTR station: MTR Sung Wong Toi Station (B3 exit)

• Park grounds – Daily 6:30AM – 11PM
• Exhibitions rooms (Yamen building) – 10AM to 6PM (Closed on Wednesdays)

Price: Free

Website: Kowloon Walled City Park

• Are there guided tours of Kowloon Walled City Park? Yes, they offer 45 minute guided tours on weekends and holidays for park visitors at 9AM, 11AM, 3PM and 4PM. These are run by volunteer guides but not all speak English.
• Is there signage in English? Yes, all of the signage here is translated to English and easy to read.
• You can definitely enjoy the park without a guide and if you want to know more of its history, we recommend you watch this video .
• The B3 exit of Sung Wong Toi MTR station gets you close but you’ll need to walk a few blocks north. The initial park you enter through is Carpenter Road Park with a great cycling path. Keep going to connect with the Kowloon Walled City Park.

Try the best Chinese desserts at Tei Mou Koon

Before you leave the neighbourhood, you’d be remiss if you don’t visit Tei Mou Koon . They serve all of the classic Chinese desserts that are mainly soup based but also have other favourites like mango pillows and glutinous rice balls.

As you can see in the photo, I went a little overboard with my order so this turned into a lunch.

Conquer the Kowloon Peak for epic views

This might not be for everyone but if you’re up for a moderately challenging hike and are seeking the most epic views of Hong Kong, Kowloon Peak is an excellent off-the-beaten-path addition.

I heard about the Suicide Cliff hike but 1) being more of a cautious traveler and 2) experience vertigo and 3) the name itself not being the most comforting, I looked into whether I could do it another way. Luckily there is.

So yes, you can hike to Kowloon Peak without doing Suicide Cliff.

Our video of the best things to do in Hong Kong shows you the behind-the-scenes of the hike and we have all of the details laid out below so I won’t go into more detail but this is 100% worth the effort .

There are a lot of great guides specific for Kowloon Peak but we wanted to provide you a version of it that’s more condensed and doesn’t include the vertigo-inducing Suicide Cliff.

Closest MTR Station: MTR Choi Hung Station (B Exit)

Location: Google can easily lead you astray here because the labelling isn’t the most accurate and there are multiple places that are supposedly “Kowloon Peak”. The actual peak for this hike is right next to “Kowloon Peak Television and radio transmission stations” or more accurately, marked on our Hong Kong trip planning map . The “Kowloon Peak Viewing Point” on Google is in an entirely different area that you’d get to if you did the full loop but in our case, is way too far from where you want to be.

Getting to the start of the hike:

• From Choi Hung Station, stay on Clear Water Bay Road.
• Past Fung Shing Street, we recommend you stick to the right side of Clear Water Bay Road as this is where the side walk continues as you keep going further east.
• The road eventually splits and to the left is Fei Ngo Shan Road. Follow this and continue to the left after you see the Kowloon Peak rock.
• This road takes you up through a wealthy neighbourhood of houses and villas. Keep going north until you see a trailhead to your left that goes up. You’ll recognize it from the “Danger” sign that’s posted but it is completely safe.
• The stairs will keep rising up. Once you pass through a bamboo forest, it opens up and you’ll see the television and radio equipment.
• Hours – There are no gates for this trail so you can do it at any time.
• I started at 3:20PM, reached the peak at 5:05PM, finished photography at 6:35PM, and got back to the paved road at 7:20PM.

Difficulty: Without Suicide Cliff, the hike is moderate with most of the challenge being the stair climb up to the peak. The good news is that the path is well laid out and you’ll be at sea level.

• When is the best time to do the Kowloon Peak hike? It can get very hot in the middle of the day so it’s a good idea to do the hike early in the day or late in the day. For the best lighting, you’ll want to be here closer to sunset.
• How much water should I bring? We recommend that you bring at least 2 liters of water.
• How can can you go along the path without getting to Suicide Cliff? If you look at our interactive map , we captured the exact GPS coordinates at “Kowloon Peak Photo Spot” of where I stopped. The trail starts to descend more rapidly at this point and there are many large boulders to get through.
• For the photographers, we recommend coming here for the sunset and the evening cityscape. With that, you’ll want to bring a tripod. Since you’ll be hiking back down at night, you’ll also need a headlamp (see my reviews of my Fenix HM65R ).
• While what I call the “Kowloon Peak” is scenic with its view of the city and the willows in the foreground, you don’t really get the full unobstructed view of the city until you keep going further down from the peak and right before Suicide Cliff.
• If you are filming a timelapse, my recommendation would be do it further down from the peak. Set it up and let it run, allowing you to photograph or film with another camera. I learned from my experience at the peak that I couldn’t let it run and explore the trail further down.
• The stairs down immediately after the peak is highly photogenic.
• Make sure to pack a light jacket or fleece with you. Despite how hot it might be throughout the day, at the top of the mountain after sunset, it gets quite chilly and windy.
• If you’d like to track this hike, make sure to download Gaia GPS or AllTrails .

Reward yourself with Asam Chicken Rice

You’ll be exhausted by the time you finally make it back to TST so have a quick dinner at Asam Chicken Rice and crash early.

Day 6 Summary

• Kowloon Walled City Park
• Kowloon Peak Observation Point
• Breakfast – Page148 – Whether it’s included with your stay or not, their hot items and coffee make a great breakfast.
• Snack – Bakehouse – Modern bakery that’s risen in popularity because of their egg tarts. Their bolo bao (pineapple bun) is also superb. There have multiple locations in the city.
• Dessert/Lunch – Tei Mou Koon – One of the top traditional Chinese dessert shops and the oldest in Kowloon City. A heads up that their menu is Chinese-only.
• Dinner – Asam Chicken Rice – They make delicious Hainanese chicken rice and best of all, they’re close to Page148 so you can rest after a long day of hiking.

It’s easy to associate Hong Kong with it’s plethora of landmark skyscrapers and the hustle and bustle of a megatropolis.

So far we’ve peeled back the layers from that to show you that there’s so much more to the city. On your final full day of the itinerary, you’ll get to see a place that belongs to somewhere like Iceland or Northern Ireland.

See the colorful Choi Hung Estate

Once you arrive at MTR Choi Hung Station, you’re only a short walk away to the Choi Hung Estate , the famous public housing apartments.

This has become a hotspot for photographers because these estates are painted a strikingly beautiful layers of pastel. From the basketball court vantage point, you can’t help but snap away!

Venture out to the geological wonder of Sai Kung County

What makes this area unique is that it belongs to a large protected area known as the Hong Kong Global Geopark .  The area is particularly rich in super rare rhyolitic volcanic rock columns that was revealed during the excavation work for the dam.  Thanks to this project, it’s the only place in Hong Kong where you can walk to on foot and get right up to the hexagonal rock columns.

What’s special is that this type of rare rock showcases more of the features of the original lava and tuff. This whole area was created 140 million years ago from a supervolcano where the cooling process eventually sculpted the volcanic materials into millions of hexagonal rock columns.

Spend your day hiking the High Island Geo Trail which consists of:

• Reservoir Monument
• The overlook of the reservoir
• Geopark Monument
• Hexagonal rock columns including the buckled S-shaped hexagonal columns 
• Inner cofferdam
• The lower wall which consists of thousands of concrete wave-dissipating dolosse

If you have time, you can also do:

• 1 km-long extension to Biu Tsim Kok viewing point
• Connecting trail from the lower wall to get close to seeing the Po Pin Chau sea stack island

TIP: We cover this in detail below but coming here is the easiest on the weekends and you’ll want to plan to head back before 3:30PM because the line up for the bus gets very long.

While visiting High Island Reservoir East Dam is relatively straightforward, one topic that deserves more clarification is how to get there and back.

Closest MTR Station: MTR Diamond Hill Station or MTR Hang Hau Station

Location: High Island Reservoir East Dam is located inside the the Sai Kung County Park. The UNESCO Hong Kong GeoPark is a large collection of sites and landscapes of international significance and includes the East Dam.

Time: The park isn’t gated and can be visited at anytime. However, you’ll most likely be limited based on your transportation opens in and out of the Hong Kong GeoPark.

• Getting to East Dam – 2 hours including wait times during transfer (based on weekend 96R + 9A route)
• Exploring East Dam – 3 hours

How to get to the East Dam: This is not an easy spot to get to unfortunately. There are a few options to get here that you’ll want to pay attention to. When it’s time to leave the East Dam, just follow the reverse.

• Weekday from Diamond Hill – From MTR Diamond Hill Station exit C2, take bus 92 to Sai Kung Town Centre and connect with bus 94 to Pak Tam Chung stop. Take a taxi from here or walk.
• Weekday from Hang Hau – From MTR Hang Hau Station exit B1, take minibus 101M to Sai Kung Town Centre and connect with bus 94 to Pak Tam Chung stop. Take a taxi from here or walk.
• [Best option] Weekend and Holidays from Diamond Hill – From MTR Diamond Hill Station exit C2, take bus 96R to Pak Tam Chung stop. Connect with green minibus 9A .
• Weekend and Holiday from Sai Kung – Get to Sai Kung Town Centre and connect with bus 94 to Pak Tam Chung stop. Connect with green minibus 9A .
• Weekend and Holiday from Sha Tin – Take bus 289R from Sha Tin Central to Pak Tam Chung stop. Connect with green minibus 9A .

About Bus 92:

• This is a standard double-decker bus.
• From Diamond Hill, it operates from 6AM – 11PM. Frequency varies from 15-30 minutes.
• From Sai Kung, it operates from 6AM – 11:45PM. Frequency varies from 15 – 30 minutes.
• This bus does not run on Sunday.
• Fare is HK$7.50 and they only take Octopus Card or exact fare.
• The journey takes 40-45 minutes.

About Bus 96R:

• From Pak Tam Chung, it operates from 7:30AM to 5PM. Frequency varies from 18-30 minutes.
• From East Dam, it operates from 8:50AM to 7:30PM (8:50AM to 3PM on holidays). Frequency varies from 20-30 minutes.
• Pak Tam Chung stop is not the final destination so make sure to pay attention to the stops.
• Fare is HK$19.90 and they only take Octopus Card or exact fare.
• The journey takes 60-65 minutes.

About 9A Bus:

• Only runs on Saturday, Sunday, and public holidays.
• From Pak Tam Chung, it operates from 9:30AM to 6:30PM.
• From East Dam, it operates from 10AM to 7PM.
• This bus doesn’t have a specific schedule during operation. They basically have several mini buses that run back and forth. Get in line and wait patiently.
• Green mini buses have a maximum capacity of 19 people.
• Fare is HK$11.90 and they only take Octopus Card or exact fare.
• The journey takes 20 minutes.
• Service updates due to bad weather can be found on their website or Facebook page .

About taking the taxi:

• The cost for a cab ride between Sai Kung Town Centre and East Dam can be anywhere between HK$120-160. This is metered and takes 30 minutes.
• The cost for a cab ride between Pak Tam Chung and East Dam is listed to be roughly HK$95. This is metered and takes 25 minutes.
• It’s much easier to hail a taxi on-the-fly from Sai Kung and Pak Tam Chung stops but much more difficult from East Dam, especially on weekends.
• To call a taxi, you can try the following numbers: +852-8103-1189 , +852-2729-6600 or +852-6767-8181 . You’ll be charged an extra HK$50 for booking a cab this way. Alternatively, use the HKTaxi app ( iOS / Android ). Make sure you download this ahead of time and have your credit card set up.
• You’ll have much better luck getting your taxi if you call for one a few hours in advance.
• You might see different colored taxis. Red taxis are urban taxis that service Kowloon and Hong Kong Island. Green taxis are ones that operate in the New Territories. If you’re in Sai Kung, Pak Tam Chung, or East Dam, you can take any to get between these 3 locations but if you’re looking to get all the way back to the Kowloon area (i.e. Diamond Hill), take a red taxi.
• Download the HKTaxi app (iOS

Price: Free. There is no cost to enter Hong Kong GeoPark/Sai Kung County Park or the High Island Reservoir East Dam.

Booking: There are no advanced booking of transportation but there are guided tours available.

Guided tours:

• East Dam Half Day Tour – Offered by the Volcano Discovery Centre and operates from October to February on weekends and holidays (except Lunar New Year’s Day and Second Day of Lunar New Year).
• Group Hiking Tour ( Viator or Klook ) – A guided hiking tour of Hong Kong GeoPark and includes the East Dam.

Website: UNESCO Hong Kong GeoPark – High Island Reservoir East Dam

• When is the best day of the week to go to the High Island Reservoir East Dam? From a transportation perspective, the most convenient day to go is on weekends and holidays. That said, this is also when the East Dam is the busiest. If you prefer to go on a quieter day, weekdays are great as long as you’re willing to pay for a taxi.
• When is the best time of day to go to the East Dam? The most photogenic part of the day is close to sunset when you have less harsh light and the sky starts to change colour. Going early in the morning is also a great time when the sun isn’t as high up and there are fewer people.
• How long is the walk from Pak Tam Chung to the East Dam? The walk takes roughly 2-2.5 hours.
• Are there bathrooms at the East Dam? Yes, there are basic bathrooms at the end of the road and next to the GeoPark Monument.
• Are there food vendors at East Dam? No, you can’t buy any food here.
• Are there bathrooms at Pak Tam Chung? Yes, there is a large bathroom facility here as it’s also meant for those camping here.
• Are there food vendors at Pak Tam Chung? Yes, there is a supplies store here for campers. They sell a variety of snacks, drinks, and ice cream.

• Now that you know your transportation options to the East Dam, we still think the best option in and out would be to go on weekends so that you don’t have to rely on the taxi.
• If you’re open to taking a taxi and would like to avoid crowds, go during the weekday.
• If a taxi tries to charge you per person, they are trying to scam you. Politely say no and wait try another one.
• On weekends, the line to take minibus 9A gets very long after 4PM. To avoid this, we recommend that you try to leave the East Dam no later than 3:30PM.
• The most photogenic time at the East Dam is at sunset. However, the flip side is that the line up to take the bus or taxi will be much longer. Also, be mindful of when the minibus 9A is which is 7PM.
• If the queue for the minibus 9A is really bad, you may consider trying to group up with other travelers to hail a taxi. We saw a number of people do this which is quite smart.
• We noticed that most taxis will go all the way to end of the road by the GeoPark Monument (where the bathroom facilities are). To hail a return taxi, your best bet is to make a line from here to catch an empty cab back instead of where the lineup for minibus 9A is.

Wind down with dinner and dessert

There’s nothing better than simple and classic Hong Kong comfort dishes when you finally get back to TST.

Tai Hing is a popular chain restaurant that you’ll find all over Hong Kong. They started specializing in BBQ roast meats but is now a casual restaurant that you could say is very much like a HK-style cafe as well.

On your way back to Page148 , treat yourself to froyo from Frozen Yogurt Drool .

When you get to this point, you will be shocked that you’ve already a full week in Hong Kong. Since it’s your last night, do any last minute shopping that you might want to do, re-pack your belongings, and prepare for the next leg of your journey.

Going to Japan before or after Hong Kong?

Tokyo is overwhelming with so many great places to eat so use our guide helps narrow it down.

Day 7 Summary

• Choi Hung Estate
• High Island Reservoir East Dam
• Breakfast – Page148 – Make sure to have a full breakfast because you’ll be burning a lot of calories exploring the GeoPark.
• Lunch – Packed food – There isn’t any food for purchase at High Island Reservoir East Dam so build your own lunch with food from a local bakery and/or a convenient store.
• Dinner – Tai Hing – A popular HK-style cafe restaurant that you’ll find all over the city. If it’s your first time, the BBQ meats (chicken, park, and duck) on rice is a no-brainer.
• Dessert – Frozen Yogurt Drool – A tiny shop of icy treats literally a stone’s throw away from Page148 that you might even want to build into your daily routine walking back to the hotel. It’s that good!

To help with your Hong Kong trip planning, this map be super handy in knowing where everywhere we’ve included in this itinerary is located.

Even with our week in Hong Kong, there was a lot that we missed and wish we could’ve included. As a bonus, we’ve also included extra pins for activities, attractions, restaurants.

HOW TO USE THE MAP: You can use the Hong Kong itinerary map as is but if you’d like to do more with it, expand the map and create a copy in your logged-in Google account. With this copy, you’ll be able to access it in your Google Maps app under the Saved tab. Scroll to the bottom and look for the “Maps” button. Keep in mind that you need data to access this map . For an offline solution, use the offline Google Maps feature and individually save location pins on your primary map.

5 Essential Hong Kong Travel Tips

So far we’ve covered a ton of itinerary-specific tips but we have a few more for you that are more general to Hong Kong. These nuggets of advice will help ensure you have the most stress-free and awesome time in the city.

We talked about this at the beginning but the Octopus Card is truly a wonder in Hong Kong and extremely visitor friendly.

Not only can you use it to take the subway (MTR), tramways, and Star Ferry, you can also use it to take the ferries to outlying islands, pay for things at places such as cafes, bakeries, and convenient stores, and you can even use it to take the Peak Tram.

It’s as simple as either pre-ordering one loaded with HK$50 or getting it right at the airport (HK$39 with no deposit charge) at the following locations:

• 7-Eleven (Unit 5T058, Arrivals Meeters & Greeters Hall, or any 7-Eleven outlets)
• MTR Ticket & Octopus Selling Machine (Airport Station)
• Relay (Arrivals Pre-Immigration, L5, Terminal 1, (Restricted Area))

Always keep it topped up and try to use up all of the funds by the end of the trip.

While Hong Kong isn’t a massive city, it makes sense to build your days around the different areas of Hong Kong. This helps reduce the commuting time and unnecessary back and forth.

At a high level, you can break out your days between spending time on Hong Kong Island and the Kowloon-side. More specifically though, you can also look at your itinerary around the neighborhoods of:

• Tsim Sha Tsui
• Sham Sui Po
• West Kowloon
• Diamond Hill/Choi Hung
• Causeway Bay

That’s why it’s super helpful to have all of the places you want to go pinned on a map. Make sure to grab a copy of our Hong Kong trip planning map .

If you’re not able to make it work, it’s not the end of the world either because transit is so convenient. As you saw from this itinerary, we tried our best but sometimes less-optimal detours were unavoidable.

There were very few places now that are cash-only in Hong Kong. This means that you don’t necessarily need to convert too many Hong Kong Dollars before you come.

In our case, we loved the convenience of our Wise card . This is the ultimate travel hack. It’s this magical hybrid of being a Visa and a loadable card except the beauty is that it can hold multiple currencies, and they have near-market exchange rates. Since you’re spending local currency, you don’t have to worry about any foreign-exchange mark up.

That said, there are exceptions. On this itinerary specifically, Australia Dairy Company, Shek Kee Wonton Noodles, Kung Wo Beancurd Factory, and Hop Yik Tai are cash-only. You’ll also need it for those mom & pop street vendors and markets that you might encounter (including Ladies Market).

TIP: For a week in Hong Kong, we recommend you have HK$2,000 (roughly $250 USD) per person.

It’s easy to stay connected in Hong Kong thanks to hotels like Page148 offering free pocket wifi devices and the ease of the use of eSIMs with the likes of Airalo so offline capability isn’t too big of a deal but here are a few apps to download:

• MyMapHK ( iOS / Android ) – This is an official Lands Department app and a great free companion if you plan on doing any hikes in Hong Kong.
• Google Maps ( iOS / Android ) – You probably already have this installed but we found this to be the most straightforward app to get transit directions including times. Quick reminder that it’s always good practice to turn Google Maps offline before you go.
• Explore Hong Kong ( iOS / Android ) – Sometimes you just want a quick look at the MTR map without having to search for it on Google and this does just that
• Wise ( iOS / Android ) – Managing your foreign currency has never been this easy with the accompanying app. You’ll have a physical Visa debit card with Wise but you can also set it up in your digital wallet.
• Gaia GPS ( iOS / Android ) – If you are doing any of the bigger hikes, you’re better off having the premium version of this which is great to for tracking your hike but also available offline incase signal cuts out. Get the 1 year free trial from us!
• Google Translate ( iOS / Android ) – Hong Kong is very visitor-friendly with tons of English signage everywhere but you’ll inevitably run into a place or menu that is only in Chinese. Remember to download the Chinese (Traditional) language pack for offline use.
• HKTaxi ( iOS / Android ) – Uber sort of works but the standard Hong Kong taxis are just a lot better so use this app to book one in trickier situations such as when you’re at at the High Island Reservoir East Dam.

Hong Kong can get insanely hot so on most days, you’ll want to manage the sweltering heat by wearing t-shirt and shorts but I’ve learned to always bring light layers with me because they love to crank up the air condition indoors.

We recommend the following items to help you stayed prepared on your trip:

• Whether it’s for the ice-cold indoors, breezes by the water, high peaks, or cooler evenings we recommend having an active fleece or mid-layer jacket with you.
• We find that wearing Breathable and lightweight active-wear is way more comfortable than their cotton equivalents. Even on days you aren’t doing anything super strenuous, you’ll be glad to have something breathable.

For this Hong Kong travel itinerary, we stayed at Page148 Hotel in Tsim Sha Tsui and closest to MTR Jordan Station.

This hotel was certainly a bit more of a splurge compared to the additional hotels we recommend below but we were very happy with this property for a number of reasons:

• Modern and new – It’s a newer hotel which just gave a fresh and energetic vibe as most properties in Hong Kong will feel outdated.
• Free drinks – Refilled daily (if you opt for housekeeping), it was really nice to have refreshments available in the room or to bring on the road.
• Free wifi hotspot – While we didn’t know this at the time of booking, they actually offer wifi hotspots. This means that you can get data access for free, eliminating the need to get an eSIM while you’re in Hong Kong.
• Breakfast – Our package included breakfast and we actually loved that they served Western-style cafe items such as avocado toast, smoked salmon bagel, and burrata cheese & roasted red pepper toast. We preferred this over a buffet because it left all-important stomach space to eat more throughout the day.
• Convenient location – We’ve stayed in different parts of Hong Kong over the years and being in the Tsim Sha Tsui area can’t be beat. There’s tons of food, shopping, and is easy to get back to at the end of the night.

TIP: When looking for hotels in Asia, Agoda is hands-down the best booking platform. We’ve done numerous tests and it’s always come out on top in terms of inventory and prices. They’re also love showering their users with coupons for additional savings.

We understand that everyone has different budget requirements and interests in types of accommodations so below are 4 alternate properties that you should consider for your trip to Hong Kong.

Overall, we’ll say that Hong Kong isn’t a cheap place to stay when comparing to Asia standards of prices. However, deals can be found, if you know where to look. We’ve included 4 well-priced hotels and one intriguing luxury place to stay.

TIP: You might be tempted to stay at an ultra-budget hotel like Dragon Inn but if you look more closely, many these inns are all located in the infamous Chungking Mansions . While we know people that have stayed here in the past, it’s good to know more about the building.

NORTH POINT

Ramada Hong Kong Grand View

This is the cheapest of this set of hotels but is clean, modern, spacious and comfortable. While it is located in North Point on the Hong Kong Island-side, the Island Line easily connects to Tsuen Wan Line on the MTR.

The Emperor Hotel

This is another affordable stay on the Hong Kong island-side and near the MTR Wan Chai Station. It’s great value for the money, the bed is comfortable, has welcoming staff, and is in a quieter part of the neighborhood.

CAUSEWAY BAY

Rosedale Hotel Hong Kong

Another property that offers great value for the money. It’s only a 5 minute walk from MTR Causeway Bay Station and is also next to Victoria Park. As a bonus, many rates include buffet breakfast.

TSIM SHA TSUI

The Perkin Hotel

This is located in a prime area of Kowloon, making it a great base for your trip to Hong Kong. Rooms are large for Hong Kong, and have the bonus of complimentary coffee and snacks.

Looking for more accommodation ideas?

We breakdown the different neighborhoods of Hong Kong, reasons to stay at each, and hotel recommendations.

When we put together our travel itineraries , everyone wants to know how much it cost. It’s a great question and we’ve got you covered.

Below is a table of our travel expenses in Hong Kong converted to USD. We’ve purposely left out flights because everyone will have different inbound and outbound plans.

What’s a bit tricky about the 12 days is that 3 days was with my parents and 4 days on my own. After some fancy math, I was able to calculate a daily per person spend of $316 USD.

Comparing to the 12-day Shikoku itinerary which was a $208 USD/day, this trip cost a bit more but came very close to what our week in Sapporo in the winter cost ($318 USD/person/day).

Ultimately, the biggest expense was our stay at Page148 . To bring the costs down, you can stay a budget property such as Ramada Hong Kong Grand View , The Emperor Hotel , Rosedale Hotel Hong Kong , and The Perkin Hotel .

For other points of comparison, 1 month in Chile averaged out to $308 USD/day, 3 weeks in New Zealand was $353 USD/day, and 10 days in Egypt was $204 USD/day.

Flights – Use Skyscanner’s alerts to track the prices so you can book when they’re the cheapest.

eSIM – In Hong Kong, we tested AloSIM and the speed was excellent and stable. For most of our travels, we always consider Airalo as well.

Hotel – We’ve tested it and Agoda ultimately has the best prices, hands down.

Tours – Out of all the booked tours we did, aqualuna was the most memorable.

Transit – Make sure you get your Octopus card when you land or have it pre-ordered .

Travel Insurance – Sh*t happens and you want to make sure you’re covered. If you’re travelling for a long period of time, check out SafetyWing . We also love Insured Nomads .

What To Pack for A Trip To Hong Kong

Hong Kong has a sub-tropical climate which means that it gets pretty steamy for half of the year because of its high humidity. As a result, you’ll want to make sure you’re well-prepared.

For some context, we visited in mid-November which just happens to be one of the best times to visit because the temperatures are more comfortable (low 20s) and there are cool breezes.

• Jacket – Arc’teryx Beta Shell – If you come during typhoon season (July – September), this will be important to have so the rain doesn’t ruin your days.
• Waterproof pants – Arc’teryx Beta Pant – Especially if you don’t want to carry an umbrella everywhere, waterproof pants to pair with your jacket will be important.
• Light jacket – Arc’teryx Squamish Hoody – A super light shell that provides wind protection and packs into itself. Since it’s designed for minimalists, you can pack it in your bags and pull it out when you freeze with all of that AC pumping.
• Active fleece – Delta Hoody – This is a thin fleece that can be your go-to long-sleeve. This’ll come in handy for cooler nights or when you’re on Kowloon Peak after dark.
• Travel pants – Outdoor Research Ferrosi Joggers – My new favorite travel pants that features a zippered back pocket, elastic cuff hem, elastic waist, and quick-drying material.
• Shoes – Altra Lone Peak 7 – Lightweight, versatile, zero-drop shoes that are comfortable for long days on foot and excels on the trail.
• Active t-shirt – Arc’teryx Cormac Crew Shirt – Hong Kong in the summer gets sweaty. Ditch anything that’s not breatheable and only pack these active tees.
• Long-sleeve sunshirt – Outdoor Research Echo Hoodie – On days where you’ll have no cover from the sun (i.e. Kowloon Peak or Peng Chau Island), this gives you UV protection while keeping you cool.
• Hat – Ciele GOCap – I’m a big fan of these light, quick-drying, packable, and fun-colored hats for travel. Don’t worry, you don’t need to be a hardcore runner!
• Sunglasses – Maui Jim – The current model I’m wearing is discontinued (Chee Hoo) but I can back up optometrist’s claiming that they have the best clarity and quality of lenses on the market.
• Luggage – Db Journey Ramverk Luggage – I chose the medium size of this niche-brand suitcase because they use one of the best and largest wheels on the market (60mm Hinomoto), making them silent and easy to move around the streets of Hong Kong.
• Charging – Mogics Super Bagel – This is a handy universal power strip for travelers that gives you 5 standard North American outlets, fast-charging Type C USB and a original USB A. You’re also protected with a replaceable fuse.
• Backpack – Shimoda Action X50 V2 – The ultimate photography backpack for active travellers.
• Messenger bag – Everyday Sling – The 3L and 6L slings are amazing for travel, especially in Hong Kong when you’re urban exploring and don’t need that much camera gear with you.
• Packing cubes – Eagle Creek Pack-It Cubes and Compression Cubes – Keep your suitcase organized.
• Sunscreen – Sun Bum SPF50 for face and body – Make sure you’re protected every day.
• Reuseable tote – Peak Design Packable Tote – Super handy when you go shopping and don’t have space in your sling or backpack.
• Tripod – Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod – This is our go-to tripod for our travels and we’ve reviewed it extensively .
• Camera – OM System OM-1 – Certainly one of the minority but I love my OM System (previously Olympus) micro-four-thirds system. It’s perfect for travel .
• Camera – DJI Osmo Pocket 3 – If you watch our video on the best things to do in Hong Kong and where to eat and stay in Hong Kong , you’ll be surprised to hear that most of it was shot on the Pocket. It worked extremely well in those tight spaces, to be discreet, and encouraged me to do more on-camera commentary.
• Drone – DJI Mini 4 Pro – This is the perfect travel drone (for now). I was able to fly it on Peng Chau and High Island Reservoir East Dam.
• Lens – OM System M.Zuiko Pro 8-25mm – I had to be selective with my lens choices for this trip and ended up using this one the most.
• Powerbank – VEEKTOMX 10000mAh – So good that I travel with 2 of these now. One is permanently with the Shimoda backpack and the other in the sling or my pocket.

The funny thing is that most people think of Hong Kong as merely a quick stopover. Don’t get me wrong, it’s a great hub to get to other parts of Asia but as you’ve seen with our Hong Kong travel itinerary, even with 7 days, we missed plenty of stuff.

If you’ve loved our itinerary but would like to make tweaks to it based on your interests, travel style, and group dynamic, here is a list of places that we think would be great to swap in.

Places to go

• Golden Bauhinia – By the Hong Kong Convention and Exhibition Centre is this golden flower statue. The whole area has great views of the Kowloon-side.
• Ocean Park – The original amusement park in Hong Kong with roller coasters, water park, shows, and wildlife encounters, this is fun for the whole family.
• Ngong Ping 360 – Cablecar experience on Lantau Island that takes you up to The Big Buddha and the Po Lin Monastery.
• Happy Valley Racecourse – This is a fun night out especially if you go on one of their Happy Wednesday events which includes their Beer Garden and English-commentary.
• Chi Lin Nunnery & Nan Lian Garden – These two are next to each other and are beautiful places to escape the hustle and bustle of the city.
• Sky100 – If you’re a fan of views from skyscrapers, don’t miss out the observation deck on the 100th floor. It’s also right next to the West Kowloon Cultural District.

Day trip ideas

• Hong Kong Disneyland – With the exclusive World of Frozen, this is a must-visit for any Disney-lover. Get your tickets ahead of time to save money.
• Stanley – Picturesque coastal town that’s located on the southern side of Hong Kong Island with a sandy beach, shopping, temple, vibrant market, and seaside restaurants.
• Macau – We have a great Macau day trip itinerary that shows you how you can fit it in your trip.
• Sai Kung – A great seaside fishing village that is worthy of being a day trip on its own or you could even try to combine it with your visit to the Hong Kong GeoPark area.
• Tai O Fishing Village – At this historic fishing village in the far end of Lantau Island, explore scenic trails, seafood restaurants, street food, and houses on stilts.
• Outlying Islands – Peng Chau is just one of many. Others we’ve loved in the past are Cheung Chau and Lamma Island.
• Hikes – There are so many epic hikes in Hong Kong. If you’re looking for a different type of trail and view, check out Dragon’s Back, Braemar Hill Peak, Lion Rock, and Sunset Peak to name a few.
• Shek O Beach – A popular beach getaway within the city and easy to get to on Hong Kong Island.
• Lau Fau Shan & Nam Sang Wai – Chatting with a local, he said if you really want to go off-the-beaten-path, these two spots on the far northwest end of Hong Kong’s New Territories is a more untouched fisherman village (Lau Fau Shan) and nature preserve that’s great for bird-watching and extremely photogenic (Nam Sang Wai).

Activities and tours to join

• Plover Cove Bicycling and Hiking – A great guided tour that includes biking and hiking in Hong Kong’s wilderness and through one of the prettiest parts of the city that rarely anyone gets to see.
• GeoPark Kayaking – See the GeoPark and the Sai Kung Volcanic Rock Region from the water with this kayaking adventure .
• Baked Goods DIY Workshop – This is a bit of a new concept. You’ll go to a self-service baking studio to learn how to make traditional Chinese baked goods like egg tarts and mooncakes.
• Dark Side of Hong Kong Walking Tour – In this walking tour , see the real disparities in housing in Hong Kong with visits to a subdivided unit what it’s like to live in a 100 sq. ft. apartment.
• Street Food Walking Tour – A great way to try the best street food in one walking tour .

Restaurants to try

• We’re not going to list them all but we’ve added several that we wanted to fit in but just didn’t have the time on our trip planning map .

Short on time? You can always follow our 2 day Hong Kong itinerary as well!

How To Spend A Day in Macau

If you’re thinking of replacing one of the days with a trip to Macau instead, you can easily do that with this guide.

Even if you think you know what Hong Kong is about, think again! Whether you’ve been to Hong Kong before or it’s your first time, there is so much to do.

Thinking about the trip as a whole, these were 4 highlights that made it really special.

Can’t beat local eats – If you think we intentionally picked the grungiest and no frills street food-type restaurants that we could find, you’d be right and I’m so glad that we did. The energy, cheap prices, and downright deliciousness can’t be beat!

What a view! – While in Hong Kong, you kind of get used to the gorgeous skyline everywhere you go but I’m not exaggerating when I say that the view from Kowloon Peak is absolutely jaw-dropping.

Thriving art scene – I’ll be honest, on previous visits, going to a museum never even crossed my mind. Hearing all of the buzz around the West Kowloon Cultural District, I was interested to see if it lived up to the hype. I was impressed and am glad I spent a day dedicated to the area. On top of that, places like Tai Kwun which I never thought to do added another layer to Hong Kong’s diverse culture.

Outdoor gems – We believe that the perfect Hong Kong itinerary should have a nice sprinkle of its gorgeous outdoors. Green spaces are another thing that doesn’t necessarily come to mind right away but it’s one of those hidden secrets where “if you know, you know!”

Hey I get it, a week in Hong Kong seems like a long time but I’m proof that there’s more than enough places to visit and things to eat. In fact, I probably could’ve used a few more days but I’ll leave that for a future trip.

Hope this itinerary leaves you inspired for your upcoming adventure in Hong Kong!

For the best combination of weather and crowds, November and April are the best months to visit. These are away from the big holiday seasons in January/February (Chinese New Year), May (Labour Day Golden Week), October (China National Day) and December (Christmas) and the climate is very comfortable. Avoid summer as it is unbearably hot.

At a minimum, with so many things to do in Hong Kong, and numerous day trip options, we recommend at least 5 days in Hong Kong.

We did this trip the third week of November.

November is the perfect time to visit Hong Kong because it’s out of Typhoon Season, rainfall and humidity is at a minimum, and the temperatures are pleasantly cool at an average of 22°C (71.6°F).

Hong Kong is a relatively drone-friendly location. Beyond the common-sense rules, if your drone is >250g, you’ll need to register it with eSUA although that will be challenging if you don’t live in Hong Kong. There are some locations designated as no-drone zones such as Victoria Peak, Por Lo Shan, Siu Ma Shan, most of Northern Lantau Island, Tai Mo Shan, and most of Victoria Harbour.

The best eSIM to use in Hong Kong is Airalo where 5GB is $12 USD and is valid for 30 days. Use code WILLIA9500 to get $3 off your first order.

• 2 Day Hong Kong Itinerary – Maximize Your 48 Hours
• 20 Best Places To Eat in Hong Kong
• Our Best Hong Kong Articles
• We normally use Booking.com and Expedia when looking for hotels but for Asia, Agoda has lower prices and often more inventory as well.

If you’re in the process of planning your trip and putting together your itinerary, these are genuinely the best resources that the Going Awesome Places team stands by 100% .

Credit cards: Don’t get burned by hidden fees on top of terrible exchange rates. When we travel now, we use the Wise Card . Simply load it with the currency you need before you go and use it as a regular VISA or their digital wallet card. Use their free app to track how much you have and top up when you need to.

Flights: Of all the booking search engines, Skyscanner is the most helpful and easy to use thanks to their Everywhere feature . Kayak is also another that’s we will often check as well.

Car Rental: If you’re looking to save money, these car rental coupon codes will be a true game-changer. Otherwise, DiscoverCars and RentalCars are great places to start.

Airport Parking: You’ll need a spot to leave your car at the airport so why not book a spot at a discount. Use code AWESOME7 to get at least $5 off at Airport Parking Reservations or Park Sleep Fly packages.

Wifi Hotspot: We’ve been a huge fan of wifi hotspot devices such as PokeFi (use code GAP24300 ) because their rates are are hard to beat and it works globally. Solis is another that we recommend. Pros are that you can share the wifi with your whole group but cons are that you have to invest in a device and you have to charge it every night.

eSIM: Lately, we’ve really loved using eSIMs. We’ve tested several over the years and we have access to a few special promotions.

• AloSIM – Use code GOINGAWESOMEPLACES to save 15%
• KnowRoaming – Use code GAP10 to save 10%.
• Airalo – Use referral code WILLIA9500 to get $3 USD credit on your first purchase.
• Ubigi – AWESOME10 to save 10% on your first order.

Hotels: Our go-to is Booking.com because they have the best inventory of properties including hotels and B&Bs plus they have their Genius tier discounts . Expedia is also worth using especially with their One Key rewards program which is basically like cash. The exception is Asia where Agoda always has the best prices. Always do a quick check on TripAdvisor as well.

Vacation Rentals: Your first instinct will be to check Airbnb but we always recommend checking VRBO as well if you’re looking for a vacation rental (now eligible for One Key ).

Tours: When planning our trips, we always check both Viator and GetYourGuide to at least see what’s out there in the destination that we’re going to. They often have different offerings and prices so check both.

Travel Insurance: Learn how to buy the best travel insurance for you. This isn’t something you want to travel without.

• HeyMondo – Popular insurance provider for frequent travelers and comes with great coverage and special perks.
• RATESDOTCA – Search engine Canadians looking for the cheapest insurance including multi-trip annual policies.
• SafetyWing – A perfect fit for long-term nomads.
• Medjet – Global air medical transportation.
• InsureMyTrip – Best for seniors, families, and those with pre-existing conditions.

If you need more help planning your trip, make sure to check out our Travel Toolbox where we highlight all of the gear, resources, and tools we use when traveling.

This trip was in partnership with Hong Kong but all opinions are our own.

• Facebook 29
• Pinterest 26

About William Tang

William Tang is the Chief of Awesome behind the award-winning Going Awesome Places which is focused on outdoor adventure, and experiential travel. His true passion lies in telling stories, inspiring photography and videos, and writing detailed itineraries and travel guides. He is a member of Travel Media Association of Canada (TMAC), Society of American Travel Writers (SATW), Adventure Travel Trade Association (ATTA), and Travel Massive. He has also been featured in publications such as Reader's Digest, Entrepreneur, Men's Journal, and Haute Living. Make sure to learn more about William Tang to find out his story and how Going Awesome Places started.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Find us on social media

• Destination
• China Guide

Hong Kong One Day Top Attractions Itinerary

If you're in Hong Kong for one day and want to see its top attractions, this itinerary is perfect for you.

Start with a visit to Hong Kong history museum (or another museum of your choice), followed by a stroll along the Tsim Sha Tsui Promenade and the famous Avenue of Stars . Be sure to ride the Star Ferry , an iconic and budget-friendly way to travel between Kowloon and Hong Kong Island, offering stunning views of Victoria Harbour from multiple angles.

Spend time exploring Central , a district that preserves the charm and character of old Hong Kong. Don't miss landmarks like Tai Kwun , Central Market , and Hollywood Road , often featured in Hong Kong films. Then, head up to The Peak for breathtaking panoramic views of Victoria Harbour and the world-renowned skyline. If the weather is good, cap off your day by enjoying an incredible sunset from The Peak.

Brief itinerary for a one-day tour of Hong Kong

If your hotel is on the Kowloon Peninsula : Tsim Sha Tsui Promenade (1 hour) - Hong Kong Museum (2 hours) - Lunch - Central (1-2 hours) - Victoria Peak (2 hours) - Star Ferry (0.5 hours) - Avenue of Stars (0.5 hours)

If your hotel is on Hong Kong Island : Victoria Peak (2 hours) - Central (1-2 hours) - Lunch - Hong Kong Museum (2 hours) - Tsim Sha Tsui Promenade (1 hour) - Avenue of Stars (0.5 hours) - Star Ferry (0.5 hours)

If you have only one full day for sightseeing, you can follow these classic one-day tour routes.

The itinerary is based on traveling with a private car, allowing you to adjust the schedule or swap attractions according to your preferences. For instance, you can allocate more time to enjoy the sunset at Victoria Peak or the night view of Victoria Harbour. Traveling by private car gives you the flexibility to fully enjoy your experience.

If you plan to use public transportation, you may need to reduce the number of stops and carefully plan your routes.

Hong Kong Car Rental for Touring

An Alphard rental is the most convenient way to explore Hong Kong. The city's roads are narrow, and parking is limited, so the Alphard’s maneuverability is ideal for navigating the streets. It also makes pick-ups and drop-offs more convenient. Booking early can also ensure an English-speaking driver.

Get a quick answer from ETripChina team

Your Questions

online customer service

Mon-Fri 9:00-18:00

0086 773 5842555

email:[email protected] WhatsApp: +86 13617732531

Best Travel Tips

One Day Hong Kong Itinerary for Central and Lantau Island

One Day Hong Kong Lantau Island Itinerary

China to Russia International Trains

Beijing to Ulaanbaatar Train

Urumqi to Almaty/Astana International Train

Hohhot – Ulan Bator International Train

Frequently Asked Questions

• Q: How to meet your driver at airport/train station/pier? A: Driver will check your actual landing time and wait at flight arrival (out of luggage area) holding your name sign; At train station, driver will meet at exit of train station/ pier that our staff have already specific to you.

Hong Kong: Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour With Optional Peak Tram

Discover the vibrant energy of Hong Kong through the convenience of a Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour . This tour provides access to the city’s top attractions , allowing you to explore at your own pace. Marvel at iconic landmarks , from the towering International Finance Centre to the bustling Stanley Market, while enjoying included rides on the renowned Star Ferry across Victoria Harbour. Elevate your experience with optional upgrades like the Peak Tram Sky Pass, which promises breathtaking vistas from the summit of Victoria Peak. With an informative audio guide available in multiple languages, you’ll uncover the rich history and culture that make Hong Kong a truly captivating destination. Where will your exploration take you?

• This hop-on hop-off bus tour offers access to Hong Kong’s top attractions across 3 routes: Hong Kong Island, Stanley, and Kowloon.
• Travelers can enjoy a scenic Star Ferry crossing and upgrade to include the Peak Tram Sky Pass and sky100 observation deck access.
• The tour provides multilingual audio commentary in 10 languages, enhancing the sightseeing experience for diverse visitors.
• The tour operates with convenient scheduling, with buses departing every 30-45 minutes for Hong Kong Island and every 60 minutes for Stanley and Kowloon.
• The tour has an overall rating of 4.3 out of 5 based on 574 reviews, with positive feedback on the variety of routes and audio commentary.

More tours and experiences nearby.

• 10 Asian Regions: Esim Data Plan
• Discovery More Kowloon Street Food and Culture Tour

Tour Overview and Highlights

The Hong Kong Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour offers visitors a comprehensive way to explore the city’s iconic landmarks and vibrant neighborhoods. Priced from HKD 1,097 per person, the tour provides 1-day access to three different routes – the Hong Kong Island Tour, the Stanley Tour, and the Kowloon Tour.

Guests can hop on and off at their leisure, discovering destinations like the Central Star Ferry Pier, Stanley Market, and the M+ Museum. The tour also includes a Star Ferry ticket , allowing for scenic crossings of Victoria Harbour.

With digital audio commentary in 10 languages and the option to upgrade with experiences like the Peak Tram Sky Pass, this tour is an efficient and informative way to see the best of Hong Kong.

Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Routes

Covering Hong Kong’s core regions, the Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour offers three distinct routes that allow visitors to thoroughly explore the city’s diverse landscapes and attractions.

The Hong Kong Island Tour (Red Route) takes passengers to iconic sights like the International Finance Centre, Man Mo Temple, and Victoria Park.

The Stanley Tour (Green Route) explores the charming coastal town of Stanley, home to the bustling market and Repulse Bay.

Meanwhile, the Kowloon Tour (Blue Route) immerses travelers in the vibrant districts of Kowloon, visiting cultural landmarks like the Temple Street and modern attractions such as the M+ Museum.

Riders enjoy unlimited hop-on hop-off access for either 24 or 48 hours, providing the flexibility to discover Hong Kong at their own pace.

Included Tour Features

The Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour ‘s included features provide visitors with a comprehensive and convenient sightseeing experience.

Travelers can enjoy a Star Ferry ticket , which offers a scenic ride across Victoria Harbour. An audio guide is available in 10 languages, ensuring all guests can fully enjoy the tour’s commentary.

Plus, optional upgrades , like the Peak Tram Sky Pass or a visit to the sky100 observation deck, allow travelers to enhance their journey.

This flexible tour caters to diverse interests and budgets, making it an attractive option for exploring Hong Kong’s top attractions at one’s own pace.

Departure Frequency and Schedule

Regularly scheduled departures allow travelers to conveniently explore Hong Kong’s diverse districts.

The Hong Kong Island Tour departs every 30-45 minutes , with the first bus leaving at 10:00 AM.

The Stanley Tour and Kowloon Tour both depart every 60 minutes, starting at 10:30 AM.

This frequency ensures that visitors can easily hop on and off the buses to experience:

• The vibrant Central district and its iconic landmarks.
• The charming Stanley Market and Repulse Bay.
• The lively cultural hotspots of Kowloon, including the Temple Street Night Market.

With these convenient scheduling options, travelers can seamlessly navigate Hong Kong’s top attractions at their own pace.

Star Ferry Ticket and Optional Upgrades

All ticket options for the Hong Kong Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour include a Star Ferry ticket, allowing travelers to experience this iconic cross-harbor transport. Plus, the tour offers several optional upgrades to enhance the experience. Visitors can choose to add a Peak Tram Sky Pass, admission to the sky100 observation deck, or a Sampan Houseboat visit.

These upgrades provide opportunities to explore Hong Kong’s top attractions in depth and tailor the tour to individual interests.

Audio Guide and Languages

Along with the transportation options, the Hong Kong Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour provides comprehensive digital audio commentary in 10 languages to enhance the sightseeing experience.

Passengers can listen to informative narration in their preferred language, including Spanish, Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Korean, and Russian.

The audio guide covers details about the tour’s key landmarks , historical significance, and cultural insights , allowing travelers to delve deeper into Hong Kong’s rich heritage.

This multilingual feature ensures that the tour is accessible and engaging for a diverse range of visitors, catering to their individual needs and preferences.

Customer Feedback and Ratings

Travelers have consistently shared their impressions of the Hong Kong Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour , with an overall rating of 4.3 out of 5 based on 574 reviews.

Reviewers praised the variety of routes, including iconic sights like Victoria Harbour and Stanley Market, as well as the insightful audio commentary available in multiple languages.

While the transportation and service were generally well-received, some noted issues with bus stop visibility and long wait times for the Peak Tram.

Reservation and Cancellation Policy

Customers can conveniently reserve the Hong Kong Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour online, taking advantage of the "Reserve now & pay later" option.

The tour offers a flexible cancellation policy , allowing for free cancellation up to 24 hours in advance for a full refund . This provides customers with the peace of mind to plan their trip without worrying about non-refundable costs.

The key details regarding the reservation and cancellation policy are:

• Reserve now & pay later option available
• Free cancellation up to 24 hours in advance for a full refund
• Cancellation policy provides flexibility and protects customer investment

Here's a few more nearby tours and experiences we think you'll like.

• Hong Kong Island: Secret Food Tours in Tin Hau
• Victoria Harbour: Night Yacht Tour With Stunning Views
• Hong Kong: Private Tour With a Local Guide
• HKG Hong Kong International Airport: Premium Lounge Entry
• One Day Cultural Trip From Hong Kong
• Hong Kong: City Tour With Self-Guided Audio Tour App

Frequently Asked Questions

What Time Do the Tours Start and End Each Day?

The tours typically start at 10:00 AM, with the first bus departing at that time. The Hong Kong Island Tour runs every 30-45 minutes, while the Stanley and Kowloon Tours run every 60 minutes. The last tour ends around 6:00 PM.

Is There a Way to Customize the Tour Itinerary?

While the standard tour routes are preset, customers have the flexibility to hop on and off at any of the designated stops to explore sights at their own pace. This allows for a customized experience tailored to individual interests.

Can I Bring My Own Food and Drinks on the Bus?

You can bring your own food and drinks on the hop-on hop-off bus tour. However, consuming alcoholic beverages is not permitted. It’s best to check the tour provider’s policies beforehand to ensure a smooth and enjoyable experience.

Are the Buses Wheelchair Accessible?

The buses are generally wheelchair accessible, with ramps to board and dedicated seating areas. However, passengers are advised to check with the tour operator ahead of time to confirm accessibility for their specific needs.

Can I Use My Existing Hong Kong Travel Pass for This Tour?

Yes, travelers can use their existing Hong Kong travel passes, such as the Octopus card, to pay for the Hop-On Hop-Off bus tour. This can provide a convenient and cost-effective way to explore the city.

Not for you? Here's more of our most recent tour reviews happening neaby

• Lantau: Ngong Ping Cable Car Private Skip-the-Line Ticket
• Hong Kong: Quality Japanese Eyelash Lifting by Ginza Lash
• Hong Kong: Victoria Harbour Day or Sunset Cruise
• Victoria Harbour Night or Symphony of Lights Cruise
• HK Island: 6 Hours Private Limo Tour – Customized Travel
• Hongkong: Private Hotel Transfers to or From HKG Airport
• Hong Kong: 3-Hour Lan Kwai Fong Pub Crawl
• Hong Kong Street Food Feasting
• Hong Kong: Private Walking City Tour With a Local Guide
• Haunted Hong Kong – Terrifying Self-Guided Audio Ghost Tour!
• Hong Kong: Tai O, Ngong Ping 360, & Big Buddha Heritage Tour
• Hong Kong: Luggage Storage in Kowloon Park
• Hong Kong: Private Food Tour With 10 Tastings
• Amazing Hongkong Day Trip Including Tickets
• Lantau Island Day Trip – Landmarks Visit

The Hop-On Hop-Off Bus Tour in Hong Kong offers an excellent way to explore the city’s vibrant sights at one’s own pace. With access to key landmarks, the option to upgrade with the Peak Tram Sky Pass , and an informative audio guide in multiple languages, this tour provides a comprehensive and flexible experience for visitors to discover the best of Hong Kong.

Similar Posts

60 Min Private Everglades Airboat Ride in Miami

Cairo/Giza: Guided Pyramids, Sphinx and Egyptian Museum Tour

The Speakeasy Adventure: A Tipsy Trip Through History

Trip to Cairo From Alexandria

Full-Day Private Trip From Vienna to Prague

A Self-Guided Audio Tour of Granadas Historical Centre